2020 Buick Encore GX Owner's Manual

20_BUI_Encore_GX_COV_en_US_84394118A_2019SEP30.ai 1 8/22/2019 3:10:11 PM 2020 Encore GX

Y CM Encore GX MY

CMY Owner’s Manual

84394118 A Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Contents Introduction ...... 2 Keys, Doors, and Windows ...... 7 Seats and Restraints ...... 39 Storage ...... 92 Instruments and Controls ...... 97 Lighting ...... 144 Infotainment System ...... 152 Climate Controls ...... 216 Driving and Operating ...... 224 Vehicle Care ...... 301 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 386 Technical Data ...... 400 Customer Information ...... 404 Reporting Safety Defects ...... 414 OnStar ...... 418 Connected Services ...... 426 Index ...... 429 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

2 Introduction Introduction This manual describes features that Helm, Incorporated may or may not be on the vehicle Attention: Customer Service because of optional equipment that 47911 Halyard Drive was not purchased on the vehicle, Plymouth, MI 48170 model variants, country USA specifications, features/applications that may not be available in your Using this Manual region, or changes subsequent to the printing of this owner’s manual. To quickly locate information about the vehicle, use the Index in the The names, logos, emblems, Refer to the purchase back of the manual. It is an slogans, vehicle model names, and documentation relating to your alphabetical list of what is in the vehicle body designs appearing in specific vehicle to confirm the manual and the page number where this manual including, but not limited features. it can be found. to, GM, the GM logo, BUICK, Encore GX and the BUICK Emblem Keep this manual in the vehicle for are trademarks and/or service quick reference. About Driving the Vehicle marks of General Motors LLC, its As with other vehicles of this type, subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. Canadian Vehicle Owners failure to operate this vehicle For vehicles first sold in Canada, A French language manual can be correctly may result in loss of substitute the name “General obtained from your dealer, at control or a crash. Be sure to read Motors of Canada Company” for www.helminc.com, or from: the driving guidelines in this manual in the section called “Driving and Buick Motor Division wherever it Propriétaires Canadiens appears in this manual. Operating” and specifically Driver 0 On peut obtenir un exemplaire de Behavior 225, Driving 0 ce guide en français auprès du Environment 225, and Vehicle 0 concessionnaire ou à l'adresse Design 225. suivante:

Introduction 3 Danger, Warning, and 0 : Shown when there is more Caution information on another page — “see page.” Warning messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe Vehicle Symbol Chart hazards and what to do to avoid or Here are some additional symbols reduce them. A circle with a slash through it is a that may be found on the vehicle safety symbol which means “Do and what they mean. See the { Danger not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let features in this manual for this happen.” information. Danger indicates a hazard with a u : Air Conditioning System high level of risk which will result Symbols in serious injury or death. G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of 9 : Airbag Readiness Light text. Symbols are shown along with ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) { Warning the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific $ : Brake System Warning Light Warning indicates a hazard that component, control, message, could result in injury or death. gauge, or indicator. 9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly M : Shown when the owner’s manual has additional instructions P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Caution or information. Water * B : Engine Coolant Temperature Caution indicates a hazard that : Shown when the service manual has additional instructions could result in property or vehicle or information. _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited damage. H : Flammable [ : Forward Collision Alert Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

4 Introduction R : Fuse Block Cover Lock h : Stop/Start Location 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor + : Fuses d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/ j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Restraints a : Under Pressure Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly Installed V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator | : Lane Change Alert @ : Lane Departure Warning A : Lane Keep Assist * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : : Oil Pressure X : Park Assist ~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator O : Power 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert I : Registered Technician / : Remote Vehicle Start > : Seat Belt Reminders I : Side Blind Zone Alert Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Introduction 5 Instrument Panel Overview Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

6 Introduction 1. Air Vents 0 222. 9. Power Outlets 0 102. 17. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn 10. Stop/Start Disable Switch (If 98 (Out of View). and Lane-Change Signals Equipped). See Starting the 18. Cruise Control 0 255. 0 0 148. Engine 239. Adaptive Cruise Control 0 257 IntelliBeam System Button (If All-Wheel Drive Button (If (If Equipped). Equipped). See Exterior Lamp Equipped). 0 0 Heated Steering Wheel 98 (If Controls 144. Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 284 Equipped). 0 3. Instrument Cluster 107. (If Equipped). Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Driver Information Center (DIC) Traction Control/Electronic System 0 275 (If Equipped). Display. See Driver Information Stability Control 0 253. 0 0 19. Head-Up Display (HUD) 130 Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 124 or Assistance Systems for (If Equipped). Driver Information Center (DIC) Parking or Backing 0 269 (If (Base Level) 0 127. 20. Hood Release. See Hood Equipped). 0 304. 4. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 98. 0 11. Electric Parking Brake 250. 21. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 144. 5. Light Sensor. See Automatic 0 12. Shift Lever. See Automatic Headlamp System 147. Transmission 0 246. 6. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 13. USB Port. See the infotainment 147. section. 7. Infotainment. See Overview 0 Auxiliary Input Jack. See the 154. infotainment section. 8. Climate Control Systems 0 14. ENGINE START/STOP Button. 216. See Ignition Positions 0 237. Dual Automatic Climate Control 15. Steering Wheel Controls 0 98. System 0 218. 16. Horn 0 98. Heated Front Seats 0 48. (If Equipped). Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Keys, Doors, and Windows 7 Folding Mirrors ...... 31 Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Heated Mirrors ...... 31 Windows Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 31 Keys Interior Mirrors Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 31 Keys and Locks Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 31 { Warning Keys ...... 7 Automatic Dimming Rearview Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with Mirror ...... 31 a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System ...... 8 Rear Camera Mirror ...... 32 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is dangerous and System Operation ...... 8 Windows children or others could be Remote Vehicle Start ...... 15 Windows ...... 34 seriously injured or killed. They Door Locks ...... 17 Power Windows ...... 35 could operate the power windows Power Door Locks ...... 19 Sun Visors ...... 37 or other controls or make the Delayed Locking ...... 19 vehicle move. The windows will Automatic Door Locks ...... 19 Roof function with the RKE transmitter Lockout Protection ...... 20 Sunroof ...... 37 in the vehicle, and children or Safety Locks ...... 20 others could be caught in the path Doors of a closing window. Do not leave Liftgate ...... 21 children in a vehicle with an RKE transmitter. Vehicle Security Vehicle Security ...... 28 Vehicle Alarm System ...... 28 Immobilizer ...... 29 Immobilizer Operation ...... 29 Exterior Mirrors Convex Mirrors ...... 30 Power Mirrors ...... 30 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

8 Keys, Doors, and Windows To remove the key, press the button . Check the distance. The on the bottom of the RKE transmitter may be too far from transmitter and pull the key out. the vehicle. Never pull the key out without . Check the location. Other pressing the button. vehicles or objects may be If it becomes difficult to turn the key, blocking the signal. inspect the key blade for debris. . Check the transmitter's battery. See your dealer if a new key is See “Battery Replacement” later needed. in this section. Contact Roadside Assistance if . If the transmitter is still not locked out of the vehicle. See working correctly, see your Roadside Assistance Program dealer. The key inside the Remote Keyless 0 Entry (RKE) transmitter is used for 408. the driver door. With an active OnStar or connected Remote Keyless Entry service plan, an OnStar Advisor (RKE) System Operation may remotely unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview 0 418. The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle entry when the Remote Remote Keyless Entry Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See “Keyless (RKE) System Access Operation” following. See Radio Frequency Statement The RKE transmitter functions may 0 414. work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from If there is a decrease in the Remote the vehicle. Keyless Entry (RKE) operating Other conditions can impact the range: performance of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 8. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Keys, Doors, and Windows 9 Pressing Q may also arm the engine from outside the vehicle theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle using the RKE transmitter. See Alarm System 0 28. Remote Vehicle Start 0 15. K : Press to unlock the driver door. 7 : Press and release one time to Press unlock again within initiate vehicle locator. The exterior five seconds to unlock all doors. lamps flash and the horn chirps The RKE transmitter can be three times. Press and hold 7 for programmed to unlock all doors on three seconds to sound the panic the first button press. See Vehicle alarm. The horn sounds and the Personalization 0 136. When turn signal lamps flash for remotely unlocking the vehicle at 30 seconds, or until 7 is pressed night the back-up lamps will come again or the vehicle is started. With Power Liftgate and Remote on for about 30 seconds to light Start Shown your approach to the vehicle. The b : Press twice quickly to open or close the liftgate. Q : Press to lock all doors. The turn turn signal indicators may flash to indicate unlocking. See Vehicle Press once to stop the liftgate from signal indicators may flash and/or 0 the horn may sound on the second Personalization 136. moving. press to indicate locking. See Pressing K will disarm the Keyless Access Operation Vehicle Personalization 0 136. theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 28. With the Keyless Access system, If the driver door is open when Q is you can lock and unlock the doors pressed, and Open Door Anti Lock If equipped with remote windows, and access the liftgate without Out is enabled through vehicle press and hold K to open all of the removing the RKE transmitter from personalization, all doors will lock windows, if enabled. See Vehicle your pocket, purse, briefcase, etc. and then the driver door will Personalization 0 136. The RKE transmitter should be immediately unlock. See Vehicle within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door Personalization 0 136. If the / : Press and release Q and then / being opened. The buttons are on passenger door is open when Q is immediately press and hold for at the outside door handles. pressed, all doors lock. least four seconds to start the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

10 Keys, Doors, and Windows Keyless Access can be Keyless Unlocking/Locking from programmed to unlock all doors on Passenger Doors the first lock/unlock press from the When the doors are locked and the driver door. Keyless Access can RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of also be turned Off. See Vehicle 0 the door handle, pressing the lock/ Personalization 136. unlock button on that door handle If equipped with memory seats, RKE will unlock all doors. Pressing the transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to lock/unlock button will cause all seating positions of memory 1 or 2. doors to lock if any of the following See Memory Seats 0 45. occur: Keyless Unlocking/Locking from . The lock/unlock button was used the Driver Door to unlock all doors. Driver Shown, Passenger Similar When the doors are locked and the . Any vehicle door has opened Pressing the lock/unlock button will RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of and all doors are now closed. cause all doors to lock if any of the the driver door handle, pressing the following occur: Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking lock/unlock button on the driver door of Exterior Door Handles and . It has been more than handle will unlock the driver door. Liftgate If the lock/unlock button is pressed five seconds since the first lock/ again within five seconds, all unlock button press. If equipped, keyless unlocking of the exterior door handles and liftgate passenger doors will unlock. . Two lock/unlock button presses can be disabled and enabled. were used to unlock all doors. Disabling Keyless Unlocking: . Any vehicle door has opened and all doors are now closed. With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and K on the RKE transmitter at the same time for approximately three seconds. The turn signal lamps will flash four times quickly to indicate access is disabled. Using Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Keys, Doors, and Windows 11 any exterior handle to unlock the If other electronic devices interfere Remote Left in Vehicle Alert doors or open the liftgate will cause with the RKE transmitter signal, the When the vehicle is turned off and the turn signal lamps to flash four vehicle may not detect the RKE an RKE transmitter is left in the times quickly, indicating access is transmitter inside the vehicle. vehicle, the horn will chirp three disabled. If disabled, disarm the If passive locking is enabled, the times after all doors are closed. To alarm system before starting the doors may lock with the RKE turn on or off see Vehicle vehicle. transmitter inside the vehicle. Do Personalization 0 136. Keyless unlocking can also be not leave the RKE transmitter in an disabled. See Vehicle unattended vehicle. Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert Personalization 0 136. To customize the doors to If the vehicle is on with a door open, Enabling Keyless Unlocking: automatically lock when exiting the and then all doors are closed, the vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock, vehicle will check for RKE With the vehicle off, press and hold Start” under Vehicle Personalization transmitters inside. If an RKE Q and K on the RKE transmitter at 0 136. transmitter is not detected, the the same time for approximately Driver Information Center (DIC) will Temporary Disable of Passive three seconds. The turn signal display NO REMOTE DETECTED Locking lamps will flash twice quickly to and the horn will chirp three times. indicate access is enabled. Temporarily disable passive locking This occurs only once each time the K vehicle is driven. Keyless unlocking can also be by pressing and holding on the enabled. See Vehicle interior door switch with a door open Keyless Liftgate Opening Personalization 0 136. for at least four seconds, or until three chimes are heard. Passive Press the touch pad on the liftgate Passive Locking locking will then remain disabled handle to open the liftgate if the RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). The vehicle will lock several until Q on the interior door is seconds after all doors are closed if pressed, or until the vehicle is Key Access the vehicle is off and at least one turned on. To access a vehicle with a weak RKE transmitter has been removed transmitter battery, see Door Locks or none remain in the interior. 0 17. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

12 Keys, Doors, and Windows Programming Transmitters to 2. Insert the vehicle key of the 4. Press ENGINE START/STOP. the Vehicle new transmitter into the key When the transmitter is learned lock cylinder on the outside of the DIC display will show that it Only RKE transmitters programmed the driver door and turn the key is ready to program the next to the vehicle will work. If a to the unlock position five times transmitter. transmitter is lost or stolen, a within 10 seconds. replacement can be purchased and 5. Remove the transmitter from programmed through your dealer. The DIC displays READY FOR the transmitter pocket and The vehicle can be reprogrammed REMOTE #3,4,5 ETC. press the transmitter K or Q so that lost or stolen transmitters no button. longer work. Each vehicle can have To program additional up to eight transmitters matched transmitters, repeat Steps 3–5. to it. When all additional transmitters Programming with Recognized are programmed, press and Transmitters hold ENGINE START/STOP for A new transmitter can be 12 seconds to exit programmed to the vehicle when programming mode. there are two recognized 6. Put the key back into the transmitters. transmitter. To program, the vehicle must be off 7. Replace the key lock cylinder and all of the transmitters, both cap. See Door Locks 0 17. currently recognized and new, must 3. Remove the two recognized be with you. transmitters from transmitter Programming without Recognized Transmitters 1. Place the two recognized pocket. Place the new transmitters in transmitter transmitter in transmitter If two currently recognized pocket. pocket. transmitters are not available, follow this procedure to program up to eight transmitters. This feature is not available in Canada. This Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Keys, Doors, and Windows 13 procedure will take approximately 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional 5. Press ENGINE START/STOP. 30 minutes to complete. The vehicle times. After the third time all When the transmitter is learned must be off and all of the previously known transmitters the DIC display will show that it transmitters you wish to program will no longer work with the is ready to program the next must be with you. vehicle. Remaining transmitters transmitter. 1. Remove the key lock cylinder can be relearned during the 6. Remove the transmitter from cap on the driver door handle. next steps. the transmitter pocket and See Door Locks 0 17. Insert The DIC display should now press the transmitter K or Q the vehicle key of the show READY FOR REMOTE button. transmitter into the key lock # 1. cylinder on the driver door To program additional handle and turn the key, transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6. counterclockwise, to the unlock When all additional transmitters position five times within are programmed, press and 10 seconds. hold ENGINE START/STOP for The DIC displays REMOTE 12 seconds to exit LEARN PENDING, programming mode. PLEASE WAIT. 7. Put the key back into the 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the transmitter. DIC displays PRESS ENGINE 8. Replace the key lock cylinder START BUTTON TO LEARN cap. See Door Locks 0 17. and then press ENGINE START/STOP. Starting the Vehicle with a Low 4. Place the new transmitter in Transmitter Battery The DIC display will again transmitter pocket. show REMOTE LEARN When the vehicle is started, if the PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. transmitter battery is weak, the DIC may display NO REMOTE DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

14 Keys, Doors, and Windows TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN Battery Replacement START YOUR VEHICLE. The DIC Caution may also display REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY. { Warning When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on Never allow children to play with To start the vehicle: the transmitter. Static from your the RKE transmitter. The body could damage the transmitter contains a small transmitter. battery, which can be a choking hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can occur, resulting in severe injury or death. Seek Caution medical attention immediately if a battery is swallowed. Always replace the battery with the correct type. Replacing the battery with an incorrect type could potentially create a risk of { Warning battery explosion. Dispose of used batteries according to To avoid personal injury, do not instructions and local laws. Do 1. Place the transmitter in the touch metal surfaces on the RKE not attempt to burn, crush, or cut transmitter pocket, with the transmitter when it has been the used battery, and avoid buttons facing the front of the exposed to extreme heat. These exposing the battery to vehicle. surfaces can be hot to the touch environments with extremely low 2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or at temperatures above 59 °C air pressures or high N (Neutral), press the brake (138 °F). pedal and ENGINE temperatures. START/STOP. Replace the transmitter battery as soon as possible. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Keys, Doors, and Windows 15 Replace the battery in the 3. Lift the battery with a flat transmitter soon if the DIC displays object. REPLACE BATTERY IN 4. Remove the battery. REMOTE KEY. 5. Insert the new battery, positive To replace the battery: side toward the back cover. Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery. 6. Push together the transmitter. 7. Insert the key back into the RKE transmitter. 2. Insert a flat, thin object and Remote Vehicle Start remove the back cover. The vehicle has a remote starting feature that starts the engine from outside of the vehicle. / : This button is on the RKE 1. Press the button on the bottom transmitter. of the RKE transmitter to Laws in some communities may remove the key. Never pull the restrict the use of remote starters. key out without pressing the For example, some laws may button. require a person using the remote start to have the vehicle in view when doing so. Check local regulations for any requirements on remote starting of vehicles. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

16 Keys, Doors, and Windows Do not use the remote start feature automatic system, or at the same extension can be requested if the vehicle is low on fuel. The setting as when the vehicle was last 30 seconds after starting. The vehicle could run out of fuel. turned off. engine run time can only be The RKE transmitter range may be With an automatic climate control extended if it is the first remote start less while the vehicle is running. system and if equipped with heated since the vehicle has been driven. seats, the heated seats turn on Remote start can be extended Other conditions can affect the one time. performance of the transmitter. See during colder outside temperatures Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) and shut off when the ignition is If the remote start procedure is used System 0 8. turned on. again while the engine is still The rear window defogger and running, 15 minutes will be added Starting the Engine Using heated mirrors, if equipped, turn on on for a total of 30 minutes. Remote Start during colder outside temperatures For example, if Q and then / are To start the vehicle: and turn off when the ignition is pressed again while the engine is turned on. still running, 15 minutes will be 1. Press and release Q on the added on for a total of 30 minutes. RKE transmitter. After entering the vehicle during a remote start, press the brake and A maximum of two remote starts or 2. Immediately after completing ENGINE START/STOP with the remote start with an extension are Step 1, press and hold / until transmitter in the vehicle to drive the allowed between ignition cycles. the turn signal lamps flash. vehicle. After the vehicle's engine has been If the vehicle's lights cannot be If the vehicle is left running, it / started two times using the remote seen, press and hold for at automatically shuts off after start button or a start with an least four seconds. 15 minutes unless a time extension extension, the ignition must be When the vehicle starts, the park has been done. turned on and then back off before lamps will turn on and remain on as Extending Engine Run Time the remote start procedure can be long as the engine is running. The used again. doors will be locked and the climate To extend the engine run time by control system will operate 15 minutes, repeat Steps 1 and 2 automatically if the vehicle has the while the engine is still running. An Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Keys, Doors, and Windows 17 Canceling a Remote Start Door Locks Warning (Continued) To manually shut off a remote start: permanent injuries or even Press and hold / until the { Warning . death from heat stroke. lamps turn off. Unlocked doors can be Always lock the vehicle . Turn on the hazard warning dangerous. whenever leaving it. flashers. . Passengers, especially . Outsiders can easily enter . Turn the ignition on and then off. children, can easily open through an unlocked door the doors and fall out of a when you slow down or stop Conditions in Which the moving vehicle. The doors the vehicle. Locking the Remote Start Will Not Work can be unlocked and doors can help prevent this The vehicle cannot be started using opened while the vehicle is from happening. the remote start feature if the RKE moving. The chance of transmitter is in the vehicle, the being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash is To lock/unlock the doors from the hood is open, the vehicle is not in outside: P (Park), the hazard flashers are on, increased if the doors are the vehicle is not off, or there is an not locked. So, all . Press Q or K on the Remote emission control system passengers should wear Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. malfunction. seat belts properly and the See Remote Keyless Entry doors should be locked (RKE) System Operation 0 8. The engine turns off during a remote whenever the vehicle is start if the coolant temperature gets driven. . Use the key in the driver door. too high or if the oil pressure The key lock cylinder is covered gets low. . Young children who get into with a cap. unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out. A child To lock/unlock the doors from the can be overcome by inside: extreme heat and can suffer . Press Q or K on the power door (Continued) lock switch. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

18 Keys, Doors, and Windows . Push down on the door lock Driver Door Key Lock Cylinder knob to lock a door. Access (In Case of Dead . Pull the door handle once to Battery) unlock it. Pull the door handle again to unlatch it. Keyless Access

To access the driver door key lock cylinder: 1. Insert the key into the slot on The RKE transmitter must be within the bottom of the cap. 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door 2. Lift the key upward to remove being opened. Press the button on the cap. the door handle to open. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) 3. Insert the key into the cylinder System Operation 0 8. and turn to unlock. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Keys, Doors, and Windows 19 To replace the cap: Power Door Locks The doors will lock automatically 1. Position the bottom edge of the five seconds after all doors are cap under the lower edge of closed. If a door is reopened before the metal piece (2). The that time, the five-second timer will tabs (3) attach to the metal reset when all doors are closed piece (2) at the positions (1). again. 2. Rotate the cap upward and Press Q on the door lock switch install into place. again or press Q on the RKE 3. Check that the cap is secure. transmitter to lock the doors immediately. Free-Turning Locks This feature can also be The door key lock cylinder turns programmed. See Vehicle freely when either the wrong key is Personalization 0 136. used, or the correct key is not fully inserted. The free-turning door lock Automatic Door Locks : Press to lock the doors. feature prevents the lock from being Q The doors will lock automatically forced open. To reset the lock, turn K : Press to unlock the doors. when all doors are closed, the it to the vertical position with the ignition is on, and the vehicle is correct key fully inserted. Remove Delayed Locking shifted out of P (Park). the key and insert it again. If this does not reset the lock, turn the key This feature delays the locking of To unlock the doors: halfway around in the cylinder and the doors until five seconds after all Press K on the power door lock repeat the reset procedure. doors are closed. . switch. When is pressed on the power Q . Shift into P (Park). door lock switch while the door is open, a chime will sound three times indicating delayed locking is active. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

20 Keys, Doors, and Windows Automatic door locking cannot be Open Door Anti Lock Out Manual Safety Locks disabled. Automatic door unlocking If Open Door Anti Lock Out has can be programmed. See Vehicle 0 been turned on and the vehicle is Personalization 136. off, the driver door is open, and locking is requested, all the doors Lockout Protection will lock and the driver door will If the ignition is on or in ACC/ remain open. The Open Door Anti ACCESSORY and the power door Lock Out feature can be turned on lock switch is pressed with the or off. See Vehicle Personalization driver door open, all the doors will 0 136. lock and only the driver door will unlock. Safety Locks If the vehicle is off and locking is The rear door safety locks prevent requested while a door is open, passengers from opening the rear when all doors are closed the doors from inside the vehicle. If equipped, the safety lock is on the vehicle will check for RKE inside edge of the rear doors. To transmitters inside. If an RKE use the safety lock: transmitter is detected and the 1. Move the lever up to the lock number of RKE transmitters inside position. has not reduced, the driver door will unlock and the horn will chirp three 2. Close the door. times. 3. Do the same for the other Lockout Protection can be manually rear door. overridden with the driver door open by pressing and holding Q on the power door lock switch. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Keys, Doors, and Windows 21 To open a rear door when the safety Doors lock is on: Warning (Continued) 1. Unlock the door by activating Liftgate . Adjust the climate control the inside handle, by pressing system to a setting that the power door lock switch, brings in only outside air or by using the Remote { Warning and set the fan speed to the Keyless Entry (RKE) Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See transmitter. vehicle if it is driven with the “Climate Control Systems” 2. Open the door from the liftgate or trunk/hatch open, in the Index. outside. or with any objects that pass . If the vehicle is equipped When the safety lock is enabled, through the seal between the with a power liftgate, disable adults and older children will not be body and the trunk/hatch or the power liftgate function. able to open the rear door from the liftgate. Engine exhaust contains See Engine Exhaust 0 245. inside. Cancel the safety locks to carbon monoxide (CO) which enable the doors to open from the cannot be seen or smelled. It can inside. cause unconsciousness and even To cancel the safety lock: death. Caution 1. Unlock the door and open it If the vehicle must be driven with To avoid damage to the liftgate or from the outside. the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: liftgate glass, make sure the area 2. Move the lever down to unlock. . Close all of the windows. above and behind the liftgate is clear before opening it. Do the same for the other door. . Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel. Manual Liftgate (Continued) To unlock the liftgate, press K on the power door lock switch or press K on the Remote Keyless Entry Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

22 Keys, Doors, and Windows (RKE) transmitter twice within Use the pull cup to lower and close five seconds. See Remote Keyless the liftgate. Do not press the touch Caution Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 8. pad while closing the liftgate. This may cause the liftgate to be Driving with an open and unlatched. unsecured liftgate may result in damage to the power liftgate The liftgate has an electric latch. components. If the battery is disconnected or has low voltage, the liftgate will not open. The liftgate will resume operation when the battery is reconnected and charged. Always close the liftgate before driving. Power Liftgate Operation

To open the liftgate, press the touch { Warning pad under the liftgate handle and lift up. You or others could be injured if With Keyless Access, the liftgate caught in the path of the power can be opened when locked if the liftgate. Make sure there is no one If equipped, the power liftgate RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) in the way of the liftgate as it is switch is on the driver door. The of the touch pad. See Remote opening and closing. vehicle must be in P (Park). Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 8. The modes are: . MAX: Opens to maximum height. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Keys, Doors, and Windows 23 . 3/4: Opens to a reduced height that can be set from 3/4 to fully Caution open. Use to prevent the liftgate from opening into overhead Manually forcing the liftgate to obstructions such as a garage open or close during a power door or roof-mounted cargo. The cycle can damage the vehicle. liftgate can be manually opened Allow the power cycle to all the way. complete. . OFF: Opens manually only. The power liftgate may be To power open or close the liftgate, temporarily disabled under extreme select MAX or 3/4 mode. low temperatures, or after repeated . Press b twice quickly on the . Press l on the bottom edge of power cycling over a short period of RKE transmitter until the liftgate the liftgate to the left of the latch time. If this occurs, the liftgate can moves. to close. still be operated manually. . Press 8 on the driver door. Press any liftgate button, the touch If the vehicle is shifted out of The driver door must either be pad, or b on the RKE transmitter P (Park) while the power function is unlocked or locked without the while the liftgate is moving to stop it. in progress, the liftgate will continue security armed. Pressing any liftgate button or to completion. If the vehicle is accelerated before the liftgate has . Press the touch pad on the pressing b twice quickly on the completed moving, the liftgate may underside of the liftgate handle RKE transmitter restarts the stop or reverse direction. Check for after unlocking all doors. operation in the reverse direction. DIC messages and make sure the A locked vehicle can be opened Pressing the touch pad on the liftgate is closed and latched before if the RKE transmitter is within liftgate handle will restart the driving. 1 m (3 ft) of the touch pad. motion, but only in the opening direction. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows Falling Liftgate Detection away from the obstacle. After Setting the 3/4 Mode removing the obstruction, the power If the power liftgate automatically To change the position the liftgate liftgate operation can be used again. closes after a power opening cycle, stops at when opening: it indicates that the system is If the liftgate encounters multiple 1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and reacting to excess weight on the obstacles on the same power cycle, power open the liftgate. liftgate or a possible support strut the power function will deactivate. failure. A repetitive chime will sound After removing the obstructions, 2. Stop the liftgate movement at while the falling liftgate detection manually close the liftgate which will the desired height by pressing feature is operating. Remove any allow normal power operation any liftgate switch. Manually excess weight. If the liftgate functions to resume. adjust the liftgate position if continues to automatically close If the vehicle is locked while the needed. after opening, see your dealer for liftgate is closing, and an obstacle is l service before using the power encountered that prevents the 3. Press and hold to the left liftgate. liftgate from completely closing, the of the latch at the bottom of the liftgate until the turn signals Interfering with the power liftgate horn will sound as an alert that the liftgate did not close. flash and a beep sounds. This motion or manually closing the indicates the setting has been liftgate too quickly after power Pinch sensors are on the side recorded. opening may resemble a support edges of the liftgate. If an object is strut failure. This could also activate caught between the liftgate and the The liftgate cannot be set below a the falling liftgate detection feature. vehicle and presses against this minimum programmable height. Allow the liftgate to complete its sensor, the liftgate will reverse If there is no light flash or sound, operation and wait a few seconds direction and open fully. The liftgate then the height adjustment may be before manually closing the liftgate. will remain open until it is activated too low. again or closed manually. Obstacle Detection Features Manual Operation If the liftgate encounters an obstacle Select OFF to manually operate the during a power open or close cycle, liftgate. See “Manual Liftgate” at the the liftgate will automatically reverse beginning of this section. direction and move a short distance Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25 The hands-free feature can be pull it back. The kick must come Caution customized. See Vehicle within 14 cm (6 in) of the rear Personalization 0 136. Choose from bumper to activate. Then step back. Attempting to move the liftgate the following: too quickly and with excessive force may result in damage to the On-Open and Close : The kicking Caution vehicle. motion is activated to both open and close the liftgate. Splashing water may cause the liftgate to open. Keep the RKE On-Open Only : The kicking motion Operate the liftgate manually with a transmitter away from the rear is activated to only open the liftgate. smooth motion and moderate bumper detection area or turn the speed. The system includes a Off : The feature is disabled. liftgate mode to OFF when feature which limits the manual Kick Zone cleaning or working near the rear closing speed to protect the bumper to avoid accidental components. opening. Hands-Free Operation If equipped, the liftgate may be . Do not sweep your foot side operated with a kicking motion near to side. the left side of the rear bumper at . Do not keep your foot under the the location of the projected logo. bumper; the liftgate will not The RKE transmitter must be within activate. 1 m (3 ft) of the rear bumper to . Do not touch the liftgate until it operate the power liftgate has stopped moving. hands-free. When closing the liftgate using this The hands-free feature will not work feature, there will be a short delay. while the liftgate is moving. To stop To operate, move your foot in a The taillamps will flash and a chime the liftgate while in motion use one forward kicking motion near the left will sound. of the liftgate switches. side of the rear bumper at the location of the projected logo, then Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows Step away from the liftgate before it The projected logo shows where the press any button on the RKE starts moving. kicking motion is to take place. transmitter or open and close a vehicle door. Projected Logo The projected logo will only be available for this RKE transmitter The projected logo will not work for If equipped with this feature, a after it has been out of range for at a single RKE transmitter when a vehicle logo will be projected for least 20 seconds. transmitter: one minute onto the ground near the rear bumper when an RKE If an RKE transmitter is again . Has been left within transmitter is detected within detected within approximately 2 m approximately 2 m (6 ft) of the approximately 2 m (6 ft). The (6 ft) of the liftgate, or another liftgate for several minutes. projected logo may not be visible hands-free operation has been . Has been left inside the vehicle under brighter daytime conditions. detected, the one-minute timer will and all vehicle doors are closed. be reset. . Has approached the area The projected logo will not work outside of the liftgate five times under these conditions: within five minutes. If the logo is . The vehicle battery is low. continuously on for five minutes, . The transmission is not in then the projected logo will not P (Park). turn back on for one hour. . Hands Free Liftgate Control is set to Off in vehicle personalization. See Vehicle Personalization 0 136. . Power liftgate is turned off. . The vehicle remains parked for 1. 1 m (3 ft) Hands-Free 72 hours or more, with no RKE Operation Detection Zone transmitter use or Keyless 2. 2 m (6 ft) Projected Logo Access operation. To re-enable, Detection Zone Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27 Hands-Free Liftgate and Projected Logo Availability Hands-Free Action Projected Logo Liftgate RKE transmitter entering projected Operative On for one minute logo detection zone RKE transmitter left inside projected Operative Off until RKE transmitter button press logo detection zone for minimum of or a door is opened and closed five minutes RKE transmitter brought in and out of Operative Off for one hour or until RKE projected logo detection zone five transmitter button press or a door is times or more within five minutes opened and closed Vehicle remains parked for more than Operative Off until RKE transmitter button press 72 hours or a door is opened and closed Vehicle battery is low Non-operative Off Transmission is not in P (Park) Non-operative Off Power liftgate is turned off Non-operative Off Hands-free liftgate is disabled in Non-operative Off vehicle personalization Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows Vehicle Security Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. The vehicle alarm system will not A door, the hood, or the liftgate arm if the doors are locked with This vehicle has theft-deterrent is open. the key. features; however, they do not make Slow Flash : Alarm system is If the driver door is opened without the vehicle impossible to steal. armed. first unlocking with the RKE transmitter, the horn will chirp and Vehicle Alarm System Arming the Alarm System the lights will flash to indicate This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm 1. Close the liftgate and the hood. pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not system. Turn off the vehicle. started, or the door is not unlocked K 2. Lock the vehicle in one of by pressing on the RKE three ways: transmitter during the 10-second pre-alarm, the alarm will be . Use the RKE transmitter. activated. . Use the Keyless Access The alarm will also be activated if a system. passenger door, the liftgate, or the . With a door open, press the hood is opened without first inside Q. disarming the system. When the alarm is activated, the turn signals 3. After 30 seconds the alarm flash and the horn sounds for about system will arm, and the 30 seconds. The alarm system will indicator light will begin to then re-arm to monitor for the next slowly flash indicating the unauthorized event. alarm system is operating. The indicator light on the instrument Disarming the Alarm System panel near the windshield indicates Pressing Q on the RKE the status of the system. transmitter a second time will To disarm the alarm system or turn bypass the 30-second delay off the alarm if it has been activated: Off : Alarm system is disarmed. and immediately arm the alarm . Press K on the RKE transmitter. On Solid : Vehicle is secured system. during the delay to arm the system. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29 . Unlock the vehicle using the Immobilizer The system has one or more RKE Keyless Access system. transmitters matched to an See Radio Frequency Statement . Start the vehicle. immobilizer control unit in the 0 414. vehicle. Only a correctly matched To avoid setting off the alarm by RKE transmitter will start the accident: Immobilizer Operation vehicle. If the transmitter is ever . Lock the vehicle after all This vehicle has a passive damaged, the vehicle may not start. occupants have left the vehicle theft-deterrent system. When trying to start the vehicle, the and all doors are closed. The system does not have to be security light may come on briefly . Always unlock a door with the manually armed or disarmed. when the ignition is turned on. RKE transmitter or use the If the engine does not start and the Keyless Access system. The vehicle is automatically immobilized when the vehicle is security light stays on, there is a Unlocking the driver door with the turned off. problem with the system. Turn the key will not disarm the system or ignition off and try again. turn off the alarm. The immobilization system is disarmed when the ignition is on or If the vehicle will not change ignition How to Detect a Tamper in ACC/ACCESSORY and a valid modes, and the RKE transmitter transmitter is present in the vehicle. appears to be undamaged, try Condition another transmitter. Or, try placing If K is pressed and the horn chirps the transmitter into the transmitter and the lights flash three times, the pocket located in the center alarm was activated while the alarm console. See Starting the Vehicle system was armed. With a Low Transmitter Battery under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) If the alarm system has been System Operation 0 8. activated, a message will appear on the DIC. The security light in the instrument If the ignition mode will not change cluster comes on if there is a with the other transmitter or with a problem with arming or disarming transmitter in the transmitter pocket, the theft-deterrent system. your vehicle needs service. If the ignition does change modes, the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows first transmitter may be faulty. See Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors your dealer who can service the theft-deterrent system and have a new RKE transmitter programmed to Convex Mirrors the vehicle. It is possible for the immobilizer { Warning system to learn new or replacement A convex mirror can make things, RKE transmitters. Up to eight like other vehicles, look farther transmitters can be programmed for the vehicle. To program additional away than they really are. If you transmitters, see Programming cut too sharply into the right lane, Transmitters to the Vehicle under you could hit a vehicle on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) right. Check the inside mirror or System Operation 0 8. glance over your shoulder before changing lanes. Do not leave the transmitter or To adjust a mirror: device that disarms or deactivates the theft-deterrent system in the The passenger side mirror is convex 1. Press } or | to choose the vehicle. shaped. A convex mirror's surface is driver or passenger mirror. curved so more can be seen from 2. Press one of the four arrows on the driver seat. the control pad to move the mirror in the desired direction. 3. Adjust each outside mirror so that a little of the vehicle and the area behind it can be seen. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31 4. Press } or | again to Heated Mirrors Interior Mirrors deselect the mirror. If you do K : Press to heat the mirrors. not deselect the mirror, the Interior Rearview Mirrors mirror adjustment will turn off See “Rear Window Defogger” under after about one minute. Dual Automatic Climate Control Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear 0 view of the area behind the vehicle. Memory Mirrors System 218. Do not spray glass cleaner directly The vehicle may have memory Reverse Tilt Mirrors on the mirror. Use a soft towel mirrors. See Memory Seats 0 45. If equipped with memory seats, the dampened with water. Lane Change Alert (LCA) passenger and/or driver mirror tilts Manual Rearview Mirror The vehicle may have LCA. See to a preselected position when the Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 282. vehicle is in R (Reverse). This If equipped, push the tab forward for allows the curb to be seen when daytime use and pull it rearward for Folding Mirrors parallel parking. nighttime use to avoid glare of the The mirror(s) return to the original headlamps from behind. Manual Folding Mirrors position when: The mirrors can be folded inward . The vehicle is shifted out of Automatic Dimming toward the vehicle to prevent R (Reverse), or remains in Rearview Mirror damage when going through an R (Reverse) for about If equipped, automatic dimming automatic car wash. Push the mirror 30 seconds. reduces the glare of headlamps outward to return it to the original from behind. The dimming feature position. . The ignition is turned off. comes on when the vehicle is . The vehicle is driven in started. R (Reverse) above a set speed. To turn this feature on or off, see Vehicle Personalization 0 136. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows Rear Camera Mirror If equipped, this automatic dimming mirror provides a wide angle camera view of the area behind the vehicle.

Press @ to scroll through the . Brightness adjustment options. Press t and u to adjust the settings using the indicators on the mirror. The indicators will remain Pull the tab to turn on the display. visible for five seconds after the last Push the tab to turn it off. When off button activation, and the settings the mirror has automatic dimming. will remain saved. Adjust the mirror for a clear view of The adjustment options are: the area behind the vehicle while the display is off.

. Zoom Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33 Troubleshooting { Warning The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) has a limited view. Portions of the road, vehicles, and other objects may not be seen. Do not drive or park the vehicle using only this camera. Objects may appear closer than they are. Check the outside mirrors or glance over your shoulder when making lane . Tilt changes or merging. Failure to use proper care may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. See your dealer for service if a blue screen and

are displayed in the mirror, and the display shuts off. Also, push the tab as indicated to return to the automatic dimming mode. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows The Rear Camera Mirror may not . The camera’s mounting on the Windows work properly or display a clear vehicle has been damaged, and/ image if: or the position or the mounting . There is glare from the sun or angle of the camera has { Warning changed. headlamps. This may obstruct Never leave a child, a helpless objects from view. If needed, adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, push the tab to turn off the especially with the windows display. closed in warm or hot weather. . Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks They can be overcome by the the camera lens. Clean the lens extreme heat and suffer with a soft damp cloth, or if permanent injuries or even death equipped, with the Rear Camera from heat stroke. Washer. See Rear Window Wiper/Washer 0 101. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35 The vehicle aerodynamics are Window Lockout designed to improve fuel economy performance. This may result in a pulsing sound when either rear window is down and the front windows are up. To reduce the sound, open either a front window or the sunroof, if equipped. Power Windows

{ Warning The power windows work when the Children could be seriously ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, injured or killed if caught in the or when Retained Accessory Power This feature stops the rear path of a closing window. Never (RAP) is active. See Retained passenger window switches from leave the Remote Keyless Entry Accessory Power (RAP) 0 243. working. (RKE) transmitter in a vehicle with Using the window switch, press to children. When there are children . Press 2 to engage the rear open or pull to close the window. in the rear seat, use the window window lockout feature. The lockout switch to prevent The windows may be temporarily indicator light is on when operation of the windows. See disabled if they are used repeatedly engaged. within a short time. Keys 0 7. . Press 2 again to disengage. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows Window Express Movement Automatic Reversal System Programming the Power All windows can be opened without Override Windows holding the window switch. Press Programming may be necessary if the switch down fully and quickly { Warning the vehicle battery has been release to express open the disconnected or discharged. If the window. If automatic reversal system window is unable to express-up, override is active, the window will If equipped, pull the window switch program each express-close not reverse automatically. You or up fully and quickly release to window: others could be injured and the express close the window. 1. Close all doors. window could be damaged. Briefly press or pull the window Before using automatic reversal 2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ switch in the same direction to stop system override, make sure that ACCESSORY. that window s express movement. ’ all people and obstructions are 3. Partially open the window to be Window Automatic Reversal clear of the window path. programmed. Then close it and System continue to pull the switch When the engine is on, override the briefly after the window has The express-close feature will fully closed. reverse window movement if it automatic reversal system by pulling comes in contact with an object. and holding the window switch if 4. Open the window and continue Extreme cold or ice could cause the conditions prevent it from closing. to press the switch briefly after window to auto-reverse. The the window has fully opened. window will operate normally after the object or condition is removed. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37 Sun Visors Roof Sunroof Switch Express-Open/Express-Close : To Sunroof express-open the sunroof, fully press and release i (1). Press If equipped, the ignition must be on the switch again to stop it. To or in ACC/ACCESSORY, express-close the sunroof, fully or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) g must be active to operate the press and release (1). Press sunroof. See Ignition Positions the switch again to stop it. 0 237 and Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To Retained Accessory Power (RAP) open the sunroof, press and hold 0 Pull the sun visor down to block 243. i (1) until the sunroof reaches glare. Detach the sun visor from the the desired position. Press and hold center mount to pivot to the side g (1) to close it. window and, if equipped, extend along the rod. Vent : From the closed position, i (1) to vent the sunroof. Sunshade Switch Express-Open/Express-Close : To express-open the sunshade, fully press and release r (2). To express-close the sunshade, fully press and release s (2). Press the switch again to stop it. 1. Sunroof Switch (SLIDE) 2. Vent Switch (TILT) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows Open/Close : To open the system. To override the reversal sunshade, press and hold r (2) system, close in manual mode. To until the sunshade reaches the stop the movement, release the desired position. Press s (2) to switch. close the sunshade. When the sunroof is opened, an air deflector will automatically raise. The air deflector will retract when the sunroof is closed. Automatic Reversal System The sunroof has an automatic reversal system that is only active when the sunroof is operated in express-close mode. If an object is in the path while express closing, the reversal system Dirt and debris may collect on the will detect an object, stop, and open sunroof seal or in the track. This the sunroof or power sunshade could cause an issue with sunroof slightly. operation or noise. It could also plug the water drainage system. If frost or other conditions prevent Periodically open the sunroof and closing, override the feature by remove any obstacles or loose closing the sunroof in manual mode. debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and To stop movement, release the roof sealing area using a clean switch. cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not In the event of closing difficulties remove grease from the sunroof. like frost or other conditions, it is possible to override the reversal Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 39 Replacing Seat Belt System Replacing LATCH System Parts Seats and Parts after a Crash ...... 59 After a Crash ...... 86 Restraints Securing Child Restraints (With Airbag System the Seat Belt in the Airbag System ...... 60 Rear Seat) ...... 86 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 62 Securing Child Restraints (With Head Restraints When Should an Airbag Head Restraints ...... 40 the Seat Belt in the Inflate? ...... 64 Front Seat) ...... 88 Front Seats What Makes an Airbag Seat Adjustment ...... 42 Inflate? ...... 65 Power Seat Adjustment ...... 42 How Does an Airbag Lumbar Adjustment ...... 43 Restrain? ...... 65 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 43 What Will You See after an Memory Seats ...... 45 Airbag Inflates? ...... 65 Heated Front Seats ...... 48 Passenger Sensing System . . . 67 Folding Seatback ...... 49 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle ...... 71 Rear Seats Adding Equipment to the Rear Seats ...... 50 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 71 Rear Seat Armrest ...... 52 Airbag System Check ...... 72 Replacing Airbag System Parts Seat Belts after a Crash ...... 73 Seat Belts ...... 52 How to Wear Seat Belts Child Restraints Properly ...... 53 Older Children ...... 73 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 55 Infants and Young Children . . . . 75 Seat Belt Use During Child Restraint Systems ...... 77 Pregnancy ...... 58 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 79 Seat Belt Extender ...... 58 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Safety System Check ...... 59 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 80 Seat Belt Care ...... 59 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

40 Seats and Restraints Head Restraints

{ Warning With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/ spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly. Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint Front Seats height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head The vehicle's front seats have head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is adjustable head restraints in the chances of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place. outboard seating positions. To raise or lower the head restraint, press the button located on the side of the head restraint, and pull up or push the head restraint down, and release the button. Pull and push on the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. The front seat outboard head restraints are not removable. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 41 Rear Seats Folding the Rear Head The vehicle’s rear seats have Restraint adjustable head restraints in the The head restraint can be folded outboard seating positions. The rearward to allow for better visibility height of the head restraint can be when the rear seat is unoccupied. adjusted. Pull the head restraint up to raise it. Try to move the head restraint to make sure it is locked in place.

The head restraint will fold rearward automatically. When an occupant or child restraint is in the seat, always return the head restraint to the full upright position. Pull the head restraint up To fold the head restraint, press the and forward until it locks into place. button on the side of the head Push and pull on the head restraint restraint. to make sure that it is locked. Always adjust the head restraint so To lower the head restraint, press that the top of the restraint is at the the button on the top of the same height as the top of the seatback and push the head occupant's head. restraint down. Try to move the head restraint after the button is Rear outboard head restraints are released to make sure it is locked in not removable. place. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

42 Seats and Restraints Front Seats To adjust a manual seat: Power Seat Adjustment 1. Pull the handle at the front of Seat Adjustment the seat. { Warning 2. Slide the seat to the desired Seat Position position and release the You can lose control of the handle. vehicle if you try to adjust a driver { Warning seat while the vehicle is moving. 3. Try to move the seat back and Adjust the driver seat only when You can lose control of the forth to be sure it is locked in the vehicle is not moving. vehicle if you try to adjust a driver place. seat while the vehicle is moving. Height Adjustment Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving. { Warning The power seats will work with the ignition off. Children could operate the power seats and be injured. Never leave children alone in the vehicle.

If available, move the lever up or down to manually raise or lower the seat. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 43 Lumbar Adjustment Warning (Continued)

Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.

Manual Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust the seat: . Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control Press and hold the control forward forward or rearward. to increase or rearward to decrease support. . Raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down. Reclining Seatbacks . Raise or lower the entire seat by moving the rear of the control up { Warning To recline the seatback: or down. If either seatback is not locked, it 1. Lift the lever. If necessary, To adjust the seatback, see could move forward in a sudden move the seat belt out of the Reclining Seatbacks 0 43. stop or crash. That could cause way to access the lever. To adjust the lumbar support, see injury to the person sitting there. Lumbar Adjustment 0 43. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

44 Seats and Restraints 2. Move the seatback to the desired position, then release Warning (Continued) the lever to lock the seatback in place. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will 3. Push and pull on the seatback be in front of you. In a crash, you to make sure it is locked. could go into it, receiving neck or To return the seatback to an upright other injuries. position: The lap belt could go up over 1. Lift the lever fully without your abdomen. The belt forces applying pressure to the would be there, not at your pelvic seatback, and the seatback bones. This could cause serious returns to the upright position. internal injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if 2. Push and pull on the seatback For proper protection when the the vehicle is moving. to make sure it is locked. vehicle is in motion, have the Power Reclining Seatbacks seatback upright. Then sit well { Warning back in the seat and wear the seat belt properly. Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the seat belts cannot do their job. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 45 . Tilt the top of the control Memory positions are linked to RKE DIC welcome message. Carry the rearward to recline. transmitter 1 or 2 for automatic linked RKE transmitter when . Tilt the top of the control forward memory recalls. entering the vehicle. to raise. Before saving, adjust all available Vehicle Personalization Settings memory feature positions. Turn the Memory Seats vehicle on and then press and . To have the Seat Entry Memory release SET; a beep will sound. movement begin when the Then immediately press and hold 1, vehicle is started, select the B Settings menu, then Vehicle, 2, or (Exit) until two beeps then Seating Position, and then sound. To manually recall these Seat Entry Memory. Select On or positions, press and hold 1, 2, or B Off. See “Seat Entry Memory” until the saved position is reached. later in this section. Follow the instructions under . To begin Seat Exit Memory “Saving Memory Positions.” movement when the vehicle is The vehicle identifies the current turned off and the driver door is driver’s RKE transmitter number opened, or when the vehicle is (1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry turned off with the driver door (RKE) System Operation 0 8. Only already opened, select the RKE transmitters 1 and 2 can be Settings menu, then Vehicle, If equipped, memory seats allow two used for automatic memory recalls. then Seating Position, and then drivers to save and recall their A Driver Information Center (DIC) Seat Exit Memory. Select On or unique seat positions for driving the welcome message indicating the Off. See “Seat Exit Memory” vehicle, and a shared exit position transmitter number may display for later in this section. for getting out of the vehicle. Other the first few ignition cycles following feature positions may also be . See Vehicle Personalization a transmitter change. For Seat Entry 0 saved, such as power mirrors and Memory to work properly, save the 136 for additional setting power steering wheel, if equipped. positions to the memory button information. (1 or 2) matching the RKE transmitter number displayed in the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

46 Seats and Restraints Identifying Driver Number 2. Adjust all available memory To save the position for B and Seat To identify the driver number: features to the desired driving Exit Memory features, repeat position. Steps 1 4 using B. This saves the 1. Move your RKE transmitter – position for getting out of the away from the vehicle. 3. Press and release SET; a beep will sound. vehicle. 2. Start the vehicle with another key or RKE transmitter. The 4. Immediately press and hold the Save preferred memory feature DIC should display the driver 1 or 2 memory button matching positions to both 1 and 2 if you are number for the other RKE the above DIC welcome the only driver. transmitter. Turn the vehicle off message until two beeps sound. Manually Recalling Memory and remove the key or RKE Positions transmitter from the vehicle. If too much time passes Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recall 3. Start the vehicle with the initial between releasing SET and pressing 1, the memory the previously saved memory key or RKE transmitter. The positions if you are driver 1 or 2 DIC should display the driver position will not be saved and two beeps will not sound. identified in the DIC welcome number of your RKE message. transmitter. Repeat Steps 3 and 4. 1 or 2 corresponds to the driver To stop Manual Memory recall Saving Memory Positions number. See “Identifying Driver movement, release 1, 2, or B or Read these instructions completely Number” previously in this press any of the following controls: before saving memory positions. section. . Power seat To save preferred driving positions 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second . Memory SET 1 and 2: driver using 1 or 2. RKE transmitters 3–8 will not save . Power mirror, with the driver or 1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/ passenger side mirror selected ACCESSORY. memory positions. . Power steering wheel, A DIC welcome message may if equipped indicate driver number 1 or 2. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 47 Seat Entry Memory To stop Seat Entry Memory recall If turned on, the position saved to The vehicle identifies the number of movement, turn the vehicle off or B is automatically recalled when press any of the following controls: the current driver’s RKE transmitter one of the following occurs: (1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry . Power seat . The vehicle is turned off and the (RKE) System Operation 0 8. If the . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B driver door is opened within a RKE transmitter is 1 or 2, and Seat short time. Entry Memory is enabled in vehicle . Power mirror, with the driver or personalization, the positions saved passenger side mirror selected . The vehicle is turned off with the to the same memory button number driver door open. . Power steering wheel, 1 or 2 are automatically recalled if equipped To stop Seat Exit Memory when the vehicle is turned on, movement, press any of the or turned from off to ACC/ If the saved memory seat position following memory controls: ACCESSORY. RKE transmitters 3 8 does not automatically recall or – . Power seat will not provide automatic memory recalls to the wrong positions, the recalls. driver’s RKE transmitter number . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B (1 or 2) may not match the memory To turn Seat Entry Memory on or off, button number that positions were . Power mirror, with the driver or see Vehicle Personalization “ saved to. Try storing the position to passenger side mirror selected Settings previously in this section ” the other memory button or try the and Vehicle Personalization 0 136. . Power steering wheel, other RKE transmitter. if equipped The shift lever must be in P (Park) to start Seat Entry Memory. Seat Seat Exit Memory Obstructions Entry Memory recall will complete if Seat Exit Memory is not linked to an If something has blocked the driver the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) RKE transmitter. The position saved seat and/or power steering wheel prior to reaching the saved memory to B is used for all drivers. To turn while recalling a memory position, position. Seat Exit Memory on or off, see the recall may stop. Remove the "Vehicle Personalization Settings" obstruction and try the recall again. previously in this section and If the memory position still does not Vehicle Personalization 0 136. recall, see your dealer. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

48 Seats and Restraints Heated Front Seats Remote Start Heated Seats When it is cold outside, the heated { Warning seats can be turned on automatically during a remote If temperature change or pain to vehicle start. The heated seats will the skin cannot be felt, the seat be canceled when the ignition is heater may cause burns. To turned on. Press the heated seat reduce the risk of burns, use care controls to use the heated seats when using the seat heater, after the vehicle is started. especially for long periods of The heated seat indicator lights on time. Do not place anything on the control do not turn on during a the seat that insulates against remote start. If equipped, the controls are on the heat, such as a blanket, cushion, The temperature performance of an cover, or similar item. This may climate control panel. The engine must be running to operate the unoccupied seat may be reduced. cause the seat heater to This is normal. overheat. An overheated seat heated seats. The heated seats will not turn on heater may cause a burn or may M L Press or to heat the driver or during a remote start unless the damage the seat. passenger seat cushion and heated seat feature is enabled in seatback. the vehicle personalization menu. Press the control once for the See Remote Vehicle Start 0 15 and highest setting. With each press of Vehicle Personalization 0 136. the control, the heated seat will change to the next lower setting, and then the off setting. Three lights indicate the highest setting and one light the lowest. The passenger seat may take longer to heat up. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 49 Folding Seatback To fold the seatback: To raise the seatback: The front passenger seatback may 1. Lower the head restraint all the 1. Lift the lever fully to unlock the 0 fold flat. way. See Head Restraints 40 seatback. Then, raise the 2. Move the seat as far back as seatback and push it rearward until it re-engages. { Warning possible. See Seat Adjustment 0 42 or 2. Push and pull on the seatback If you fold the seatback forward to Power Seat Adjustment 0 42 to make sure it is locked in carry longer objects, such as skis, place. be sure any such cargo is not near an airbag. In a crash, an { Warning inflating airbag might force that object toward a person. This If either seatback is not locked, it could cause severe injury or even could move forward in a sudden death. Secure objects away from stop or crash. That could cause the area in which an airbag would injury to the person sitting there. inflate. Where Are the Airbags? Always push and pull on the 0 62. Vehicle Load Limits 0 233. seatbacks to be sure they are locked.

{ Warning 3. Lift the lever fully and fold the seatback forward. If necessary, Things you put on this seatback move the seat belt out of the can strike and injure people in a way to access the lever. sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. Remove or secure all items 4. Continue lowering the seatback before driving. until it is completely folded and locks in place. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

50 Seats and Restraints Rear Seats vehicle through the rear door and left the vehicle without the vehicle Rear Seat Reminder being shut off. If equipped, the message REAR The feature can be turned on or off. SEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REAR See Vehicle Personalization 0 136. SEAT displays under certain Folding the Seatback conditions indicating there may be an item or passenger in the rear Either side of the seatback can be seat. Check before exiting the folded for more cargo space. Fold a vehicle. seatback only when the vehicle is not moving. This feature will activate when a rear door is opened while the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes Caution 2. Make sure the seat belt is in before the vehicle is turned on. the retainer hook There will be an alert when the Folding a rear seat with the seat vehicle is turned off. The alert does belts still fastened may cause not directly detect objects in the rear damage to the seat or the seat seat; instead, under certain belts. Always unbuckle the seat conditions, it detects when a rear belts and return them to their door is opened and closed, normal stowed position before indicating that there may be folding a rear seat. something in the rear seat. The feature is active only once each To fold the seatback: time the vehicle is turned on and off, 1. Fold the head restraint. See and will require reactivation by Head Restraints 0 40. opening and closing the rear doors. There may be an alert even when there is nothing in the rear seat; for example, if a child entered the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 51 3. Pull the lever on top of the 2. Return the head restraint to the seatback to unlock the { Warning upright position. See Head seatback. Restraints 0 40. A seat belt that is improperly A red indicator near the routed, not properly attached, 3. Push and pull the top of the seatback lever is exposed or twisted will not provide the seatback to be sure it is locked when the seatback is unlocked. protection needed in a crash. The into position. 4. Fold the seatback down. person wearing the belt could be 4. Check if the seat belt is stowed seriously injured. After raising the within hook at side. If not, stow Repeat Steps 1–3 for the other seatback, if desired. rear seatback, always check to be seat belt in it appropriately. sure that the seat belts are 5. Repeat the steps to raise the Raising the Seatbacks properly routed and attached, and other seatback, if necessary. are not twisted. When the seat is not in use, it { Warning should be kept in the upright, locked If either seatback is not locked, it To raise a seatback: position. could move forward in a sudden 1. Lift the seatback up and push it stop or crash. That could cause rearward to lock it in place. injury to the person sitting there. A tab near the seatback lever Always push and pull on the retracts when the seatback is seatbacks to be sure they are locked in place. locked. The center rear seat belt may lock when you raise the seatback. If this happens, let the belt go back all the way and start again. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

52 Seats and Restraints Rear Seat Armrest Seat Belts Warning (Continued) This section describes how to use seat belts properly, and some things passengers to ride in any area of not to do. the vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts. { Warning Always wear a seat belt, and check that all passenger(s) are Do not let anyone ride where a restrained properly too. seat belt cannot be worn properly. In a crash, if you or your passenger(s) are not wearing This vehicle has indicators as a seat belts, injuries can be much reminder to buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 113. worse than if you are wearing seat belts. You can be seriously Why Seat Belts Work The rear seat has an armrest in the injured or killed by hitting things center of the seatback. Lower the inside the vehicle harder or by armrest to access the cupholders. being ejected from the vehicle. In To fold, lift the armrest up and push addition, anyone who is not it rearward until it is flush with the buckled up can strike other seatback. passengers in the vehicle. It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision, passengers riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 53 When riding in a vehicle, you travel Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why It is very important for all occupants as fast as the vehicle does. If the should I have to wear seat to buckle up. Statistics show that vehicle stops suddenly, you keep belts? unbelted people are hurt more often going until something stops you. A: Airbags are supplemental in crashes than those who are It could be the windshield, the systems only. They work with wearing seat belts. instrument panel, or the seat belts! seat belts — not instead of them. There are important things to know When you wear a seat belt, you and Whether or not an airbag is about wearing a seat belt properly. the vehicle slow down together. provided, all occupants still have There is more time to stop because to buckle up to get the most you stop over a longer distance and, protection. when worn properly, your strongest Also, in nearly all states and in bones take the forces from the seat all Canadian provinces, the law belts. That is why wearing seat belts requires wearing seat belts. makes such good sense. Questions and Answers About How to Wear Seat Belts Seat Belts Properly Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle Follow these rules for everyone's after a crash if I am wearing a protection. seat belt? There are additional things to know A: You could be — whether you are about seat belts and children, . Sit up straight and always keep wearing a seat belt or not. Your including smaller children and your feet on the floor in front of chance of being conscious infants. If a child will be riding in the you (if possible). during and after a crash, so you vehicle, see Older Children 0 73 or . Always use the correct buckle can unbuckle and get out, is Infants and Young Children 0 75. for your seating position. much greater if you are belted. Review and follow the rules for children in addition to the following . Wear the lap part of the belt low rules. and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

54 Seats and Restraints pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. . Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning You can be seriously injured, or even killed, by not wearing your seat belt properly.

Never allow the lap or shoulder belt Never wear the shoulder belt under to become loose or twisted. both arms or behind your back. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 55

{ Warning The seat belt can be pinched if it is routed under plastic trim on the seat, such as trim around the rear seatback folding handle or side airbag. In a crash, pinched seat belts might not be able to provide adequate protection. Never allow seat belts to be routed under plastic trim pieces. Always use the correct buckle for 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull your seating position. Lap-Shoulder Belt the belt across you. Do not let it get twisted. All seating positions in the vehicle have a lap-shoulder belt. The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you The following instructions explain very quickly. If this happens, let how to wear a lap-shoulder belt the belt go back slightly to properly. unlock it. Then pull the belt 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is across you more slowly. adjustable, so you can sit up If the shoulder portion of a straight. To see how, see passenger belt is pulled out all “Seats” in the Index. the way, the child restraint locking feature may be engaged. See Child Restraint Systems 0 77. If this occurs, let Never route the lap or shoulder belt the belt go back all the way over an armrest. and start again. If the locking Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

56 Seats and Restraints feature stays engaged after If the webbing locks in the latch letting the belt go back to plate before it reaches the stowed position on the seat, buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to move the seat rearward or unlock. recline the seat until the shoulder belt retractor lock releases. Engaging the child restraint locking feature in the front outboard seating position may affect the passenger sensing system. See Passenger 0 Sensing System 67. 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the height that is right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” later in this section for 3. Push the latch plate into the instructions on use and buckle until it clicks. important safety information. Pull up on the latch plate to 5. To make the lap part tight, pull make sure it is secure. If the up on the shoulder belt. belt is not long enough, see 0 It may be necessary to pull stitching Seat Belt Extender 58. on the seat belt through the latch Position the release button on plate to fully tighten the lap belt on the buckle so that the seat belt smaller occupants. could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 57 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster To move the shoulder belt height adjuster down, push up on the The vehicle has a shoulder belt release button and move the height height adjuster for the driver and adjuster to the desired position. You front outboard passenger seating can move the height adjuster up by positions. pushing up on the shoulder belt Adjust the height so the shoulder guide. portion of the belt is on the shoulder After the adjuster is set to the and not falling off of it. The belt desired position, try to move it down should be close to, but not without pushing the release button contacting, the neck. Improper to make sure it has locked into shoulder belt height adjustment position. could reduce the effectiveness of To unlatch the belt, push the button the seat belt in a crash. See How to Seat Belt Pretensioners on the buckle. The belt should Wear Seat Belts Properly 0 53. return to its stowed position. This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for front outboard Always stow the seat belt slowly. occupants. Although the seat belt If the seat belt webbing returns pretensioners cannot be seen, they quickly to the stowed position, the are part of the seat belt assembly. retractor may lock and cannot be They can help tighten the seat belts pulled out. If this happens, pull the during the early stages of a seat belt straight out firmly to unlock moderate to severe frontal, near the webbing, and then release it. frontal, or rear crash if the threshold If the webbing is still locked in the conditions for pretensioner retractor, see your dealer. activation are met. Seat belt Before a door is closed, be sure the pretensioners can also help tighten seat belt is out of the way. If a door the seat belts in a side crash or a is slammed against a seat belt, rollover event. damage can occur to both the seat belt and the vehicle. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

58 Seats and Restraints Pretensioners work only once. If the Seat Belt Use During The best way to protect the fetus is pretensioners activate in a crash, to protect the mother. When a seat the pretensioners and probably Pregnancy belt is worn properly, it is more likely other parts of the vehicle’s seat belt Seat belts work for everyone, that the fetus will not be hurt in a system will need to be replaced. including pregnant women. Like all crash. For pregnant women, as for See Replacing Seat Belt System occupants, they are more likely to anyone, the key to making seat Parts after a Crash 0 59. be seriously injured if they do not belts effective is wearing them Do not sit on the outboard seat belt wear seat belts. properly. while entering or exiting the vehicle or at any time while sitting in the Seat Belt Extender seat. Sitting on the seat belt can If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten damage the webbing and hardware. around you, you should use it. Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides But if a seat belt is not long enough, Rear seat belt comfort guides may your dealer will order you an provide added seat belt comfort for extender. When you go in to order it, older children who have outgrown take the heaviest coat you will wear, booster seats and for some adults. so the extender will be long enough When installed on a shoulder belt, for you. To help avoid personal the comfort guide positions the injury, do not let someone else use shoulder belt away from the neck it, and use it only for the seat it is and head. made to fit. The extender has been A pregnant woman should wear a designed for adults. Never use it for Comfort guides are available lap-shoulder belt, and the lap securing child restraints. For more through your dealer for the rear portion should be worn as low as information on the proper use and fit outboard seating positions. possible, below the rounding, of seat belt extenders see the Instructions are included with the throughout the pregnancy. instruction sheet that comes with guide. the extender. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 59 Safety System Check Seat Belt Care Replacing Seat Belt Periodically check the seat belt Keep belts clean and dry. System Parts after a reminder, seat belts, buckles, latch Seat belts should be properly cared Crash plates, retractors, shoulder belt for and maintained. height adjusters (if equipped), and seat belt anchorages to make sure Seat belt hardware should be kept { Warning dry and free of dust or debris. As they are all in working order. Look A crash can damage the seat belt necessary, exterior hard surfaces for any other loose or damaged seat system in the vehicle. A damaged belt system parts that might keep a and seat belt webbing may be lightly seat belt system may not properly seat belt system from performing cleaned with mild soap and water. properly. See your dealer to have it Ensure there is not excessive dust protect the person using it, repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted or debris in the mechanism. If dust resulting in serious injury or even seat belts may not protect you in a or debris exists in the system please death in a crash. To help make crash. Torn or frayed seat belts can see the dealer. Parts may need to sure the seat belt systems are rip apart under impact forces. If a be replaced to ensure proper working properly after a crash, belt is torn or frayed, have it functionality of the system. have them inspected and any replaced immediately. If a belt is necessary replacements made as twisted, it may be possible to { Warning soon as possible. untwist by reversing the latch plate on the webbing. If the twist cannot Do not bleach or dye seat belt After a minor crash, replacement of be corrected, ask your dealer to webbing. It may severely weaken seat belts may not be necessary. fix it. the webbing. In a crash, they But the seat belt assemblies that Make sure the seat belt reminder might not be able to provide were used during any crash may light is working. See Seat Belt adequate protection. Clean and have been stressed or damaged. Reminders 0 113. rinse seat belt webbing only with See your dealer to have the seat mild soap and lukewarm water. Keep seat belts clean and dry. See belt assemblies inspected or Seat Belt Care 0 59. Allow the webbing to dry. replaced. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

60 Seats and Restraints New parts and repairs may be Airbag System All vehicle airbags have the word necessary even if the seat belt AIRBAG on the trim or on a label system was not being used at the The vehicle has the following near the deployment opening. airbags: time of the crash. For frontal airbags, the word Have the seat belt pretensioners . A frontal airbag for the driver AIRBAG is on the center of the checked if the vehicle has been in a . A frontal airbag for the front steering wheel for the driver and on crash, or if the airbag readiness light outboard passenger the instrument panel for the front stays on after you start the vehicle outboard passenger. or while you are driving. See Airbag . A knee airbag for the driver 0 For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG Readiness Light 114. . A knee airbag for the front is on the lower part of the outboard passenger instrument panel. . A seat-mounted side impact For seat-mounted side impact airbag for the driver airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the . A seat-mounted side impact side of the seatback or side of the airbag for the front outboard seat closest to the door. passenger For roof-rail airbags, the word . A seat-mounted side impact AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. airbags for the second row Airbags are designed to supplement outboard passengers the protection provided by seat . A roof-rail airbag for the driver belts. Even though today's airbags and for the rear passengers are also designed to help reduce seated directly behind the driver the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate . A roof-rail airbag for the front very quickly to do their job. outboard passenger and the rear passengers seated directly behind the front outboard passenger Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 61 Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system: { Warning Warning (Continued) Because airbags inflate with great Occupants should not lean on or { Warning force and faster than the blink of sleep against the door or side You can be severely injured or an eye, anyone who is up windows in seating positions with killed in a crash if you are not against, or very close to, any seat-mounted side impact airbags wearing your seat belt, even with airbag when it inflates can be and/or roof-rail airbags. airbags. Airbags are designed to seriously injured or killed. Do not work with seat belts, not replace sit unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you would be if sitting them. Also, airbags are not { Warning designed to inflate in every crash. on the edge of the seat or leaning In some crashes seat belts are forward. Seat belts help keep you Children who are up against, the only restraint. See When in position before and during a or very close to, any airbag when Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 64. crash. Always wear a seat belt, it inflates can be seriously injured even with airbags. The driver or killed. Always secure children Wearing your seat belt during a should sit as far back as possible properly in the vehicle. To read crash helps reduce your chance while still maintaining control of how, see Older Children 0 73 or of hitting things inside the vehicle the vehicle. The seat belts and Infants and Young Children 0 75. or being ejected from it. Airbags the front outboard passenger are “supplemental restraints” to airbags are most effective when the seat belts. Everyone in the you are sitting well back and vehicle should wear a seat belt upright in the seat with both feet properly, whether or not there is on the floor. an airbag for that person. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

62 Seats and Restraints There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument cluster, which shows the airbag symbol. The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 114. Where Are the Airbags?

The driver knee airbag is below the Driver Side Shown, Passenger steering column. The front outboard Side Similar passenger knee airbag is below the The driver and front outboard glove box. passenger seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door.

The driver frontal airbag is in the center of the steering wheel. The front outboard passenger frontal airbag is in the passenger side instrument panel. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 63

{ Warning If something is between an occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death. The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear. Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag, and do not attach or put On vehicles with second row Driver Side Shown, Passenger anything on the steering wheel seat-mounted side impact airbags, Side Similar they are in the sides of the seatback hub or on or near any other The roof-rail airbags for the driver, airbag covering. closest to the door. front outboard passenger, and rear outboard passengers are in the Do not use seat accessories that ceiling above the side windows. block the inflation path of a seat-mounted side impact airbag. Never secure anything to the roof of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a rope or tie‐down through any door or window opening. If you do, the path of an inflating roof-rail airbag will be blocked. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

64 Seats and Restraints When Should an Airbag It depends on what is hit, the on the location of the impact. These direction of the impact, and how airbags are also designed to inflate Inflate? quickly the vehicle slows down. in some moderate to severe or This vehicle is equipped with Frontal airbags may inflate at near-frontal impacts that could result 0 airbags. See Airbag System 60. different crash speeds depending on in the occupant moving toward the Airbags are designed to inflate if the whether the vehicle hits an object side of the vehicle. Seat-mounted impact exceeds the specific airbag straight on or at an angle, and side impact airbags are not system's deployment threshold. whether the object is fixed or designed to inflate in rollovers, Deployment thresholds are used to moving, rigid or deformable, narrow or rear impacts. A seat-mounted predict how severe a crash is likely or wide. side impact airbag is designed to to be in time for the airbags to inflate on the side of the vehicle that inflate and help restrain the Frontal airbags are not intended to is struck. inflate during vehicle rollovers, in occupants. The vehicle has Roof-rail airbags are designed to electronic sensors that help the rear impacts, or in many side impacts. inflate in moderate to severe side airbag system determine the crashes depending on the location severity of the impact. Deployment In addition, the vehicle has of the impact. In addition, these thresholds can vary with specific advanced technology frontal roof-rail airbags are designed to vehicle design. airbags. Advanced technology inflate during a rollover or in a Frontal airbags are designed to frontal airbags adjust the restraint severe frontal impact. Roof-rail inflate in moderate to severe frontal according to crash severity. airbags are not designed to inflate in or near frontal crashes to help Knee airbags are designed to inflate rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags reduce the potential for severe in moderate to severe frontal or will inflate when either side of the injuries, mainly to the driver's or near frontal impacts. Knee airbags vehicle is struck or if the sensing front outboard passenger's head are not designed to inflate during system predicts that the vehicle is and chest. vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts, about to roll over on its side, or in a severe frontal impact. Whether the frontal airbags will or or in many side impacts. should inflate is not based primarily Seat-mounted side impact airbags on how fast the vehicle is traveling. are designed to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes, depending Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 65 In any particular crash, no one can Airbags supplement the protection What Will You See after say whether an airbag should have provided by seat belts by inflated simply because of the distributing the force of the impact an Airbag Inflates? vehicle damage or repair costs. more evenly over the After frontal, knee, and occupant's body. seat-mounted side impact airbags What Makes an Airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, so Inflate? are designed to help contain the quickly that some people may not head and chest of occupants in the even realize the airbags inflated. In a deployment event, the sensing outboard seating positions in the Roof-rail airbags may still be at least system sends an electrical signal first, second row. The rollover partially inflated for some time after triggering a release of gas from the capable roof-rail airbags are they inflate. Some components of inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the designed to help reduce the risk of the airbag module may be hot for airbag causing the bag to break out full or partial ejection in rollover several minutes. For location of the of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, events, although no system can airbags, see Where Are the 0 and related hardware are all part of prevent all such ejections. Airbags? 62. the airbag module. But airbags would not help in many The parts of the airbag that come For airbag locations, see Where Are into contact with you may be warm, 0 types of collisions, primarily the Airbags? 62. because the occupant's motion is but not too hot to touch. There may not toward those airbags. See When be some smoke and dust coming How Does an Airbag Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 64. from the vents in the deflated Restrain? airbags. Airbag inflation does not Airbags should never be regarded prevent the driver from seeing out of In moderate to severe frontal or as anything more than a supplement the windshield or being able to steer near frontal collisions, even belted to seat belts. the vehicle, nor does it prevent occupants can contact the steering people from leaving the vehicle. wheel or the instrument panel. In moderate to severe side collisions, even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

66 Seats and Restraints off and then on again, the fuel In many crashes severe enough to { Warning system will return to normal inflate the airbag, windshields are operation; the doors can be locked, broken by vehicle deformation. When an airbag inflates, there the interior lamps can be turned off, Additional windshield breakage may may be dust in the air. This dust and the hazard warning flashers can also occur from the front outboard could cause breathing problems be turned off using the controls for passenger airbag. for people with a history of those features. If any of these asthma or other breathing trouble. . Airbags are designed to inflate systems are damaged in the crash only once. After an airbag To avoid this, everyone in the they may not operate as normal. inflates, you will need some new vehicle should get out as soon as parts for the airbag system. it is safe to do so. If you have { Warning If you do not get them, the breathing problems but cannot airbag system will not be there get out of the vehicle after an A crash severe enough to inflate to help protect you in another airbag inflates, then get fresh air the airbags may have also crash. A new system will include by opening a window or a door. damaged important functions in airbag modules and possibly If you experience breathing the vehicle, such as the fuel other parts. The service manual problems following an airbag system, brake and steering for the vehicle covers the need deployment, you should seek systems, etc. Even if the vehicle to replace other parts. medical attention. appears to be drivable after a . The vehicle has a crash sensing moderate crash, there may be and diagnostic module which The vehicle has a feature that may concealed damage that could records information after a automatically unlock the doors, turn make it difficult to safely operate crash. See Vehicle Data on the interior lamps and hazard the vehicle. Recording and Privacy 0 416 warning flashers, and shut off the and Use caution if you should attempt 0 fuel system after the airbags inflate. to restart the engine after a crash Event Data Recorders 416. The feature may also activate, has occurred. without airbag inflation, after an event that exceeds a predetermined threshold. After turning the ignition Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 67 . Let only qualified technicians outboard passenger frontal airbag, work on the airbag systems. and knee airbag, should be allowed Improper service can mean that to inflate or not. an airbag system will not work According to accident statistics, properly. See your dealer for children are safer when properly service. secured in a rear seat in the correct Canada child restraint for their weight Passenger Sensing and size. The words ON and OFF, or the System symbols for on and off, will be Whenever possible, children aged The vehicle has a passenger visible during the system check. 12 and under should be secured in sensing system for the front When the system check is a rear seating position. outboard passenger position. The complete, either the word ON or Never put a rear-facing child seat in passenger airbag status indicator OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will the front. This is because the risk to will light on the overhead console be visible. See Passenger Airbag 0 the rear-facing child is so great, when the vehicle is started. Status Indicator 114. if the airbag inflates. The passenger sensing system turns off the front outboard { Warning passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag under certain conditions. No A child in a rear-facing child other airbag is affected by the restraint can be seriously injured passenger sensing system. or killed if the passenger frontal United States The passenger sensing system airbag inflates. This is because works with sensors that are part of the back of the rear-facing child the front outboard passenger seat restraint would be very close to and seat belt. the inflating airbag. A child in a The sensors are designed to detect forward-facing child restraint can the presence of a properly seated be seriously injured or killed if the occupant and determine if the front (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

68 Seats and Restraints The passenger sensing system is system senses that a person of Warning (Continued) designed to turn off the front adult size is sitting properly in the outboard passenger frontal airbag, front outboard passenger seat. passenger frontal airbag inflates and knee airbag, if: and the passenger seat is in a When the passenger sensing forward position. . The front outboard passenger system has allowed the airbags to seat is unoccupied. be enabled, the ON indicator will Even if the passenger sensing light and stay lit as a reminder that system has turned off the front . The system determines an infant is present in a child restraint. the airbags are active. outboard passenger airbag(s), no . A front outboard passenger For some children, including system is fail-safe. No one can children in child restraints, and for guarantee that an airbag will not takes his/her weight off of the seat for a period of time. very small adults, the passenger deploy under some unusual sensing system may or may not turn circumstance, even though the . There is a critical problem with off the front outboard passenger airbag(s) are off. the airbag system or the frontal airbag, and knee airbag, Never put a rear-facing child passenger sensing system. depending upon the person's restraint in the front seat, even if When the passenger sensing seating posture and body build. the airbag is off. If securing a system has turned off the front Everyone in the vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should forward-facing child restraint in outboard passenger frontal airbag, wear a seat belt properly whether the front outboard passenger and knee airbag, the OFF indicator — will light and stay lit as a reminder or not there is an airbag for that seat, always move the seat as far person. back as it will go. It is better to that the airbags are off. See secure child restraints in the rear Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 114. seat. Consider using another { Warning vehicle to transport the child The passenger sensing system is If the airbag readiness light ever designed to turn on the front when a rear seat is not available. comes on and stays on, it means outboard passenger frontal airbag, that something may be wrong and knee airbag, anytime the (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 69 4. Reinstall the child restraint sure that the vehicle seatback Warning (Continued) following the directions is not pushing the child provided by the child restraint restraint into the seat cushion. with the airbag system. To help manufacturer and refer to Also make sure the child avoid injury to yourself or others, Securing Child Restraints (With have the vehicle serviced right restraint is not trapped under the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) the vehicle head restraint. away. See Airbag Readiness 0 88 or Light 0 114 for more information, If this happens, adjust the head Securing Child Restraints (With restraint. See Head Restraints including important safety the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 40. information. 0 86. 6. Restart the vehicle. Make sure the seat belt If the On Indicator Is Lit for a retractor is locked by pulling The passenger sensing system may Child Restraint the shoulder belt all the way or may not turn off the airbags for a out of the retractor when child in a child restraint depending The passenger sensing system is installing the child restraint, upon the child’s size. It is better to designed to turn off the front even if the child restraint is secure the child restraint in a rear outboard passenger frontal airbag equipped with a seat belt lock seat. Never put a rear-facing child and knee airbag, if the system off. When the retractor lock is restraint in the front seat, even if the determines that an infant is present set, the belt can be tightened ON indicator is not lit. in a child restraint. If a child restraint but not pulled out of the has been installed and the ON retractor. indicator is lit: 5. If, after reinstalling the child 1. Turn the vehicle off. restraint and restarting the 2. Remove the child restraint from vehicle, the ON indicator is still the vehicle. lit, turn the vehicle off. Then slightly recline the vehicle 3. Remove any additional items seatback and adjust the seat from the seat such as blankets, cushion, if adjustable, to make cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

70 Seats and Restraints If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material Adult-Sized Occupant from the seat, such as { Warning blankets, cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat If the front outboard passenger massagers. airbag is turned off for an adult-sized occupant, the airbag 3. Place the seatback in the fully will not be able to inflate and help upright position. protect that person in a crash, 4. Have the person sit upright in resulting in an increased risk of the seat, centered on the seat serious injury or even death. An cushion, with legs comfortably adult-sized occupant should not extended. ride in the front outboard 5. If the shoulder portion of the passenger seat, if the passenger belt is pulled out all the way, airbag OFF indicator is lit. the child restraint locking feature will be engaged. This If a person of adult size is sitting in may unintentionally cause the Additional Factors Affecting the front outboard passenger seat, passenger sensing system to System Operation but the OFF indicator is lit, it could turn the airbag off for some Seat belts help keep the passenger be because that person is not sitting adult-sized occupants. If this in position on the seat during properly in the seat or that the child happens, unbuckle the belt, let vehicle maneuvers and braking, restraint locking feature is engaged. the belt go back all the way, which helps the passenger sensing Use the following steps to allow the and then buckle the belt again system maintain the passenger system to detect that person and without pulling the belt out all airbag status. See “Seat Belts” and enable the front outboard passenger the way. “Child Restraints” in the Index for frontal airbag and knee airbag: 6. Restart the vehicle and have additional information about the 1. Turn the vehicle off. the person remain in this importance of proper restraint use. position for two to three minutes after the ON indicator is lit. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 71 A thick layer of additional material, such as a blanket or cushion, Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters, and seat seatback may interfere with the are close to an airbag when it massagers can affect how well the proper operation of the passenger inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. passenger sensing system sensing system. They are probably part of the operates. We recommend that you airbag system. Be sure to follow not use seat covers or other proper service procedures, and aftermarket equipment except when Servicing the make sure the person performing approved by GM for your specific Airbag-Equipped Vehicle work for you is qualified to do so. vehicle. See Adding Equipment to Airbags affect how the vehicle the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 71 should be serviced. There are parts Adding Equipment to the for more information about of the airbag system in several modifications that can affect how places around the vehicle. Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle the system operates. dealer and the service manual have Adding accessories that change the The ON indicator may be lit if an information about servicing the vehicle's frame, bumper system, object, such as a briefcase, vehicle and the airbag system. To height, front end, or side sheet handbag, grocery bag, laptop, purchase a service manual, see metal may keep the airbag system or other electronic device, is put on Publication Ordering Information from working properly. an unoccupied seat. If this is not 0 413. desired, remove the object from The operation of the airbag system the seat. can also be affected by changing, { Warning including improperly repairing or replacing, any parts of the following: { Warning For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is turned off and the . Airbag system, including airbag Stowing articles under the battery is disconnected, an airbag modules, front or side impact passenger seat or between the can still inflate during improper sensors, sensing and diagnostic passenger seat cushion and service. You can be injured if you module, or airbag wiring (Continued) (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

72 Seats and Restraints . Front seats, including stitching, of the seat fabric, could also Airbag System Check seams or zippers interfere with the operation of the The airbag system does not need . Seat belts passenger sensing system. This could either prevent proper regularly scheduled maintenance or . Steering wheel, instrument deployment of the passenger replacement. Make sure the airbag panel, overhead console, ceiling airbag(s) or prevent the passenger readiness light is working. See trim, or pillar garnish trim sensing system from properly Airbag Readiness Light 0 114. . Inner door seals, including turning off the passenger airbag(s). speakers See Passenger Sensing System Caution 0 67. Your dealer and the service manual If an airbag covering is damaged, If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail have information about the location opened, or broken, the airbag of the airbag modules and sensors, airbags, see Different Size Tires 0 may not work properly. Do not sensing and diagnostic module, and and Wheels 360 for additional important information. open or break the airbag airbag wiring along with the proper coverings. If there are any replacement procedures. If the vehicle must be modified opened or broken airbag In addition, the vehicle has a because you have a disability and coverings, have the airbag passenger sensing system for the you have questions about whether covering and/or airbag module the modifications will affect the front outboard passenger position, replaced. For the location of the vehicle's airbag system, or if you which includes sensors that are part airbags, see Where Are the of the passenger's seat. The have questions about whether the 0 airbag system will be affected if the Airbags? 62. See your dealer passenger sensing system may not for service. operate properly if the original seat vehicle is modified for any other trim is replaced with non-GM reason, call Customer Assistance. covers, upholstery, or trim, or with See Customer Assistance Offices 0 GM covers, upholstery, or trim 406. designed for a different vehicle. Any object, such as an aftermarket seat heater or a comfort enhancing pad or device, installed under or on top Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 73 Replacing Airbag System Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that come with the booster seat state the Parts after a Crash weight and height limitations for that Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a { Warning lap-shoulder belt until the child passes the fit test below: A crash can damage the airbag systems in the vehicle. . Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the knees bend at the seat A damaged airbag system may edge? If yes, continue. If no, not properly protect you and your return to the booster seat. passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in serious injury or even death. To . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. help make sure the airbag Does the shoulder belt rest on systems are working properly the shoulder? If yes, continue. after a crash, have them If no, try using the rear seat belt comfort guide, if available. See inspected and any necessary Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides replacements made as soon as “ ” under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 55. possible. Older children who have outgrown If a comfort guide is not booster seats should wear the available, or if the shoulder belt If an airbag inflates, you will need to vehicle’s seat belts. still does not rest on the replace airbag system parts. See shoulder, then return to the your dealer for service. booster seat. If the airbag readiness light stays on . Does the lap belt fit low and after the vehicle is started or comes snug on the hips, touching the on when you are driving, the airbag thighs? If yes, continue. If no, system may not work properly. Have return to the booster seat. the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 114. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

74 Seats and Restraints . Can proper seat belt fit be According to accident statistics, maintained for the length of the children are safer when properly trip? If yes, continue. If no, restrained in a rear seating position. return to the booster seat. In a crash, children who are not Q: What is the proper way to buckled up can strike other people wear seat belts? who are buckled up, or can be A: An older child should wear a thrown out of the vehicle. Older lap-shoulder belt and get the children need to use seat belts additional restraint a shoulder properly. belt can provide. The shoulder belt should not cross the face or { Warning neck. The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips, just Never allow more than one child touching the top of the thighs. to wear the same seat belt. The { Warning This applies belt force to the seat belt cannot properly spread Never allow a child to wear the child's pelvic bones in a crash. the impact forces. In a crash, they seat belt with the shoulder belt It should never be worn over the can be crushed together and behind their back. A child can be abdomen, which could cause seriously injured. A seat belt must seriously injured by not wearing severe or even fatal internal be used by only one person at the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a injuries in a crash. a time. crash, the child would not be Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort restrained by the shoulder belt. Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt The child could move too far 0 55. forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child might also slide under the lap belt. The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 75 need, for everyone, to use safety Warning (Continued) restraints. In fact, the law in every Warning (Continued) state in the United States and in That could cause serious or fatal every Canadian province says Never leave children unattended injuries. The shoulder belt should children up to some age must be in a vehicle and never allow go over the shoulder and across restrained while in a vehicle. children to play with the seat the chest. belts. { Warning Every time infants and young Children can be seriously injured children ride in vehicles, they should or strangled if a shoulder belt is have the protection provided by wrapped around their neck. The appropriate child restraints. Neither shoulder belt can tighten but the vehicle’s seat belt system nor its cannot be loosened if it is locked. airbag system is designed for them. The shoulder belt locks when it is Children who are not restrained pulled all the way out of the properly can strike other people, retractor. It unlocks when the or can be thrown out of the vehicle. shoulder belt is allowed to go all the way back into the retractor, but it cannot do this if it is { Warning wrapped around a child’s neck. Never hold an infant or a child Infants and Young If the shoulder belt is locked and while riding in a vehicle. Due to Children tightened around a child’s neck, crash forces, an infant or a child the only way to loosen the belt is will become so heavy it is not Everyone in a vehicle needs to cut it. possible to hold it during a crash. protection! This includes infants and (Continued) For example, in a crash at only all other children. Neither the 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

76 Seats and Restraints Child restraints are devices used to Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) restrain, seat, or position children in the vehicle and are sometimes infant will suddenly become a or killed. Never put a rear-facing called child seats or car seats. 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's child restraint in the front arms. An infant or child should be outboard seat. Secure a There are three basic types of secured in an appropriate child rear-facing child restraint in a rear child restraints: restraint. seat. It is also better to secure a . Forward-facing child restraints forward-facing child restraint in a . Rear-facing child restraints rear seat. If you must secure a forward-facing child restraint in . Belt-positioning booster seats the front outboard seat, always The proper child restraint for your move the front passenger seat as child depends on their size, weight, far back as it will go. and age, and also on whether the child restraint is compatible with the vehicle in which it will be used. For each type of child restraint, there are many different models available. When purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the child restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor { Warning vehicle safety standards. The Children who are up against, instruction manual that is provided with the child restraint states the or very close to, any airbag when weight and height limitations for that it inflates can be seriously injured particular child restraint. In addition, (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 77 there are many kinds of child The harness system holds the infant restraints available for children with Warning (Continued) in place and, in a crash, acts to special needs. keep the infant positioned in the the risk of serious or fatal injuries restraint. during a crash, young children { Warning should always be secured in an Forward-Facing Child Restraint To reduce the risk of neck and appropriate child restraint. head injury in a crash, infants and toddlers should be secured in a Child Restraint Systems rear-facing child restraint until age two, or until they reach the Rear-Facing Infant Restraint maximum height and weight limits of their child restraint.

{ Warning A young child's hip bones are still so small that the vehicle seat belt A forward-facing child restraint may not remain low on the hip provides restraint for the child's bones, as it should. Instead, it body with the harness. may settle up around the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt would apply force on a body area A rear-facing child restraint provides that is unprotected by any bony restraint with the seating surface structure. This alone could cause against the back of the infant. serious or fatal injuries. To reduce (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

78 Seats and Restraints Booster Seats Securing an Add-On Child When securing an add-on child Restraint in the Vehicle restraint, refer to the following: 1. Instruction labels provided on { Warning the child restraint 2. Instruction manual provided A child can be seriously injured or with the child restraint killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in 3. This vehicle owner's manual the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are restraint properly in the vehicle important, so if they are not using the vehicle’s seat belt or available, obtain a replacement LATCH system, following the copy from the manufacturer. instructions that came with that Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint and the instructions child restraint can move around in a A belt-positioning booster seat is in this manual. used for children who have collision or sudden stop and injure outgrown their forward-facing child people in the vehicle. Be sure to restraint. Boosters are designed to To help reduce the chance of injury, properly secure any child restraint in improve the fit of the vehicle's seat the child restraint must be secured the vehicle — even when no child is belt system until the child is large in the vehicle. Child restraints must in it. enough for the vehicle seat belts to be secured in vehicle seats by lap In some areas of the United States fit properly without a booster seat. belts or the lap belt portion of a and Canada, Certified Child See the seat belt fit test in Older lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH Passenger Safety Technicians Children 0 73. system. See Lower Anchors and (CPSTs) are available to inspect Tethers for Children (LATCH and demonstrate how to correctly System) 0 80 for more information. use and install child restraints. In Children can be endangered in a the U.S., refer to the National crash if the child restraint is not Highway Traffic Safety properly secured in the vehicle. Administration (NHTSA) website to locate the nearest child safety seat Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 79 inspection station. For CPST Never put a rear-facing child availability in Canada, check with restraint in the front. This is because Warning (Continued) Transport Canada or the Provincial the risk to the rear-facing child is so Ministry of Transportation office. great if the airbag deploys. Secure rear-facing child restraints in a rear seat, even if the airbag Securing the Child Within the is off. If you secure a Child Restraint { Warning forward-facing child restraint in A child in a rear-facing child the front seat, always move the { Warning restraint can be seriously injured front passenger seat as far back or killed if the front passenger as it will go. It is better to secure A child can be seriously injured or airbag inflates. This is because the child restraint in a rear seat. killed in a crash if the child is not the back of the rear-facing child See Passenger Sensing System properly secured in the child restraint would be very close to 0 67 for additional information. restraint. Secure the child the inflating airbag. A child in a properly following the instructions forward-facing child restraint can When securing a child restraint with that came with that child restraint. be seriously injured or killed if the the seat belts in a rear seat position, front passenger airbag inflates study the instructions that came with Where to Put the and the passenger seat is in a the child restraint to make sure it is Restraint forward position. compatible with this vehicle. Even if the passenger sensing According to accident statistics, Child restraints and booster seats system has turned off the front children and infants are safer when vary considerably in size, and some properly restrained in an appropriate passenger frontal airbag, no may fit in certain seating positions child restraint secured in a rear system is fail-safe. No one can better than others. seating position. guarantee that an airbag will not Depending on where you place the deploy under some unusual Whenever possible, children aged child restraint and the size of the circumstance, even though it is child restraint, you may not be able 12 and under should be secured in turned off. a rear seating position. to access adjacent seat belts or (Continued) LATCH anchors for additional Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

80 Seats and Restraints passengers or child restraints. vehicle. The LATCH system is Make sure to follow the instructions Adjacent seating positions should designed to make installation of a that came with the child restraint, not be used if the child restraint child restraint easier. and also the instructions in this prevents access to or interferes with In order to use the LATCH system in manual. the routing of the seat belt. your vehicle, you need a child When installing a child restraint with Wherever a child restraint is restraint that has LATCH a top tether, you must also use installed, be sure to follow the attachments. LATCH-compatible either the lower anchors or the seat instructions that came with the child rear-facing and forward-facing child belts to properly secure the child restraint and secure the child seats can be properly installed restraint. A child restraint must restraint properly. using either the LATCH anchors or never be attached using only the top Keep in mind that an unsecured the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not use tether. child restraint can move around in a both the seat belts and the LATCH For a forward-facing 5-pt harness collision or sudden stop and injure anchorage system to secure a child restraint where the combined people in the vehicle. Be sure to rear-facing or forward-facing weight of the child and restraint are properly secure any child restraint in child seat. up to 29.5 kg (65 lb), use either the the vehicle — even when no child is Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat lower LATCH anchorages with the in it. belts to secure the child and the top tether anchorage, or the seat booster seat. If the manufacturer belt with the top tether anchorage. Lower Anchors and recommends that the booster seat Where the combined weight of the be secured with the LATCH system, child and restraint are greater than Tethers for Children this can be done as long as the 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat belt with (LATCH System) booster seat can be positioned the top tether anchorage only. The LATCH system secures a child properly and there is no interference restraint during driving or in a crash. with the proper positioning of the LATCH attachments on the child lap-shoulder belt on the child. restraint are used to attach the child restraint to the anchors in the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 81 Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints

Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Show with an X Combined LATCH-Lower Weight of the Seat Belt and Restraint Type LATCH-Lower Anchors and Child + Child Seat Belt Only Top Tether Anchors Only Top Tether Restraint Anchor Anchor Rear-Facing Up to XX Child Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb) Rear-Facing Greater than X Child Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb) Forward-Facing Up to XX Child Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb) Forward-Facing Greater than X Child Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)

See Securing Child Restraints (With Child restraints built after March Not all vehicle seating positions the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 88 2014 will be labeled with the have lower anchors. In this case, or specific child weight up to which the the seat belt must be used (with top Securing Child Restraints (With the LATCH system can be used to tether where available) to secure Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 86. install the restraint. the child restraint. See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt The following explains how to attach 0 a child restraint with these in the Front Seat) 88 or attachments in the vehicle. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 86. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

82 Seats and Restraints Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints with top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint. Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations Rear Seat Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure built into the vehicle. There are two the top of the child restraint to the lower anchors for each LATCH vehicle. A top tether anchor is built seating position that will into the vehicle. The top tether accommodate a child restraint with attachment hook (2) on the child lower attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. The child restraint may have a single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will have a single attachment hook (2) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 83 I : Seating positions with top To assist in locating the top tether Do not secure a child restraint in a tether anchors. anchors, the top tether anchor position without a top tether anchor symbol is near the top tether if a national or local law requires H : Seating positions with two lower anchors. that the top tether be attached, or if anchors. the instructions that come with the Top Tether Anchors child restraint say that the top tether must be attached. According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position. See Where to Put the Restraint 0 79 for additional information. Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH The lower anchors are behind the System The top tether anchors for each rear vertical openings in the seat cushion seating position are on the back of trim located below the anchor label. the rear seatback. The rear { Warning compartment storage panel/cover A child could be seriously injured might need to be adjusted to access or killed in a crash if the child the anchors. Be sure to use an anchor on the same side of the restraint is not properly attached vehicle as the seating position to the vehicle using either the where the child restraint will be LATCH anchors or the vehicle placed. seat belt. Follow the instructions (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

84 Seats and Restraints

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Caution

that came with the child restraint shoulder belt can tighten but Do not let the LATCH and the instructions in this cannot be loosened if it is locked. attachments rub against the manual. The shoulder belt locks when it is vehicle’s seat belts. This may pulled all the way out of the damage these parts. If necessary, retractor. It unlocks when the move buckled seat belts to avoid shoulder belt is allowed to go all rubbing the LATCH attachments. { Warning the way back into the retractor, Do not fold the rear seatback To reduce the risk of serious or but it cannot do this if it is when the seat is occupied. Do not fatal injuries during a crash, do wrapped around a child’s neck. fold the empty rear seat with a not attach more than one child If the shoulder belt is locked and seat belt buckled. This could restraint to a single anchor. tightened around a child’s neck, damage the seat belt or the seat. Attaching more than one child the only way to loosen the belt is Unbuckle and return the seat belt restraint to a single anchor could to cut it. to its stowed position, before cause the anchor or attachment Buckle any unused seat belts folding the seat. to come loose or even break behind the child restraint so during a crash. A child or others children cannot reach them. Pull If you need to secure more than one could be injured. the shoulder belt all the way out child restraint in the rear seat, see of the retractor to set the lock, Where to Put the Restraint 0 79. and tighten the belt behind the 1. Attach and tighten the lower child restraint after the child attachments to the lower { Warning restraint has been installed. anchors. If the child restraint Children can be seriously injured does not have lower or strangled if a shoulder belt is attachments or the desired wrapped around their neck. The seating position does not have lower anchors, secure the child (Continued) restraint with the top tether and Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 85 the seat belts. Refer to the are using a dual tether, child restraint manufacturer route the tether over the instructions and the seatback. instructions in this manual. 1.1. Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position. 1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat. If the position you are 1.3. Attach and tighten the using does not have a lower attachments on the head restraint and you child restraint to the lower are using a single tether, anchors. route the tether over the If the position you are seatback. 2. If the child restraint using has an adjustable manufacturer recommends that headrest or head restraint the top tether be attached, and you are using a dual attach and tighten the top tether, raise the headrest tether to the top tether anchor, or head restraint and if equipped. Refer to the child route the tether under the restraint instructions and the headrest or head restraint following steps: and in between the headrest or head restraint 2.1. Find the top tether posts. anchor. 2.2. Route, attach and tighten If the position you are the top tether according using does not have a to your child restraint head restraint and you instructions and the following instructions: Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

86 Seats and Restraints Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints Parts After a Crash (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) { Warning When securing a child restraint with A crash can damage the LATCH the seat belts in a rear seat position, system in the vehicle. A damaged study the instructions that came with the child restraint to make sure it is LATCH system may not properly compatible with this vehicle. If the position you are secure the child restraint, using has an adjustable resulting in serious injury or even If the child restraint has the LATCH headrest or head restraint death in a crash. To help make system, see Lower Anchors and sure the LATCH system is Tethers for Children (LATCH and you are using a 0 single tether, raise the working properly after a crash, System) 80 for how and where to headrest or head restraint see your dealer to have the install the child restraint using LATCH. If a child restraint is and route the tether system inspected and any secured in the vehicle using a seat under the headrest or necessary replacements made as head restraint and in belt and it uses a top tether, see soon as possible. Lower Anchors and Tethers for between the headrest or 0 head restraint posts. Children (LATCH System) 80 for If the vehicle has the LATCH system top tether anchor locations. 3. Before placing a child in the and it was being used during a child restraint, make sure it is Do not secure a child seat in a crash, new LATCH system parts position without a top tether anchor securely held in place. To may be needed. check, grasp the child restraint if a national or local law requires at the LATCH path and attempt New parts and repairs may be that the top tether be anchored, or if to move it side to side and necessary even if the LATCH the instructions that come with the back and forth. There should system was not being used at the child restraint say that the top tether be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) time of the crash. must be anchored. of movement, for proper installation. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 87 In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. If the child restraint or vehicle seat position does not have the LATCH system, you will be using the seat belt to secure the child restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear seat, be sure to read Where to Put 3. Push the latch plate into the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the the Restraint 0 79. buckle until it clicks. way out of the retractor to set Position the release button on the lock. When the retractor 1. Put the child restraint on lock is set, the belt can be the seat. the buckle, away from the child restraint, so that the seat belt tightened but not pulled out of 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run could be quickly unbuckled if the retractor. the lap and shoulder portions necessary. of the vehicle's seat belt through or around the child restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

88 Seats and Restraints 6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions (With the Seat Belt in the regarding the use of the top Front Seat) tether. See Lower Anchors and This vehicle has airbags. A rear Tethers for Children (LATCH 0 seat is a safer place to secure a System) 80. forward-facing child restraint. See 7. Before placing a child in the Where to Put the Restraint 0 79. child restraint, make sure it is In addition, the vehicle has a securely held in place. To passenger sensing system which is check, grasp the child restraint designed to turn off the front at the seat belt path and outboard passenger frontal airbag 5. To tighten the belt, push down attempt to move it side to side and knee airbag under certain on the child restraint, pull the and back and forth. When the conditions. See Passenger Sensing shoulder portion of the belt to child restraint is properly System 0 67 and tighten the lap portion of the installed, there should be no Passenger Airbag Status Indicator belt, and feed the shoulder belt more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of 0 114 for more information, including back into the retractor. When movement. important safety information. installing a forward-facing child To remove the child restraint, restraint, it may be helpful to Never put a rear-facing child seat in unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and the front. This is because the risk to use your knee to push down on let it return to the stowed position. the child restraint as you the rear-facing child is so great, If the top tether is attached to a top if the airbag deploys. tighten the belt. tether anchor, disconnect it. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 89 When using the lap-shoulder belt to { Warning Warning (Continued) secure the child restraint in this position, follow the instructions that A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in came with the child restraint and the restraint can be seriously injured the front outboard passenger following instructions: or killed if the front outboard seat, always move the seat as far passenger frontal airbag inflates. back as it will go. It is better to 1. Move the seat as far back as it This is because the back of the secure the child restraint in a will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. rear-facing child restraint would rear seat. Move the seat upward or the be very close to the inflating See Passenger Sensing System seatback to an upright position, airbag. A child in a forward-facing 0 67 for additional information. if needed, to get a tight child restraint can be seriously installation of the child injured or killed if the front restraint. outboard passenger frontal airbag If the child restraint uses a top inflates and the passenger seat is tether, see Lower Anchors and When the passenger sensing system has turned off the front in a forward position. Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 80 for top tether anchor outboard passenger frontal Even if the passenger sensing locations. airbag and knee airbag, the system has turned off the front OFF indicator on the Do not secure a child seat in a outboard passenger airbag(s), no passenger airbag status position without a top tether anchor system is fail-safe. No one can indicator should light and stay if a national or local law requires lit when you start the vehicle. guarantee that an airbag will not that the top tether be anchored, or if deploy under some unusual See Passenger Airbag Status the instructions that come with the Indicator 0 114. circumstance, even though the child restraint say that the top tether airbag(s) are off. must be anchored. 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. Secure rear-facing child restraints In Canada, the law requires that in a rear seat, even if the forward-facing child restraints have 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run airbag(s) are off. If you secure a a top tether, and that the tether be the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's seat belt (Continued) attached. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

90 Seats and Restraints through or around the child restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.

4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the buckle until it clicks. way out of the retractor to set Position the release button on the lock. When the retractor the buckle, away from the child lock is set, the belt can be Tilt the latch plate to adjust the restraint, so that the seat belt tightened but not pulled out of belt if needed. could be quickly unbuckled if the retractor. necessary. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Seats and Restraints 91 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. If the airbags are off, the OFF 6. To tighten the belt, push down indicator in the passenger airbag on the child restraint, pull the status indicator will come on and shoulder portion of the belt to stay on when the vehicle is started. tighten the lap portion of the If a child restraint has been installed belt, and feed the shoulder belt and the ON indicator is lit, see “If back into the retractor. When the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child installing a forward-facing child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing restraint, it may be helpful to System 0 67. use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you To remove the child restraint, tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and let it return to the stowed position. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

92 Storage Storage Storage Cupholders Compartments Storage Compartments Storage Compartments ...... 92 { Warning Glove Box ...... 92 Cupholders ...... 92 Do not store heavy or sharp Center Console Storage ...... 93 objects in storage compartments. In a crash, these objects may Additional Storage Features cause the cover to open and Rear Compartment/Storage could result in injury. Panel Cover ...... 93 Cargo Cover ...... 94 Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 94 Glove Box Cargo Management System . . . 95 Lift up on the glove box lever to Convenience Net ...... 95 Two cupholders are in the center open it. console. Cupholders may be located Roof Rack System in the rear seat armrest. To access, Roof Rack System ...... 96 pull the armrest down. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Storage 93 Center Console Storage Additional Storage Features Rear Compartment/ Storage Panel Cover Quarter Lower Storage Cover

The center console has storage under the armrest. Pull up on the latch, and lift to open. There may be a removable storage tray inside. There is a power outlet and two charge-only USB ports on the rear of the center console. Quarter Lower Storage Cover can be detachable on the passenger side. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

94 Storage Cargo Cover Cargo Tie-Downs

{ Warning An unsecured cargo cover could strike people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. Store the cargo cover securely or remove it from the vehicle.

{ Warning If equipped, use the cargo cover to cover items in the rear of the Do not place objects on the cargo vehicle. cover. Sudden stops or turns can The vehicle may be equipped with cause objects to be thrown in the To install, hang the loops on the four cargo tie-downs in the rear compartment. vehicle. You or others could be liftgate anchors. injured. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Storage 95 Cargo Management Convenience Net System

Cargo Management system has a height adjustment. This vehicle may have a Lift the load floor to access the convenience net in the rear of the cargo management system. vehicle. Attach it to the cargo tie-downs for storing small loads. After storing items, make sure to properly secure the load floor. Do not use the net to store heavy loads. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

96 Storage Roof Rack System To prevent damage or loss of cargo Caution when driving, check to make sure crossrails and cargo are securely { Warning Loading cargo on the roof rack fastened. Loading cargo on the roof that weighs more than 75 kg rack will make the vehicle’s center If something is carried on top of (165 lb) or hangs over the rear or of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, the vehicle that is longer or wider sides of the vehicle may damage sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden than the roof rack — like paneling, the vehicle. Do not load cargo braking, or abrupt maneuvers; plywood, or a mattress — the exceeding 75 kg (165 lbs) and otherwise it may result in loss of wind can catch it while the vehicle always load cargo so that it rests control. If driving for a long distance, is being driven. The item being evenly between the crossrails and on rough roads, or at high speeds, carried could be violently torn off, does not block the vehicle lamps occasionally stop the vehicle to and this could cause a collision or windows. Fasten the cargo make sure the cargo remains in its and damage the vehicle. Never securely. place. Do not exceed the maximum carry something longer or wider vehicle capacity when loading the than the roof rack on top of the vehicle. For more information on vehicle unless using a GM vehicle capacity and loading, see 0 certified accessory carrier. Vehicle Load Limits 233.

If equipped, the roof rack can be used to load items. For roof racks that do not have crossrails included, GM certified crossrails can be purchased as an accessory. See your dealer. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 97 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 113 Cruise Control Light ...... 123 Instruments and Airbag Readiness Light ...... 114 Controls Passenger Airbag Status Information Displays Indicator ...... 114 Driver Information Center (DIC) Charging System Light ...... 115 (Uplevel) ...... 124 Driver Information Center (DIC) Controls Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) ...... 115 (Base Level) ...... 127 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 98 Head-Up Display (HUD) ...... 130 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 98 Brake System Warning Heated Steering Wheel ...... 98 Light ...... 117 Vehicle Messages Horn ...... 98 Electric Parking Brake Vehicle Messages ...... 135 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 98 Light ...... 118 Engine Power Messages . . . . . 135 Rear Window Wiper/ Service Electric Parking Brake Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 135 Washer ...... 101 Light ...... 118 Compass ...... 101 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Vehicle Personalization Clock ...... 102 Warning Light ...... 119 Vehicle Personalization ...... 136 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Power Outlets ...... 102 Universal Remote System Wireless Charging ...... 104 Light ...... 119 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 119 Universal Remote System . . . . 140 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . 120 Universal Remote System Indicators Traction Off Light ...... 120 Programming ...... 140 Warning Lights, Gauges, and StabiliTrak OFF Light ...... 120 Universal Remote System Indicators ...... 106 Traction Control System (TCS)/ Operation ...... 142 Instrument Cluster ...... 107 StabiliTrak Light ...... 121 Speedometer ...... 111 Tire Pressure Light ...... 121 Odometer ...... 111 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 121 Trip Odometer ...... 111 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 122 Tachometer ...... 111 Security Light ...... 122 Fuel Gauge ...... 111 High-Beam On Light ...... 122 Engine Coolant Temperature Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 123 Gauge ...... 112 Lamps On Reminder ...... 123 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

98 Instruments and Controls Controls Do not adjust the steering wheel The steering wheel takes about while driving. three minutes to start heating. Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Controls Horn Adjustment The infotainment system can be Press a on the steering wheel pad operated by using the steering to sound the horn. wheel controls. See Steering Wheel Controls 0 155. Windshield Wiper/Washer Heated Steering Wheel { Warning In freezing weather, do not use the washer until the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield, blocking your vision.

To adjust the steering wheel: 1. Pull the lever down. { Warning 2. Move the steering wheel up Before driving the vehicle, always or down. clear snow and ice from the hood, 3. Pull or push the steering wheel windshield, roof, and rear of the closer or away from you. ( : If equipped, press to turn on or vehicle, including all lamps and 4. Pull the lever up to lock the off. A light near the button displays windows. Reduced visibility from steering wheel in place. when the feature is turned on. snow and ice buildup could lead to a crash. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 99 Windshield Wiper with Rainsense Windshield Wiper with Intermittent thaw them. Damaged blades should (AUTO Shown) Wipes (INT Shown) be replaced. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 326. Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor.

With the ignition on or in ACC/ INT : Use for intermittent wipes or ACCESSORY, move the windshield Rainsense, if equipped and wiper lever to select the wiper enabled. To adjust wipe frequency, Wiper Parking speed. turn the band up for more frequent If the ignition is turned off while the HI : Use for fast wipes. wipes or down for less frequent wipes. If Rainsense is enabled, see wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they will immediately stop. LO : Use for slow wipes. “Rainsense” later in this section. OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. If the windshield wiper lever is then moved to OFF before the driver 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move door is opened or within 10 minutes, the wiper lever down. For several the wipers will restart and move to wipes, hold the wiper lever down. the base of the windshield. Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades before using them. If frozen to the windshield, carefully loosen or Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

100 Instruments and Controls If the ignition is turned off while the Wiper Arm Assembly Protection wipers are performing wipes due to When using an automatic car wash, windshield washing, the wipers move the windshield wiper lever to continue to run until they reach the OFF. This disables the automatic base of the windshield. Rainsense windshield wipers and/or Rainsense manual windshield wipers. If equipped with Rainsense, a With Rainsense, if the transmission sensor located near the top center is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle of the windshield detects the speed is very slow, the wipers will amount of water on the windshield automatically stop at the base of the and automatically controls the windshield. frequency of the windshield wiper. The wiper operations return to When Rainsense is enabled, the AUTO : Move the windshield wiper normal when the transmission is no normal intermittent control operates lever to AUTO. Turn the band on the longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle as a sensitivity control. wiper lever to adjust the sensitivity. speed has increased. Keep this area of the windshield . Turn the band up for more Windshield Washer clear of debris to allow for best sensitivity to moisture. system performance. e : Pull the windshield wiper . Turn the band down for less lever toward you to spray windshield sensitivity to moisture. washer fluid and activate the . Move the windshield wiper lever windshield wipers. The wipers will out of the AUTO position to continue until the lever is released deactivate Rainsense. or the maximum wash time is reached. When the windshield wiper To enable or disable this feature, lever is released, additional wipes see “Rain Sense Wipers” under may occur depending on how long 0 Vehicle Personalization 136. the windshield washer had been Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 101 activated. See Washer Fluid 0 320 INT : Intermittent wipes. Rear Camera Washer for information on filling the ON : Slow wipes. windshield washer fluid reservoir. f : Push the windshield wiper Rear Window Wiper/ lever forward to spray washer fluid Washer on the rear window. The lever automatically returns to its original The ignition must be on or in ACC/ position when released. ACCESSORY to operate the rear window wiper/washer. Reverse Gear Wipes If the rear wiper control is off, the rear wiper will automatically operate If equipped, push the windshield continuously when the vehicle is in wiper lever forward to spray washer R (Reverse) and the front fluid on the rear camera lens. The windshield wiper is performing low lever returns to its starting position or high speed wipes. If the rear when released. See Rear Camera wiper control is off, the vehicle is in Mirror 0 32. R (Reverse), and the front windshield wiper is performing Compass interval wipes, then the rear wiper automatically performs interval The vehicle may have a compass wipes. display on the Driver Information Center (DIC). The compass receives This feature can be turned on or off. Rear Wiper with Rainsense its heading and other information See Vehicle Personalization 0 136. Shown, without Rainsense Similar from the Global Positioning The windshield washer reservoir is Turn the end of the windshield wiper System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak/ used for the windshield and the rear lever to operate the rear window Electronic Stability Control (ESC), window. Check the fluid level in the wiper/washer. and vehicle speed information. reservoir if either washer is not OFF : Turns the wiper off. working. See Washer Fluid 0 320. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

102 Instruments and Controls The compass system is designed to operate for a certain number of Caution miles or degrees of turn before needing a signal from the GPS Leaving electrical equipment satellites. When the compass plugged in for an extended period display shows CAL, drive the of time while the ignition is off will vehicle for a short distance in an drain the battery. Always unplug open area where it can receive a electrical equipment when not in GPS signal. The compass system use and do not plug in equipment will automatically determine when a that exceeds the maximum GPS signal is restored and provide 15 amp rating. a heading again. Certain accessory plugs may not be Clock { Warning compatible with the accessory Set the time and date using the power outlet and could overload Power is always supplied to the infotainment system. See "Time / vehicle and adapter fuses. If a rear cargo power outlet. Do not Date" under Settings 0 196. problem is experienced, see your leave electrical equipment dealer. Power Outlets plugged in when the vehicle is not in use because the vehicle could When adding electrical equipment, be sure to follow the proper Power Outlets 12-Volt Direct catch fire and cause injury or installation instructions included with Current death. the equipment. See Add-On The vehicle has 12-volt outlets that Electrical Equipment 0 300. can be used to plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone or MP3 player. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 103 indicator light turns off. To reset the Caution circuit, unplug the item and plug it back in or turn the Retained Hanging heavy equipment from Accessory Power (RAP) off and the power outlet can cause then back on. See Retained damage not covered by the Accessory Power (RAP) 0 243. The vehicle warranty. The power power restarts when equipment outlets are designed for using 150 watts or less is plugged accessory power plugs only, such into the outlet and a system fault is as cell phone charge cords. not detected. The power outlet is not designed for Power Outlet 110V/120V and may not work properly, if the Alternating Current The power outlet is on the rear of following are plugged in: If equipped with this power outlet, it the center console. . Equipment with high initial peak can be used to plug in electrical An indicator light on the outlet turns wattage, such as equipment that uses a maximum on to show it is in use. The light compressor-driven refrigerators limit of 150 watts. comes on when the ignition is on, and electric power tools equipment requiring less than . Other equipment requiring an 150 watts is plugged into the outlet, extremely stable power supply, and no system fault is detected. such as The indicator light does not come on microcomputer-controlled when the ignition is off or if the electric blankets and touch equipment is not fully seated into sensor lamps the outlet. . Medical equipment If equipment is connected using more than 150 watts or a system fault is detected, a protection circuit shuts off the power supply and the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

104 Instruments and Controls Wireless Charging charging when the vehicle is in RAP. See Retained Accessory Power If equipped, the vehicle has wireless (RAP) 0 243. charging in the storage bin at the front of the floor console. The The operating temperature is −20 °C system operates at 145 kHz and (−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the wirelessly charges one Qi charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to compatible smartphone. The power 35 °C (95 °F) for the smartphone. output of the system is capable of charging at a rate up to 3 amp { Warning (15W), as requested by the compatible smartphone. See Radio Remove all objects from the Frequency Statement 0 414. charging pad before charging your compatible smartphone. To charge a compatible smartphone: Objects, such as coins, keys, { Warning 1. Remove all objects from the rings, paper clips, or cards, charging pad. The system may Wireless charging can affect the between the smartphone and not charge if there are any operation of an implanted charging pad will become very objects on the charging pad. pacemaker or other medical hot. On the rare occasion that the 2. Place the smartphone face up devices. If you have one, it is charging system does not detect on the charging pad. recommended to consult with an object, and the object gets your doctor before using the wedged between the smartphone To maximize the charge rate, wireless charging system. and charger, remove the ensure the smartphone is fully smartphone and allow the object seated and centered in the holder with nothing under it. The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ to cool before removing it from the charging pad, to prevent A thick smartphone case may ACCESSORY, or Retained prevent the wireless charger burns. Accessory Power (RAP) must be from working, or may reduce active. The wireless charging feature may not correctly indicate Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 105 the charging performance. See (as are included following this 1. Redistributions of source code your dealer for additional notice) for the terms and conditions must retain the above copyright information. of their use. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 3. The $ will appear on the V on OSS Notice Information the infotainment display. This 2. Redistributions in binary form To obtain the source code that is must reproduce the above indicates that the smartphone contained in this product, please is properly positioned and copyright notice, this list of visit http://opensource.lge.com. In conditions and the following charging. If a smartphone is addition to the source code, all placed on the charging pad disclaimer in the referred license terms, warranty documentation and/or other and $ does not display, remove disclaimers and copyright notices the smartphone from the pad, materials provided with the are available for download. LG distribution. turn it 180 degrees, and wait Electronics will also provide open three seconds before placing/ source code to you on CD-ROM for 3. Neither the name of the aligning the smartphone on the a charge covering the cost of copyright holder nor the names pad again. performing such distribution (such of its contributors may be used The smartphone may become as the cost of media, shipping, and to endorse or promote products warm during charging. This is handling) upon email request to derived from this software normal. In warmer [email protected]. This offer is without specific prior written temperatures, the speed of valid for three (3) years from the permission. charging may be reduced. date on which you purchased the THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED product. BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS Software Acknowledgements Freescale-WCT library AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" Certain Wireless Charging Module AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED product from LG Electronics, Inc. Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT ("LGE") contains the open source Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED software detailed below. Refer to reserved. WARRANTIES OF the indicated open source licenses MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

106 Instruments and Controls SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER Warning Lights, OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, Gauges, and INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR Indicators CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES Warning lights and gauges can (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED signal that something is wrong TO, PROCUREMENT OF before it becomes serious enough SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR to cause an expensive repair or SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, replacement. Paying attention to the OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS warning lights and gauges could INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER prevent injury. CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY Some warning lights come on briefly OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN when the engine is started to CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, indicate they are working. When OR TORT (INCLUDING one of the warning lights comes on NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) and stays on while driving, or when ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF one of the gauges shows there may THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, be a problem, check the section that EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE explains what to do. Waiting to do POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. repairs can be costly and even dangerous. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 107 Instrument Cluster

Base Level English, Metric Similar Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

108 Instruments and Controls

Uplevel English Standard Theme, Metric Similar Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 109 Cluster Menu 3. SELECT : Press to access the Press o to access the cluster cluster applications. This button is There is an interactive display area applications. Move thumbwheel up also used to return to or exit the last in the center of the instrument or down to scroll through the list of screen displayed on the DIC. cluster. available applications. Not all Press SELECT to access the applications will be available on all Selecting menu and functions cluster applications. Use m to scroll vehicles. < Type 1 > through the list of available Base Level Cluster applications. Not all applications will be available on all vehicles. < Type 2 >

Use the controls to open and scroll The list of available applications; through the different items and . TRIP displays. . VEHICLE 1. l : Press to set or clear the Use the right steering wheel control menu item when it is displayed to open and scroll through the . ECO different items and displays. 2. m : Turn the band to scroll Not all applications will be available through the menu items. on all vehicles. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

110 Instruments and Controls See Driver Information Center (DIC) . 5 (Phone) Navigation 0 (Uplevel) 124 or Press thumbwheel to select the Driver Information Center (DIC) . 8 (Options) (Base Level) 0 127. Navigation app, then press p to Not all applications will be available enter the Navigation menu. If there Uplevel Cluster on all vehicles. is no active route, you can resume Info Pages the last route and turn the voice prompts on/off. If there is an active Press o or p to move between the route, press thumbwheel to cancel interactive display zones in the or resume route guidance or turn cluster. Use the thumbwheel to the voice prompts on or off. select the items to be displayed in the Info app. See Driver Information Phone Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 124 or Press thumbwheel to select the Driver Information Center (DIC) Phone app, then press to enter 0 p (Base Level) 127. the Phone menu. In the Phone Audio menu, if there is no active phone call, view recent calls, or scroll Press thumbwheel to select the through contacts. If there is an The list of available applications; Audio app, then press p to enter active call, mute the phone or switch the Audio menu. In the Audio menu to handset operation. . { (Home) browse for music, select from the favorites, or change the audio Options . 4 (Info) : This is where the source. Move thumbwheel up ( ) or Press thumbwheel to select the selected Driver Information w Center (DIC) displays can be (x) to change the station or go to Options app, then press p to enter viewed. See Driver Information the next or previous track. the Options menu. Move f thumbwheel up (w) or down (x) to . (Audio) scroll through items in the . n (Navigation) Setting menu. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 111 Units : Press p while Units is Center (DIC). See Driver Fuel Gauge displayed to enter the Units menu. Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) Choose US or metric units by 0 124 or pressing thumbwheel while the Driver Information Center (DIC) desired item is highlighted. (Base Level) 0 127. A checkmark will be displayed next to the selected item. Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine Speedometer speed in revolutions per The speedometer shows the minute (rpm). vehicle's speed in either kilometers For vehicles with the Stop/Start per hour (km/h) or miles per system, when the ignition is on, the hour (mph). tachometer indicates the vehicle status. When pointing to AUTO English Base Level, Metric Similar Odometer STOP, the engine is off but the The odometer shows how far the vehicle is on and can move. The vehicle has been driven, in either engine could auto start at any time. kilometers or miles. When the indicator points to OFF, the vehicle is off. Trip Odometer When the engine is on, the tachometer will indicate the engine’s The trip odometer shows how far revolutions per minute (rpm). The the vehicle has been driven since tachometer may vary by several the trip odometer was last reset. hundred rpm’s, during Auto Stop The trip odometer is accessed and mode, when the engine is shutting reset through the Driver Information off and restarting. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

112 Instruments and Controls Here are things that some owners Engine Coolant ask about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge: Temperature Gauge . At the service station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more or less than half the English Uplevel, Metric Similar tank's capacity to fill the tank. When the ignition is on, the fuel . The gauge moves a little while gauge indicates about how much turning a corner or speeding up. fuel is left in the tank. English Base Level, Metric Similar . The gauge takes a few seconds An arrow on the fuel gauge to stabilize after the ignition is indicates the side of the vehicle the turned on, and goes back to fuel door is on. empty when the ignition is When the indicator nears empty, the turned off. low fuel light comes on. There is a small amount of fuel left, but the fuel tank should be filled soon. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 113 Seat Belt Reminders Passenger Seat Belt Reminder Light Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light There is a passenger seat belt reminder light near the passenger There is a driver seat belt reminder airbag status indicator. See light on the instrument cluster. Passenger Sensing System 0 67.

English Uplevel, Metric Similar This gauge shows the engine When the vehicle is started, this When the vehicle is started, this coolant temperature. light flashes and a chime may come light flashes and a chime may come If the pointer moves toward the on to remind the driver to fasten on to remind passengers to fasten warning area at the high end of the their seat belt. Then the light stays their seat belt. Then the light stays gauge, the engine is too hot. on solid until the belt is buckled. on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle may continue several This cycle continues several times if If the engine coolant has times if the driver remains or the passenger remains or becomes overheated and the vehicle has becomes unbuckled while the unbuckled while the vehicle is been operating under normal driving vehicle is moving. moving. conditions, pull off the road, stop the vehicle, and turn off the engine as If the driver seat belt is buckled, If the passenger seat belt is soon as possible. See Engine neither the light nor the chime buckled, neither the chime nor the Overheating 0 319. comes on. light comes on. The front passenger seat belt reminder light and chime may turn on if an object is put on the seat Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

114 Instruments and Controls such as a briefcase, handbag, The airbag readiness light comes on safety information. The overhead grocery bag, laptop, or other for several seconds when the console has a passenger airbag electronic device. To turn off the vehicle is started. If the light does status indicator. reminder light and/or chime, remove not come on then, have it fixed the object from the seat or buckle immediately. the seat belt. { Airbag Readiness Light Warning If the airbag readiness light stays This light shows if there is an on after the vehicle is started or electrical problem with the airbag United States system. The system check includes comes on while driving, it means the airbag sensor(s), the passenger the airbag system might not be sensing system, the pretensioners, working properly. The airbags in the airbag modules, the wiring, and the vehicle might not inflate in a the crash sensing and diagnostic crash, or they could even inflate module. For more information on the without a crash. To help avoid airbag system, see Airbag System injury, have the vehicle serviced 0 60. right away. Canada When the vehicle is started, the If there is a problem with the airbag passenger airbag status indicator system, a Driver Information Center will light ON and OFF for several (DIC) message may also come on. seconds as a system check. Then, after several more seconds, the Passenger Airbag Status status indicator will light either ON Indicator or OFF to let you know the status of the front outboard passenger frontal The vehicle has a passenger airbag and knee airbag. sensing system. See Passenger Sensing System 0 67 for important Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 115 If the word ON is lit on the When this light comes on, the Driver passenger airbag status indicator, it Warning (Continued) Information Center (DIC) also means that the front outboard displays a message. passenger frontal airbag and knee away. See Airbag Readiness 0 If a short distance must be driven airbag are allowed to inflate. Light 114 for more information, including important safety with the light on, be sure to turn off If the word OFF is lit on the information. all accessories, such as the radio passenger airbag status indicator, it and air conditioner. means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the front Charging System Light Malfunction Indicator outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag. Lamp (Check Engine Light) If, after several seconds, both status indicator lights remain on, or if there This light is part of the vehicle’s are no lights at all, there may be a emission control on-board problem with the lights or the diagnostic system. If this light is on passenger sensing system. See while the engine is running, a your dealer for service. The charging system light comes on malfunction has been detected and briefly when the ignition is turned the vehicle may require service. The light should come on to show that it { Warning on, but the engine is not running, as a check to show the light is working. is working when the ignition is in If the airbag readiness light ever The light turns off when the engine Service Mode. See Ignition 0 comes on and stays on, it means is started. If it does not, have the Positions 237. that something may be wrong vehicle serviced by your dealer. with the airbag system. To help If the light stays on, or comes on avoid injury to yourself or others, while driving, there may be a have the vehicle serviced right problem with the electrical charging (Continued) system. Have it checked by your dealer. Driving while this light is on could drain the battery. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

116 Instruments and Controls Malfunctions are often indicated by previous guidelines and see your the system before any problem is Caution (Continued) dealer for service as soon as noticeable. Being aware of the light possible. costly repairs not covered by the and seeking service promptly when If the light is on steady : A it comes on may prevent damage. vehicle warranty. This could also affect the vehicle’s ability to pass malfunction has been detected. Diagnosis and service may be Caution an Emissions Inspection/ Maintenance test. See required. If the vehicle is driven continually Accessories and Modifications Check the following: 0 with this light on, the emission 303. . If fuel has been added to the control system may not work as vehicle using the capless fuel well, the fuel economy may be If the light is flashing : A funnel adapter, make sure that it lower, and the vehicle may not malfunction has been detected that has been removed. See “Filling run smoothly. This could lead to could damage the emission control the Tank with a Portable Gas costly repairs that might not be system and increase vehicle Can” under Filling the Tank 0 covered by the vehicle warranty. emissions. Diagnosis and service 288. The diagnostic system may be required. can detect if the adapter has been left installed in the vehicle, To help prevent damage, reduce allowing fuel to evaporate into Caution vehicle speed and avoid hard the atmosphere. A few driving accelerations and uphill grades. trips with the adapter removed Modifications to the engine, If towing a trailer, reduce the may turn off the light. transmission, exhaust, intake, amount of cargo being hauled as soon as possible. . Poor fuel quality can cause or fuel system, or the use of inefficient engine operation and replacement tires that do not If the light continues to flash, find a poor driveability, which may go meet the original tire safe place to park. Turn the vehicle away once the engine is warmed specifications, can cause this light off and wait at least 10 seconds up. If this occurs, change the to come on. This could lead to before restarting the engine. If the fuel brand. It may require at light is still flashing, follow the (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 117 least one full tank of the proper The vehicle may not pass Brake System Warning fuel to turn the light off. See inspection if: 0 Light Recommended Fuel 287. . The light is on when the engine If the light remains on, see your is running. dealer. . The light does not come on Emissions Inspection and when the ignition is in Maintenance Programs Service Mode. If the vehicle requires an Emissions . Critical emission control systems Metric English Inspection/Maintenance test, the have not been completely test equipment will likely connect to diagnosed. If this happens, the The vehicle brake system consists the vehicle's Data Link vehicle would not be ready for of electronically controlled hydraulic Connector (DLC). inspection and might require brake circuits. If a fault is detected, several days of routine driving valves are adjusted to allow the before the system is ready for brake pedal to push brake fluid inspection. This can happen if directly into the hydraulic brake the 12-volt battery has recently circuits. been replaced or run down, or if the vehicle has been recently When a fault occurs, the brake serviced. system warning light comes on, and Driver Information Center (DIC) See your dealer if the vehicle will messages may display. The DLC is under the instrument not pass or cannot be made ready panel to the left of the steering for the test. Vehicle speed may also be limited wheel. Connecting devices that are and the amount of brake pedal force not used to perform an Emissions applied may need to increase. Have Inspection/Maintenance test or to the vehicle brake system serviced service the vehicle may affect as soon as possible. vehicle operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 300. See your dealer if assistance is needed. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

118 Instruments and Controls This light should come on briefly Parking Brake system. A message when the vehicle is turned on. If it { Warning may also display in the Driver does not come on then, have it fixed Information Center (DIC). The brake system might not be so it will be ready to warn you if If the light does not come on, there is a problem. working properly if the brake system warning light is on. or remains flashing, see your dealer. The brake system warning light may Driving with the brake system also come on when the parking warning light on can lead to a Service Electric Parking brake is set, if the vehicle has low crash. If the light is still on after brake fluid, or if the brakes are Brake Light severely faded. See Brake Fluid the vehicle has been pulled off 0 322. If the brakes are overheated, the road and carefully stopped, DIC messages may display, and the have the vehicle towed for vehicle speed may be limited. If the service. brake fluid is not low, if the brakes are not overheated, and if the parking brake is fully released, then Electric Parking Brake the vehicle has a brake problem. Light This light should come on briefly Have the vehicle brake system when starting the vehicle. If it does serviced as soon as possible. not come on, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a If the light comes on while driving, problem. pull off the road and stop carefully. The pedal might be harder to push, If this light stays on, take the vehicle to your dealer as soon as possible. or the pedal may go closer to the Metric English floor. It could take longer to stop. See the information for the Electric Parking Brake under Electric If the light is still on, have the This light comes on when the Parking Brake 0 250. A message vehicle towed for service. See parking brake is applied. If the light may also display in the Driver Towing the Vehicle 0 372. continues flashing after the parking Information Center (DIC). brake is released, or while driving, there is a problem with the Electric Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 119 Antilock Brake System If both the ABS and the brake LKA may assist by gently turning system warning light are on, the the steering wheel if the vehicle (ABS) Warning Light vehicle's antilock brakes are not approaches a detected lane functioning and there is a problem marking. The LKA light is amber with the regular brakes. See your when assisting. dealer for service. This light flashes amber as a Lane See Brake System Warning Light Departure Warning (LDW) alert, to 0 117. indicate that the lane marking has been crossed. This light comes on briefly when the Lane Keep Assist (LKA) LKA will not assist or alert if the turn engine is started. Light signal is active in the direction of lane departure, or if LKA detects If the light does not come on, have it that you are accelerating, braking, fixed so it will be ready to warn if or actively steering. there is a problem. See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 284. If the light comes on while driving, stop as soon as it is safely possible and turn off the vehicle. Then start Vehicle Ahead Indicator the engine again to reset the After the vehicle is started, this light system. If the ABS light stays on, turns off and stays off if LKA has not or comes on again while driving, the been turned on or is unavailable. vehicle needs service. A chime may also sound when the light comes on If available, this light is white if LKA steady. is turned on, but not ready to assist. This light is green if LKA is turned If the ABS light is the only light on, on and is ready to assist. the vehicle has regular brakes, but the antilock brakes are not functioning. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

120 Instruments and Controls If equipped, this indicator will Traction Off Light See Traction Control/Electronic display green when a vehicle is Stability Control 0 253. detected ahead and amber when you are following a vehicle ahead StabiliTrak OFF Light much too closely. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 275.

Pedestrian Ahead This light comes on briefly while Indicator starting the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working This light comes on briefly while normally, the indicator light then starting the engine. If it does not, turns off. have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. The traction off light comes on when the Traction Control System (TCS) This light comes on when the has been turned off by pressing and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability If equipped, this indicator will releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak/ Control (ESC) system is turned off. display amber when a nearby Electronic Stability Control (ESC) If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the Traction pedestrian is detected in front of the button. Control System (TCS) is also off. vehicle. This light and the StabiliTrak OFF If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off, See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) light come on when StabiliTrak/ESC the system does not assist in System 0 280. is turned off. controlling the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTrak/ESC If the TCS is off, wheel speed will systems, and the warning light be limited when necessary to turns off. protect the driveline from damage. Adjust driving accordingly. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 253. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 121 Traction Control System See Traction Control/Electronic When the Light Flashes First and 0 (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light Stability Control 253. Then Is On Steady If the light flashes for about a minute Tire Pressure Light and then stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, the light will come on at every ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 352. This light comes on briefly when the engine is started. Engine Oil Pressure Light For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Oil pressure can vary with engine If the light does not come on, have Monitor System (TPMS), this light the vehicle serviced by your dealer. speed, outside temperature, and oil comes on briefly when the engine is viscosity. If the system is working normally, started. It provides information the indicator light turns off. about tire pressures and the TPMS. On some models, the oil pump will vary engine oil pressure according If the light is on and not flashing, the When the Light Is On Steady TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak/ to engine needs. Oil pressure may ESC system have been disabled. This indicates that one or more of change quickly as the engine speed A Driver Information Center (DIC) the tires are significantly or load varies. This is normal. If the message may display. Check the underinflated. oil pressure warning light or Driver DIC messages to determine which Information Center (DIC) message A Driver Information Center (DIC) indicates oil pressure outside the feature(s) is no longer functioning tire pressure message may also and whether the vehicle requires normal operating range, check the display. Stop as soon as possible, vehicle's oil as soon as possible. service. and inflate the tires to the pressure If the light is on and flashing, the value shown on the Tire and TCS and/or the StabiliTrak/ESC Loading Information label. See Tire system is actively working. Pressure 0 350. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

122 Instruments and Controls If the light comes on and stays on, it Security Light Caution means that oil is not flowing through the engine properly. The vehicle Lack of proper engine oil could be low on oil and might have maintenance can damage the some other system problem. See engine. Driving with the engine oil your dealer. low can also damage the engine. The repairs would not be covered Low Fuel Warning Light by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil level as soon as possible. The security light should come on Add oil if required, but if the oil briefly as the engine is started. If it level is within the operating range does not come on, have the vehicle and the oil pressure is still low, serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the have the vehicle serviced. Always indicator light turns off. follow the maintenance schedule If the light stays on and the engine for changing engine oil. This light is near the fuel gauge and does not start, there could be a comes on briefly when the ignition is problem with the theft-deterrent turned on as a check to show it is system. See Immobilizer Operation working. 0 29. It also comes on when the fuel tank is low on fuel. The light turns off High-Beam On Light when fuel is added. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced. This light should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 123 This light comes on when the The light goes out when the front See Cruise Control 0 255. high-beam headlamps are in use. fog lamps are turned off. See Fog Adaptive Cruise Control Light See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Lamps 0 1480 for more information. Changer 0 146. IntelliBeam Light Lamps On Reminder

This light is white when the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is on and ready, and turns green when This light comes on when the This light comes on when the the ACC is set and active. See IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is exterior lamps are in use. See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 257. enabled. See Exterior Lamp Exterior Lamp Controls 0 144. Controls 0 144. Cruise Control Light Front Fog Lamp Light

The cruise control light is white For vehicles with front fog lamps, when the cruise control is on and this light comes on when the front ready, and turns green when the fog lamps are in use. cruise control is set and active. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

124 Instruments and Controls Information Displays Selectable menu pages are: The DIC has different displays which can be accessed by using the . { (Home) Driver Information Center DIC buttons on the turn signal lever. . 4 (Info) (DIC) (Uplevel) DIC Buttons . f (Audio) The DIC displays are shown in the 1. l : Press to set, or press and center of the instrument cluster in . n (Navigation) hold to clear, the menu item the Info app. See Instrument Cluster displayed. 0 . 5 (Phone) 107. The displays show the status 2. m : Use the band to scroll of many vehicle systems. The . 8 (Options) through the items in each menu. controls for the DIC are on the right steering wheel control. Not all application will be available 3. SELECT : Press to access the on all vehicles. cluster applications. This button is DIC Operation and Displays also used to return to or exit the last < Type 1 > screen displayed on the DIC. If equipped with steering wheel controls, see “Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)” later in this section. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 125 < Type 2 > DIC Info Pages economy that the vehicle has right now, and will change as driving The following is the list of all conditions change. possible DIC info page displays. Some may not be available for your Fuel Range and Instantaneous particular vehicle. Some items may Fuel Economy : Shows the not be turned on by default but can approximate distance the vehicle be turned on through the Options can be driven without refueling. app. See “DIC Info Page Options” LOW will be displayed when the earlier in this section. vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel range estimate is based on an Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in average of the vehicle's fuel either kilometers per hour (km/h) or economy over recent driving history miles per hour (mph). The vehicle and the amount of fuel remaining in odometer is also shown on the fuel tank. The Instantaneous this page. Fuel Economy display shows the w or x : Move thumbwheel up (w) Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel current fuel economy in either liters Economy : Shows the current per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or or down ( ) in a list. x distance traveled, in either miles per gallon (mpg). This number o or p : Press to move between kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since reflects only the approximate fuel the interactive display zones in the the trip odometer was last reset. economy that the vehicle has right cluster. The Average Fuel Economy display now and changes frequently as driving conditions change. Thumbwheel : Press to open a shows the approximate average menu or select a menu item. Press liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the and hold to reset values on certain or miles per gallon (mpg). This oil's remaining useful life. screens. number is calculated based on the If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded displayed, that means 99% of the since the last time this menu item current oil life remains. was reset. This number reflects only the approximate average fuel Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

126 Instruments and Controls When the remaining oil life is low, shown in amber. See Tire Pressure display after replacing the brake the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Monitor System 0 351 and pads. See Brake Pad Life System message will appear on the display. Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 322. The oil should be changed as soon 0 352. 0 Fuel Economy : Displays average as possible. See Engine Oil 309. Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate fuel economy, the best fuel In addition to the engine oil life of the engine air filter’s remaining economy over the selected system monitoring the oil life, useful life and the state of the distance, and a bar graph showing additional maintenance is system. Engine Air Filter Life 95% instantaneous fuel economy. recommended. See Maintenance means 95% of the current air filter Schedule 0 388. Following Distance : When life remains. Messages will display Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is The Oil Life display must be reset based on the engine air filter life and not engaged, the current follow time after each oil change. It will not the state of the system. When the to the vehicle ahead is displayed as reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE a time value on this page. display at any time other than when message displays, the engine air the oil has just been changed. filter should be replaced at the time If equipped and when ACC has It cannot be reset accurately until of the next oil change. When the been engaged, the display switches the next oil change. To reset the REPLACE NOW message displays, to the gap setting page. engine oil life system, press and the engine air filter should be This page shows the current gap hold the center toggle switch for replaced as soon as possible. setting along with the vehicle ahead several seconds while the Oil Life The Air Filter Life display must be indicator. display is active. See Engine Oil reset after the engine air filter Life System 0 311. Top Consumers : List of top replacement. To reset, see Engine comfort consumers currently 0 Tire Pressure : Shows the Air Filter Life System 313. switched on is displayed in approximate pressures of all four Brake Pad Life : This displays an descending order. Fuel saving tires. Tire pressure is displayed in estimate of the remaining life of the potential is indicated. either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds front and rear brake pads. During sporadic driving conditions, per square inch (psi). If the pressure Messages will display based on is low, the value for that tire is the engine will activate the heated brake pad wear and the state of the rear window automatically. In this system. Reset the Brake Pad Life event, the heated rear window is Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 127 indicated as one of the top problem is detected. See Vehicle < Type 1 > consumers, without activation by the Messages 0 135. All messages driver. appear in the DIC display in the Economy Trend : Shows history of center of the instrument cluster. the Average Fuel Economy from the DIC Operation and Displays last 50 km (30 mi). Each bar represents about 5 km (3 mi) of driving. During driving the bars will shift to always reflect the most recent distance on the right side. Press and hold the center toggle switch to clear the graph or press p to reset through the menu. ECO Index : Provides feedback on the efficiency of current driving The DIC has different displays behavior. The bar graph shows a which can be accessed by using the value that is based on current fuel DIC buttons on the turn signal lever. consumption compared to what is DIC Buttons expected from the vehicle with good . TRIP and bad driving habits. 1. l : Press to set, or press and . VEHICLE hold to clear, the menu item Driver Information Center . ECO displayed. (DIC) (Base Level) Some of the displayed functions 2. m : Use the band to scroll differ between vehicle driving and through the items in each menu. The DIC displays information about standstill and some functions are your vehicle. It also displays only active when the vehicle is 3. SELECT : Press to access the warning messages if a system driving. See Vehicle Personalization cluster applications. This button is 0 136. also used to return to or exit the last screen displayed on the DIC. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

128 Instruments and Controls < Type 2 > Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items Fuel Range : Shows the approximate distance the vehicle Press SELECT on the turn signal can be driven without refueling. lever until the VEHICLE menu is LOW will be displayed when the displayed. Use m or thumbwheel vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel up/down to scroll through the menu range estimate is based on an items. Not all items are available on average of the vehicle's fuel every vehicle. The following is a list economy over recent driving history of all possible menu items: and the amount of fuel remaining in Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in the fuel tank. either kilometers per hour (km/h) or Instantaneous Fuel Economy : miles per hour (mph). Displays the current fuel economy in Trip 1/2 or A/B : Shows the current liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) distance traveled, in either or miles per gallon (mpg). This kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since number reflects only the w or x : Move thumbwheel up (w) the trip odometer was last reset. approximate fuel economy that the vehicle has right now and changes or down ( ) in a list. x This also shows the approximate frequently as driving conditions average liters per 100 kilometers or : Press to move between change. This display cannot be o p (L/100 km) or miles per gallon the interactive display zones in the reset. (mpg). This number is calculated cluster. based on the number of L/100 km Vehicle Information Menu Thumbwheel : Press to open a (mpg) recorded since the last time (VEHICLE) Items menu or select a menu item. Press this menu item was reset. This and hold to reset values on certain number reflects only the Press MENU on the turn signal screens. approximate average fuel economy lever until the VEHICLE menu is that the vehicle has right now, and displayed. Use m or thumbwheel will change as driving conditions up/down to scroll through the menu change. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 129 items. Not all items are available on seconds while the Oil Life display is shown in amber. See Tire Pressure every vehicle. The following is a list active. See Engine Oil Life System Monitor System 0 351 and of all possible menu items: 0 311. Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 Remaining Oil Life : Shows an Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate 352. estimate of the oil's remaining useful of the engine air filter’s remaining Following Distance : When life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is useful life and the state of the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is displayed, that means 99% of the system. Engine Air Filter Life 95% not engaged, the current follow time current oil life remains. means 95% of the current air filter to the vehicle ahead is displayed as When the remaining oil life is low, life remains. Messages will display a time value on this page. the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON based on the engine air filter life and If equipped and when ACC has message will appear on the display. the state of the system. When the been engaged, the display switches The oil should be changed as soon REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE to the gap setting page. This page as possible. See Engine Oil 0 309. message displays, the engine air shows the current gap setting along In addition to the engine oil life filter should be replaced at the time with the vehicle ahead indicator. system monitoring the oil life, of the next oil change. When the Brake Pad Life : This displays an additional maintenance is REPLACE NOW message displays, estimate of the remaining life of the recommended. See Maintenance the engine air filter should be front and rear brake pads. Schedule 0 388. replaced as soon as possible. Messages will display based on The Oil Life display must be reset The Air Filter Life display must be brake pad wear and the state of the after each oil change. It will not reset after the engine air filter system. Reset the Brake Pad Life reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life replacement. To reset, see Engine display after replacing the brake Air Filter Life System 0 313. pads. See Brake Pad Life System display at any time other than when 0 the oil has just been changed. Tire Pressure : Shows the 322 It cannot be reset accurately until approximate pressures of all four Units : Press l or thumbwheel on the next oil change. To reset the tires. Tire pressure is displayed in the turn signal lever while units is engine oil life system, press and either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds displayed. Select imperial or metric hold l or thumbwheel for several per square inch (psi). If the pressure units by turning adjuster wheel. is low, the value for that tire is Confirm by pressing l or thumbwheel. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

130 Instruments and Controls ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO) During sporadic driving conditions, Head-Up Display (HUD) Items the engine will activate the heated rear window automatically. In this This menu is only available on some event, the heated rear window is { Warning vehicles. Press MENU on the turn indicated as one of the top If the HUD image is too bright or signal lever until the ECO menu is consumers, without activation by the too high in your field of view, it displayed. Use m or thumbwheel driver. up/down to scroll through the menu may take you more time to see items. Not all items are available on Economy Trend : Shows history of things you need to see when it is every vehicle. The following is a list the Average Fuel Economy from the dark outside. Be sure to keep the of all possible menu items: last 50 km (30 mi). Each bar HUD image dim and placed low in represents about 5 km (3 mi) of your field of view. Fuel Economy : The center driving. During driving the bars will displays the approximate shift to always reflect the most instantaneous fuel economy as a recent distance on the right side. number and bar graph. Displayed Press and hold l or thumbwheel to { Warning above the bar graph is a running clear the graph. average of fuel economy for the . Do not attach any stickers, most recently traveled selected ECO Index : Provides feedback on decals, or accessories on distance. Displayed below the bar the efficiency of current driving the Head-Up Display (HUD). graph is the best average fuel behavior. The bar graph shows a economy that has been achieved for value that is based on current fuel . Do not attempt to adjust or the selected distance. The selected consumption compared to what is move the HUD screen or distance is displayed at the top of expected from the vehicle with good the mechanical door on top of the instrument panel the page as “last xxx mi/km.” and bad driving habits. by hand. Top Consumers : List of top (Continued) comfort consumers currently switched on is displayed in descending order. Fuel saving potential is indicated. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 131 If equipped with HUD, some the instrument cluster. See Vehicle Warning (Continued) information concerning the Personalization 0 136. and operation of the vehicle is projected “Options” under Instrument Cluster . Do not place any objects onto the screen on top of the 0 107. near the HUD. Objects may instrument panel. The information is HUD Display obstruct the image display, projected through the HUD lens on and/or interference from the the driver side of the instrument objects during activation panel and focused out toward the may influence the operation front of the vehicle. or could damage the display. Caution . Do not put any drinks near If you try to use the HUD image the HUD. If liquid flows into as a parking aid, you may the display, the unit could misjudge the distance and be damaged. damage your vehicle. Do not use . Use caution when opening the HUD image as a parking aid. or closing the HUD screen to prevent objects from falling inside the The HUD information can be The HUD may display some of the mechanical door. displayed in various languages. The following vehicle information and speedometer reading and other vehicle messages or alerts: . Use only a soft cloth to numerical values can be displayed clean the HUD screen. Do in either English or metric units. . Speed not use any organic . Tachometer solvents, detergents, The language selection is changed or polishing materials to through the radio and the units of . Audio measurement is changed through prevent damage to the HUD . Phone display. . Navigation . Collision Alert Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

132 Instruments and Controls . Adaptive Cruise Control and set ! : Press to select the display speed view. Each press will change the . Lane Departure Warning/Lane display view. Keep Assist Press and hold at least . Oil Pressure Low four seconds to view Open Source Software. And view of Open Source . Engine Overheated Software will remain until ! is . Transmission Hot pressed and held again at least . Engine Oil Hot four seconds. . Press Brake D : Lift and hold to brighten the display. Press and hold to dim the . Vehicle Ahead The HUD control is to the left of the display. Continue to hold to turn the . Auto Stop steering wheel. display off. . Pedestrian Advisory To adjust the HUD image: The HUD image will automatically dim and brighten to compensate for . Pedestrian Alert 1. Adjust the driver seat. outside lighting. The HUD Some vehicle messages or alerts 2. Start the engine. brightness control can also be displayed in the HUD may be adjusted as needed. cleared by using the steering wheel 3. Use the following settings to The HUD image can temporarily controls. See Vehicle Messages adjust the HUD. light up depending on the angle and 0 135. $ : Press or lift to center the HUD position of sunlight on the HUD image. The HUD image can only be display. This is normal. adjusted up and down, not side to side. Polarized sunglasses could make the HUD image harder to see. O : Press up to open/close the screen. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 133 HUD Views There are four views in the HUD. Some vehicle information and vehicle messages or alerts may be displayed in any view.

Metric Metric

Metric

English English Audio/Phone View : This displays Navigation View : This displays digital speed, indicators from speed digital speed, indicators from speed view along with audio/phone view along with Turn-by-Turn information. The current radio Navigation information in some English station, media type, and incoming vehicles. The compass heading is calls will be displayed. displayed when navigation routing is Speed View : This displays digital All HUD views may briefly display not active. speed in English or metric units, audio information when the steering Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts vehicle ahead indicator, Lane wheel controls are used to adjust shown in the instrument cluster may Departure Warning/Lane Keep the audio settings appearing in the also be displayed in any HUD view. Assist, and Adaptive Cruise Control instrument cluster. and set speed. Some information only appears on vehicles that have Incoming phone calls may display in these features, and when they are any HUD view. active. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

134 Instruments and Controls HUD Troubleshooting Reflected LED Alert If you cannot see the HUD image Display (RLAD) when the ignition is on, check that: . Nothing is covering the HUD cover. Metric . The HUD brightness setting is not too dim or too bright. . The HUD is adjusted to the proper height. . Polarized sunglasses are not worn. . The screen is clean. English If the HUD image is not correct, Performance View : This displays contact your dealer. When the screen is closed, the HUD digital speed, indicators from speed with the integrated RLAD can view along with rpm reading, display red spots reflected in the transmission positions, and gear windshield for the Forward Collision shift indicator (if equipped). Alert and Front Pedestrian Alert. Care of the HUD Clean the screen with a soft cloth sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe the lens gently, then dry it. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 135 Vehicle Messages . Brakes be reduced the next time the vehicle . Steering is driven. The vehicle may be driven Messages displayed on the DIC while this message is on, but indicate the status of the vehicle or . Ride Control Systems maximum acceleration and speed some action that may be needed to . Driver Assistance Systems may be reduced. Anytime this correct a condition. Multiple message stays on, or displays messages may appear one after . Cruise Control repeatedly, the vehicle should be another. . Lighting and Bulb Replacement taken to your dealer for service as soon as possible. The messages that do not require . Wiper/Washer Systems immediate action can be Under certain operating conditions, acknowledged and cleared by . Doors and Windows propulsion will be disabled. Try pressing V. The messages that . Seat Belts restarting after the vehicle has been off for 30 seconds. require immediate action cannot be . Airbag Systems cleared until that action is performed. . Engine and Transmission Vehicle Speed Messages . Tire Pressure All messages should be taken SPEED LIMITED TO seriously; clearing the message . Battery XXX KM/H (MPH) does not correct the problem. This message shows that the If a SERVICE message appears, Engine Power Messages vehicle speed has been limited to see your dealer. ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED the speed displayed. The limited Follow the instructions given in the speed is a protection for various messages. The system displays This message displays when the propulsion and vehicle systems, messages regarding the following vehicle's propulsion power is such as lubrication, thermal, brakes, topics: reduced. A reduction in propulsion suspension, Teen Driver if power can affect the vehicle's ability equipped, or tires. . Service Messages to accelerate. If this message is on, . Fluid Levels but there is no observed reduction in performance, proceed to your . Vehicle Security destination. The performance may Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

136 Instruments and Controls Vehicle The menu may contain the Auto Defog following: Personalization When set to On, the front defog will Rear Seat Reminder automatically react to temperature The following are all possible and humidity conditions that may vehicle personalization features. This allows for a chime and a cause fogging. message when the rear door has Depending on the vehicle, some Touch Off or On. may not be available. been opened before or during operation of the vehicle. Auto Rear Defog For System and Apps features and functions, see Settings in Touch Off or On. When on, this feature turns on the infotainment system. Climate and Air Quality rear defogger at vehicle start when the interior temperature is cold and To access the vehicle Touch and the following may fog is likely. See Rear Window personalization menu: “ display: Defogger” under Dual Automatic 1. Touch the Settings icon on the . Auto Fan Speed Climate Control System 0 218. Home Page on the Touch Off or On. infotainment display. . Auto Defog 2. Touch the desired category to . Auto Rear Defog Ionizer display a list of available . Ionizer If equipped with an ionizer, this options. feature helps to clean the air inside Auto Fan Speed 3. Touch to select the desired the vehicle and remove feature setting. This feature will set the auto fan contaminants such as pollen, odors, speed. and dust. See Dual Automatic 4. Touch 9 or l to turn off or on a Climate Control System 0 218. Touch Low, Medium, or High. feature. Touch Off or On. 5. Touch X to go to the top level of the Settings menu. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 137 Collision / Detection Systems Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. Park Assist Touch and the following may Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier This setting specifies if you have display: alerts when a object is detected This setting determines if an alert near your vehicle during low speed. . Forward Collision System will appear when Adaptive Cruise Touch Off or On. . Front Pedestrian Detection Control brings the vehicle to a complete stop and the vehicle . Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier ahead of you starts moving again. Comfort and Convenience 0 . Lane Change Alert See Adaptive Cruise Control 257. Touch and the following may display: . Rear Cross Traffic Alert Touch Off or On. . Chime Volume . Park Assist Lane Change Alert . Handsfree Liftgate/Trunk Control Forward Collision System This allows the feature to be turned on or off. See Lane Change Alert . Reverse Tilt Mirror This feature will turn on or off the (LCA) 0 282. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and . Rain Sense Wipers Automatic Emergency Braking When Lane Change Alert is . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear (AEB). The Off setting disables all disabled, Side Blind Zone Alert is . Extended Hill Start Assist FCA and AEB functions. With the also disabled. Alert and Brake setting, both FCA Touch Off or On. Chime Volume and AEB are available. The Alert Rear Cross Traffic Alert This allows the selection of the setting disables AEB. chime volume level. Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. This setting specifies if you see alerts when the vehicle detects Touch + or − to adjust the volume Front Pedestrian Detection approaching rear cross traffic when Hands Free Liftgate Control in R (Reverse). See Assistance This feature may help avoid or The liftgate may be operated with a reduce the harm caused by Systems for Parking or Backing 0 269. kicking motion under the left side of front-end crashes with nearby the rear bumper. See Liftgate 0 21 pedestrians. See Front Pedestrian Touch Off or On. Braking (FPB) System 0 280. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

138 Instruments and Controls Touch Off, On-Open and Close, Touch Off or On. Power Door Locks or On-Open Only. Extended Hill Start Assist Touch and the following may display: Reverse Tilt Mirror This allows the duration of the Hill When on, both the driver and Start Assist to be changed. . Open Door Anti Lock Out passenger, driver, or passenger Touch Extended Hold or . Auto Door Unlock outside mirrors will tilt downward Standard Hold. when the vehicle is shifted to . Delayed Door Lock R (Reverse) to improve visibility of Lighting Open Door Anti Lock Out the ground near the rear wheels. They will return to their previous Touch and the following may This setting prevents the driver door driving position when the vehicle is display: from locking when the door is open. shifted out of R (Reverse) or the . Vehicle Locator Lights If this setting is on, the Delayed Door Lock menu will not be engine is turned off. See Reverse . Exit Lighting Tilt Mirrors 0 31. available. Touch Off, On - Driver and Vehicle Locator Lights Touch Off or On. Passenger, On - Driver, or On - This feature will flash the exterior Auto Door Unlock Passenger. lamps when K on the Remote This setting allows you to select Rain Sense Wipers Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is pressed to locate the vehicle. which doors will automatically This allows the Rainsense Wipers unlock when the vehicle is shifted feature to be disabled or enabled. Touch Off or On. into P (Park). Touch Disabled or Enabled. Exit Lighting Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear This allows the selection of how Delayed Door Lock long the exterior lamps stay on This setting automatically turns on when leaving the vehicle when it is This setting delays the locking of the rear window wiper when the dark outside. the doors. To override the delay, vehicle is in R (Reverse) and the press the power door lock switch on front wipers are on. Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, the door. or 120 Seconds. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 139 Touch Off or On. Remote Door Unlock away from the vehicle with the RKE transmitter. See Remote Keyless Remote Lock, Unlock, Start This setting specifies whether all 0 doors, or just the driver door, unlock Entry (RKE) System Operation 8. Touch and the following may when pressing K on the RKE Touch Off, On with Horn display: transmitter. Chirp, or On. . Remote Unlock Light Feedback Touch All Doors or Driver Door. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert . Remote Lock Feedback Remote Start Auto Heat Seats This feature sounds an alert when . Remote Door Unlock the RKE transmitter is left in the This setting automatically turns on . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats vehicle. This menu also enables the heated seats when using the Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert. . Passive Door Unlock remote start function on cold days. Touch Off or On. . Passive Door Lock Touch Off or On. Seating Position . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Passive Door Unlock Touch and the following may This setting specifies which doors Remote Unlock Light Feedback display: unlock when using the button on the This setting flashes the exterior driver door handle to unlock the . Seat Entry Memory lamps when you remotely unlock vehicle. the vehicle. . Seat Exit Memory Touch Off, All Doors or Driver Seat Entry Memory Touch Off or Flash Lights. Door Only. Remote Lock Feedback This feature automatically recalls Passive Door Lock the current driver’s previously stored This setting specifies how the This setting specifies whether the 1 or 2 button positions when the vehicle responds when you remotely vehicle will automatically lock, ignition is changed from off to on or lock the vehicle. or lock and alert you after all the ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights doors are closed, and you walk Seats 0 45. Only, or Horn Only. Touch Off or On. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

140 Instruments and Controls Seat Exit Memory Universal Remote instructions refer to a garage door This feature automatically recalls opener, but can be used for other the previously stored exit button System devices. positions when the ignition is See Radio Frequency Statement Do not use the Universal Remote changed from on or ACC/ 0 414. system with any garage door opener ACCESSORY to off if the driver that does not have the stop and door is open or opened. See Universal Remote System reverse feature. This includes any 0 Memory Seats 45. Programming garage door opener model Touch Off or On. manufactured before April 1, 1982. Read these instructions completely Teen Driver before programming the Universal See Teen Driver 0 202. Remote system. It may help to have another person assist with the Valet Mode programming process. This will lock the infotainment Keep the original hand-held system and steering wheel controls. transmitter for use in other vehicles It may also limit access to vehicle as well as for future programming. storage locations, if equipped. Erase the programming when To enable valet mode: vehicle ownership is terminated. See “Erasing Universal Remote 1. Enter a four-digit code on the System Buttons” later in this keypad. section. If equipped, these buttons are in the 2. Touch Enter to go to the overhead console. To program a garage door opener, confirmation screen. park outside directly in line with and This system can replace up to three facing the garage door opener 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. remote control transmitters used to receiver. Clear all people and Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or activate devices such as garage objects near the garage door. unlock the system. Touch Back to door openers, security systems, and go back to the previous menu. home automation devices. These Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 141 Make sure the hand-held transmitter system buttons to be used to be required. For a second has a new battery for quick and operate the garage door. Do time, press and hold the accurate transmission of the not release either button until newly programmed button radio-frequency signal. the indicator light changes from for five seconds. If the light a slow to a rapid flash. Then stays on or the garage door Programming the Universal release both buttons. moves, programming is Remote System Some garage door openers complete. For questions or programming help, may require substitution of . If the indicator light blinks see www.homelink.com/gm or call Step 2 with the procedure rapidly for two seconds, 1-800-355-3515. under “Radio Signals for Some then changes to a solid light Programming involves Gate Operators” later in this and the garage door does time-sensitive actions, and may time section. not move, continue with out causing the procedure to be 3. Press and hold the newly programming Steps 4–6. repeated. programmed Universal Remote To program up to three devices: system button for five seconds while watching the indicator 1. Hold the end of the hand-held light and garage door transmitter about 3 to 8 cm activation. (1 to 3 in) away from the Universal Remote system . If the indicator light stays on buttons with the indicator light continuously or the garage in view. The hand-held door moves when the button is pressed, then transmitter was supplied by the Learn or Smart Button manufacturer of the garage programming is complete. door opener receiver. There is no need to complete Steps 4–6. 2. At the same time, press and 4. After completing Steps 1–3, hold both the hand-held . If the indicator light does locate the Learn or Smart transmitter button and one of not come on or the garage button inside the garage on the the three Universal Remote door does not move, a garage door opener receiver. second button press may Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

142 Instruments and Controls The name and color of the Radio Signals for Some Gate Universal Remote System button may vary by Operators manufacturer. Operation For questions or programming help, 5. Press and release the Learn or see www.homelink.com/gm or call Using the Universal Remote Smart button. Step 6 must be 1-800-355-3515. System completed within 30 seconds of Press and hold the appropriate pressing this button. Some radio–frequency laws and gate operators require transmitter Universal Remote system button for 6. Inside the vehicle, press and signals to time out or quit after at least one-half second. The hold the newly programmed several seconds of transmission. indicator light will come on while the Universal Remote system This may not be long enough for the signal is being transmitted. button for two seconds and Universal Remote system to pick up Erasing Universal Remote then release it. If the garage the signal during programming. door does not move or the System Buttons If the programming did not work, lamp on the garage door Erase all programmed buttons when replace Step 2 under “Programming opener receiver does not flash, vehicle ownership is terminated. press and hold the same the Universal Remote System” with button a second time for the following: To erase: two seconds, then release it. Press and hold the Universal 1. Press and hold the two outside Again, if the door does not Remote system button while buttons until the indicator light move or the garage door lamp pressing and releasing the begins to flash. This should does not flash, press and hold hand-held transmitter button every take about 10 seconds. the same button a third time for two seconds until the signal has 2. Release both buttons. two seconds, then release it. been successfully accepted by the The Universal Remote system Universal Remote system. The should now activate the Universal Remote system indicator garage door. light will flash slowly at first and then rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under Repeat the process for “Programming the Universal Remote programming the two remaining System” to complete. buttons. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Instruments and Controls 143 Reprogramming a Single Universal Remote System Button To reprogram any of the system buttons: 1. Press and hold any one of the buttons. Do not release the button. 2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing the button, proceed with Step 1 under “Programming the Universal Remote System.” Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

144 Lighting Lighting Features Exterior Lighting Lighting Entry Lighting ...... 150 Exit Lighting ...... 150 Exterior Lamp Controls Exterior Lighting Battery Load Management . . . 151 Battery Power Protection . . . . . 151 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 144 Exterior Lighting Battery Headlamp High/Low-Beam Saver ...... 151 Changer ...... 146 Flash-to-Pass ...... 146 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 146 Automatic Headlamp System ...... 147 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 147 Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 148 Fog Lamps ...... 148

Interior Lighting The exterior lamp control is on the Instrument Panel Illumination instrument panel to the left of the Control ...... 149 steering column. Courtesy Lamps ...... 149 Dome Lamps ...... 149 There are four positions. Reading Lamps ...... 149 O : Turns the exterior lamps off and deactivates the AUTO mode. Turn O again to reactivate the AUTO mode. In Canada, the headlamps will automatically reactivate when the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Lighting 145 AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps on This light comes on in the Driving with IntelliBeam and off automatically depending on instrument cluster when the The system only activates the high outside lighting. IntelliBeam system is enabled. beams when driving over 40 km/h ; : Turns on the parking lamps Turning On and Enabling (25 mph). including all lamps, except the IntelliBeam There is a sensor near the top headlamps. center of the windshield that 5 : Turns on the headlamps automatically controls the system. together with the parking lamps and Keep this area of the windshield instrument panel lights. clear of debris to allow for best system performance. ® IntelliBeam System The high-beam headlamps remain If equipped, this system turns the on, under the automatic control, vehicle's high-beam headlamps on until one of the following situations and off according to surrounding occurs: traffic conditions. . The system detects an The system turns the high-beam approaching vehicle's headlamps on when it is dark headlamps. enough and there is no other traffic . The system detects a preceding present. To enable the IntelliBeam system, press b on the turn signal lever vehicle's taillamps. when it is dark outside and the . The outside light is bright exterior lamp control is in AUTO or enough that high-beam 5. The blue high-beam on light headlamps are not required. appears on the instrument cluster . The vehicle's speed drops below when the high beams are on. 20 km/h (12 mph). . The IntelliBeam system is disabled by the button on the turn signal lever. If this happens, Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

146 Lighting press b on the turn signal . The vehicle is loaded such that Flash-to-Pass lever when the exterior lamp the front end points upward, The flash-to-pass feature works with control is in the AUTO or 5 causing the light sensor to aim high and not detect headlamps the low beams or Daytime Running position to reactivate the Lamps (DRL) on or off. IntelliBeam system. The and taillamps. instrument cluster light will come . The vehicle is being driven on To flash the high beams, pull the on to indicate the IntelliBeam winding or hilly roads. turn signal lever toward you momentarily and then release it. system is reactivated. The IntelliBeam system may need to The high beams may not turn off be disabled if any of the above Daytime Running automatically if the system cannot conditions exist. detect another vehicle's lamps Lamps (DRL) because of any of the following: Headlamp High/ DRL can make it easier for others to . The other vehicle's lamps are Low-Beam Changer see the front of your vehicle during missing, damaged, obstructed the day. Fully functional DRL are from view, or otherwise Push the turn signal lever away required on all vehicles first sold in undetected. from you and release, to turn the Canada. high beams on. To return to low . The other vehicle's lamps are beams, push the lever again or pull The DRL system comes on in covered with dirt, snow, and/or it toward you and release. daylight when the following road spray. conditions are met: . The other vehicle's lamps cannot . The ignition is on. be detected due to dense . The exterior lamp control is exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road in AUTO. spray, mist, or other airborne obstructions. . The light sensor determines it is daytime. . The vehicle's windshield is dirty, cracked, or obstructed by This indicator light turns on in the something that blocks the view instrument cluster when the of the light sensor. high-beam headlamps are on. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Lighting 147 When the DRL are on, the taillamps, Lights On with Wipers sidemarker lamps, instrument panel If the windshield wipers are lights, and other lamps will not activated in daylight with the engine be on. on, and the exterior lamp control is The DRL turn off when the in AUTO, the headlamps, parking headlamps are turned to O or the lamps, and other exterior lamps ignition is off. For vehicles sold in come on. The transition time for the Canada, this control only works lamps coming on varies based on when the vehicle is parked. wiper speed. When the wipers are not operating, these lamps turn off. The regular headlamp system O should be turned on when needed. Move the exterior lamp control to or ; to disable this feature. Automatic Headlamp There is a light sensor on top of the instrument panel. Do not cover the Hazard Warning Flashers System sensor; otherwise the headlamps When the exterior lamp control is will come on when they are not set to AUTO and it is dark enough needed. outside, the headlamps come on The system may also turn on the automatically. headlamps when driving through a parking garage or tunnel. When it is bright enough outside, the headlamps will turn off or may change to DRL. The automatic headlamp system turns off when the exterior lamp control is turned to O or the ignition is off. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

148 Lighting | : Press to make the front and Raise or lower the lever until the Fog Lamps rear turn signal lamps flash on and arrow starts to flash to signal a lane off. This warns others that you are change. Hold it there until the lane having trouble. change is complete. If the lever is moved momentarily to the lane Press | again to turn the change position, the arrow will flash flashers off. three times. It will flash six times if Tow/Haul Mode is active. Turn and Lane-Change The lever returns to its starting Signals position when it is released. If after signaling a turn or lane change, the arrow flashes rapidly or The fog lamps button is on the does not come on, a signal bulb instrument panel beside the steering may be burned out. wheel. Have any burned out bulbs To turn on the fog lamps, the ignition replaced. If a bulb is not burned out, and the headlamps or parking lamps check the fuse. See Instrument must be on. 0 Panel Fuse Block 341. # : If equipped, press to turn on or off. An indicator light on the Move the lever all the way up or instrument cluster comes on when down to signal a turn. the fog lamps are on. An arrow on the instrument cluster Some localities have laws that will flash in the direction of the turn require the headlamps to be on or lane change. along with the fog lamps. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Lighting 149 Interior Lighting Courtesy Lamps H : When the button is returned to the middle position, the lamps turn The courtesy lamps come on on automatically when a door is Instrument Panel automatically when any door is opened. Illumination Control opened and the dome lamp is in the door position. ' : Press to turn on the dome lamps. Dome Lamps

The brightness of the instrument cluster display, infotainment display and controls, steering wheel controls, and all other illuminated controls, as well as feature status indicators can be adjusted. If equipped, the rear dome lamp The knob for this feature is on the The front dome lamp controls are in controls are in the headliner above instrument panel beside the steering the overhead console. the rear seats. column. ( : Press to turn the lamps off, Reading Lamps Push the knob in all the way until it even when a door is open. extends out and then turn the knob There are reading lamps on the clockwise or counterclockwise to overhead console and over the rear brighten or dim the lights. seats. These lamps come on when any door is opened. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

150 Lighting Lighting Features Entry Lighting Some exterior lamps and interior lamps turn on briefly at night, or in areas with limited lighting, when K is pressed on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. They stay on for about 20 seconds after door is closed. When all of the doors have been closed or the ignition is Front Reading Lamps Rear Reading Lamps turned on, they gradually fade out. The front reading lamps are in the The rear reading lamps are over the This feature can be changed. See overhead console. rear seats. “Vehicle Locator Lights” under Vehicle Personalization 0 136. Press the lamp lenses to turn the Press the lamp lens to turn the rear front reading lamps on or off. passenger reading lamps on or off. Exit Lighting Some exterior lamps and interior lights come on at night, or in areas with limited lighting, when the driver door is opened after the ignition is turned off. The dome lamp comes on after the ignition is turned off. The exterior lamps and dome lamp remain on for a set amount of time, then automatically turn off. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Lighting 151 The exterior lamps turn off The battery can be discharged at this action may be noticeable to the immediately by turning the exterior idle if the electrical loads are very driver. If so, a DIC message might lamp control off. high. This is true for all vehicles. be displayed and it is recommended This feature can be changed. See This is because the generator that the driver reduce the electrical Vehicle Personalization 0 136. (alternator) may not be spinning fast loads as much as possible. enough at idle to produce all of the power needed for very high Battery Power Protection Battery Load electrical loads. Management This feature shuts off the interior A high electrical load occurs when lamps if they are left on for more The vehicle has Electric Power several of the following are on, such than 10 minutes when the ignition is Management (EPM) that estimates as: headlamps, high beams, rear off. This helps to prevent the battery the battery's temperature and state window defogger, climate control fan from running down. of charge. It then adjusts the voltage at high speed, heated seats, engine for best performance and extended cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads Exterior Lighting Battery life of the battery. plugged into accessory power Saver When the battery's state of charge outlets. is low, the voltage is raised slightly EPM works to prevent excessive The exterior lamps turn off about to quickly bring the charge back up. discharge of the battery. It does this 10 minutes after the ignition is When the state of charge is high, by balancing the generator's output turned off, if the parking lamps or the voltage is lowered slightly to and the vehicle's electrical needs. headlamps have been manually left prevent overcharging. If the vehicle It can increase engine idle speed to on. This protects against draining has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage generate more power whenever the battery. To restart the 10-minute display on the Driver Information needed. It can temporarily reduce timer, turn the exterior lamp control Center (DIC), you may see the the power demands of some to the off position and then back to voltage move up or down. This is accessories. the parking lamp or headlamp position. normal. If there is a problem, an Normally, these actions occur in alert will be displayed. steps or levels, without being To keep the lamps on for more than noticeable. In rare cases at the 10 minutes, the ignition must be on highest levels of corrective action, or in ACC/ACCESSORY. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

152 Infotainment System Navigation Settings Infotainment Using the Navigation Settings ...... 196 System System ...... 168 Teen Driver ...... 202 Maps ...... 172 Navigation Symbols ...... 172 Trademarks and License Introduction Destination ...... 173 Agreements Introduction ...... 153 OnStar System ...... 179 Trademarks and License Overview ...... 154 Global Positioning Agreements ...... 206 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 155 System (GPS) ...... 180 Using the System ...... 155 Vehicle Positioning ...... 181 Software Updates ...... 157 Problems with Route Guidance ...... 181 Radio If the System Needs AM-FM Radio ...... 158 Service ...... 182 HD Radio Technology ...... 160 Map Data Updates ...... 182 Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . 160 Database Coverage Satellite Radio ...... 161 Explanations ...... 182 Radio Reception ...... 161 Multi-Band Antenna ...... 162 Voice Recognition Voice Recognition ...... 183 Audio Players Avoiding Untrusted Media Phone Devices ...... 162 Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 189 USB Port ...... 162 Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Auxiliary Jack ...... 165 Phone) ...... 190 Bluetooth Audio ...... 166 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 194 OnStar System OnStar System ...... 167 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 153 Introduction Before driving: . Become familiar with the Read the following pages to operation, center stack controls, become familiar with the features. steering wheel controls, and infotainment display. { Warning . Set up the audio by presetting Taking your eyes off the road for favorite stations, setting the too long or too often while using tone, and adjusting the any infotainment feature can speakers. cause a crash. You or others . Set up phone numbers in could be injured or killed. Do not advance so they can be called give extended attention to easily by pressing a single infotainment tasks while driving. control or by using a single voice Limit your glances at the vehicle command. displays and focus your attention See Distracted Driving 0 226. on driving. Use voice commands whenever possible. Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the vehicle s interior. ANC The infotainment system has built-in ’ requires the factory-installed audio features intended to help avoid system, radio, speakers, amplifier distraction by disabling some (if equipped), induction system, and features when driving. These exhaust system to work properly. features may gray out when they Deactivation is required by your are unavailable. Many infotainment dealer if related aftermarket features are also available through equipment is installed. the instrument cluster and steering wheel controls. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

154 Infotainment System Overview . When on, press O to mute the system and display a Infotainment System status pane. Press O again The infotainment system is controlled by using the infotainment display, the to unmute the system. controls on the center stack, steering wheel controls. . Turn to decrease or increase the volume. 4. d: . Radio: Press and release to fast seek the next strongest station or channel. Press and hold to go to the next station or channel. . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the next track. Press and hold to fast forward through a track. Release to 1. {: . USB/Bluetooth: Press to return to playing speed. seek to the beginning of the 5. BACK: . Press to go to the current or previous track. Home Page. Press and hold to quickly . Press to return to the previous screen in a menu. 2. g: reverse through a track. Release to return to playing . Radio: Press and release to speed. fast seek the previous strongest station or 3. O: channel. Press and hold to . When off, press O to turn go to the previous station or channel. the system on. Press and hold to turn off. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 155 Steering Wheel Controls Using the System Infotainment Display Icons Infotainment display icons show when available. When a function is unavailable, the icon may gray out. When a function is selected, the icon may highlight. Audio Touch the Audio icon to display the active audio source page. Examples The favorite and volume switches of available sources are AM, FM, are on the back of the steering SXM (if equipped), USB, AUX, and Bluetooth. If equipped, some audio controls wheel. can be adjusted at the steering 1. Favorite: When on a radio Phone wheel. source, press to select the next Phone icon to display the Phone or previous favorite. When on a : Press to answer an incoming main page. See Bluetooth (Pairing g media source, press to select call or start voice recognition. See and Using a Phone) 0 190 or the next or previous track. Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Bluetooth (Overview) 0 189. Phone) 0 190 or 2. Volume: Press to increase or Bluetooth (Overview) 0 189. decrease the volume. Nav If equipped, touch the Nav icon to : Press to reject an incoming c display the embedded navigation call or end a current call. Press to map. See Using the Navigation mute or unmute the infotainment System 0 168. system when not on a call. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

156 Infotainment System Wi-Fi Hotspot Android Auto Infotainment Display Features If equipped, touch the Users icon to Touch the Android Auto icon to Infotainment display features show display the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. activate Android Auto if equipped, on the display when available. after a supported device is When a feature is unavailable, it Users connected. See Apple CarPlay and may gray out. When a feature is If equipped, touch the Users icon to Android Auto 0 194. touched, it may highlight. sign in or create a new user profile, and follow the on-screen OnStar Services Infotainment Gestures instructions. If equipped, touch the OnStar icon Use the following finger gestures to Only four user profiles can be active to display the OnStar Services and control the infotainment system. Account pages. at one time in the vehicle. It may be Touch/Tap necessary to remove a profile from Climate the menu before creating or signing into an existing profile. The removed If equipped, touch the Climate icon profile can be logged into at a to display the Climate main page. later time. Camera Settings If equipped, touch the Camera icon to access the camera application. Touch the Settings icon to display the Settings menu. See Settings SiriusXM 0 196. If equipped, touch the SiriusXM icon Touch/Tap is used to select an icon Apple CarPlay to display the SiriusXM radio service. or option, activate an application, Touch the Apple CarPlay icon to or change the location inside a map. activate Apple CarPlay if equipped, Shortcut Tray after a supported device is The shortcut tray is near the bottom connected. See Apple CarPlay and of the display. It shows up to four Android Auto 0 194. applications. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 157 Touch and Hold up, down, right, or left. This feature Fling or swipe is used to scroll is only available when vehicle is through a list, pan the map, parked and not in motion. or change page views. Do this by placing a finger on the display then Nudge moving it rapidly up and down or right and left. Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle Information and Radio Displays For vehicles with high gloss Touch and hold can be used to start surfaces or vehicle displays, use a another gesture, or to move or microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. delete an application. Before wiping the surface with the Drag Nudge is used to move items a microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle short distance on a list or a map. To brush to remove dirt that could nudge, hold and move the selected scratch the surface. Then use the item up or down to a new location. microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to clean. Never use window cleaners Fling or Swipe or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry before next use.

Drag is used to move applications Software Updates on the Home Page, or to pan the map. To drag the item, it must be Over-the-Air Software Updates held and moved along the display to See “Updates” under Settings 0 196 the new location. This can be done for details on software updates. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

158 Infotainment System Radio Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust by you want to listen to. Touch H to using the controls on the save the station or channel as a infotainment display or by tapping/ favorite. AM-FM Radio dragging the crosshair. If equipped, touch Update Station Playing the Radio Finding a Station List to update the active stations in your area. From the Home Page, touch the Seeking a Station Audio icon to display the active Direct Tune audio source page. Choose from the three most recently used sources listed at the left side of the display or touch the More icon to display a list of available sources. Examples of available sources are AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), MyMedia (if available), USB, AUX (if equipped), and Bluetooth. Infotainment System From the AM, FM, or SXM (if Sound Menu equipped) display, touch 7 or 6 on Access Direct Tune by touching the the infotainment display to search Tune icon on the infotainment From any of the audio source main for the previous or next strong display to bring up the keypad. pages, touch Sound to display the station or channel. Navigate through all frequencies following: using the arrows on the right side of Browsing Stations Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, the Direct Tune display. Directly Midrange, and Treble using the From the AM, FM, or SXM (if enter a station or channel using the options on the infotainment display. equipped) display, touch Browse to keypad. When a new station or list all available stations or channel is entered, the information channels. Navigate up and down about that station or channel through all stations by scrolling the displays on the right side. This list. Touch the station or channel information will update with each Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 159 new valid frequency. Touch H to If equipped, HD Radio multicast for that category. Touching a station save the station or channel as a stations cannot be tuned directly or channel from the list will tune the favorite. through the Direct Tune feature. radio to that station or channel. Only the analog or HD1 station can The keypad will gray out entries that use that feature. Use the display Storing Radio Station do not contribute to a valid arrows to adjust to the multicast Favorites frequency and will automatically stations. place a decimal point within the Favorites show in the area at the frequency number. AM, FM, and SXM Categories top of the display. Touch (X) to delete one number at a AM, FM, SXM (if equipped) Radio time. Touch and hold (X) to delete Stations : Touch and hold a preset all numbers. to store the current station or channel as a favorite. Touch a A valid AM or FM station will saved favorite to recall a favorite automatically tune to the new station. frequency but not close the Direct Tune display. When listening to Favorites can also be stored by SXM (if equipped), touch Go after touching H in a station or channel entering the channel. Touch the list. This will highlight indicating that Back icon on the infotainment it is now saved as a favorite. z From the AM stations, if equipped display or touch to exit out of with HD Radio, FM, or SXM (if The number of favorites displayed is Direct Tune. equipped) display, touch Categories automatically adjusted by default, The tune arrows on the right side of at the top of the Browse menu to but can be manually adjusted in the Direct Tune display will tune access the categories list. The list Settings in the System tab under through the complete station or contains names associated with the Favorites and then Set Number of channel list one station step at a AM or FM stations, or SXM Audio Favorites. It can also be time per touch. A touch and hold channels. Touch a category name to adjusted in Settings in the Apps tab advances through stations or display a list of stations or channels under Audio and then Set Number channels quickly. of Audio Favorites. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

160 Infotainment System HD Radio Technology 2. Touch the display arrows to If the HD Radio signal loses tune to the previous or next HD reception while listening to stations If equipped, HD Radio is a free Radio station. HD2 to HD8, the radio mutes until service with features such as digital There may be a delay before the the signal can be recovered or until quality sound, more stations the station is changed. available on a single frequency such station starts playing. as HD2 and HD3, and display The HD Radio station number is HD Radio can be disabled if driving information such as artist and song indicated next to the HD logo. in a weak signal area. Touch HD title. Radio On/Off to toggle HD Radio HD Radio stations can be saved as reception on and off. From the Now Playing display, touch favorites. the HD Radio icon to turn HD on Radio Data System (RDS) or off. For a list of all stations, see www.hdradio.com. If equipped, RDS features are Station Access HD Radio Troubleshooting available for use only on FM To access HD Radio stations: stations that broadcast RDS Digital Audio Delay : Wait for the information. With RDS, the 1. Tune the radio to the station. signal to process. This can take radio can: If HD Radio is turned on and several seconds. the station is broadcasting in . Group stations by Category HD Radio, the radio will Volume Change, Audio Skip, (i.e., Program Type) such as automatically tune to the HD Echo, Digital Audio Lost : Station Rock, Jazz, Classical, etc. version of the current channel signal strength may be weak, the station is out of range, or the station . Display messages from radio (HD1) after several seconds. stations. The radio will also display may be out of alignment. Verify icons representing additional proper reception on another station. This system relies on receiving channels (HD2, ...HD8), that If the HD Radio signal weakens specific information from these may be available. When the while listening to HD1, the radio will stations and only works when the radio successfully tunes to a automatically switch to the analog information is available. It is HD station, the HD logo will version of the radio station. possible that a radio station could display and digital audio broadcast incorrect information that will play. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 161 causes the radio features to work Radio Reception SiriusXM Satellite Radio improperly. If this happens, contact Service the radio station. Unplug electronic devices from the accessory power outlets if there is If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite When information is broadcast from interference or static in the radio. Radio Service provides digital radio a RDS station, the station name or reception. Tall buildings or hills can call letters display on the audio FM interfere with satellite radio signals, screen. Radio text supporting the FM signals only reach about 16 to causing the sound to fade in and currently playing broadcast may 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the out. In addition, traveling or standing also appear. radio has a built-in electronic circuit under heavy foliage, bridges, that automatically works to reduce garages, or tunnels may cause loss Satellite Radio interference, some static can occur, of the SiriusXM signal for a period of time. Some cellular services may If equipped, vehicles with a valid especially around tall buildings or interfere with SXM reception SiriusXM satellite radio subscription hills, causing the sound to fade in causing loss of signal. can receive SXM programming. and out. SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide AM Mobile Device Usage variety of programming and The range for most AM stations is Mobile device usage, such as commercial-free music, coast to greater than for FM, especially at making or receiving calls, charging, coast, in digital-quality sound. In the night. The longer range can cause or just having the mobile device on U.S. see www.siriusxm.com or call station frequencies to interfere with may cause static interference in the 1-888-601-6296. In Canada see each other. Static can also occur radio. Unplug the mobile device or www.siriusxm.ca or call when things like storms and power turn it off if this happens. 1-877-438-9677. lines interfere with radio reception. When SXM is active, the channel When this happens, try reducing the name, number, song title, and artist treble on the radio. appear on the display. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

162 Infotainment System Multi-Band Antenna Audio Players Caution If equipped, the roof antenna is for SiriusXM, OnStar, and GPS (Global Avoiding Untrusted Media To avoid vehicle damage, unplug Positioning System). Keep clear of Devices all accessories and disconnect all obstructions for clear reception. accessory cables from the vehicle If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is When using media devices such as when not in use. Accessory open, reception can also be USB devices, and mobile devices, cables left plugged into the affected. consider the source. Untrusted vehicle, unconnected to a device, media devices could contain files could be damaged or cause an that affect system operation or electrical short if the unconnected performance. Avoid use if the content or origin cannot be trusted. end comes in contact with liquids or another power source such as USB Port the accessory power outlet. Audio stored on a USB device may be listened to. Playing from a USB This vehicle is equipped with two A USB mass storage device can be USB ports in the center stack. connected to the USB port. These ports are for data and Audio extensions supported by the charging. There may also be two USB are: USB ports for charging only at the FLAC rear of the center console. . . MP3 . AAC . OGG . 3GP Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 163 Gracenote 2. Touch Audio from the USB Sound Menu Home Page. When plugging in a USB device, See ‟Infotainment System Sound Gracenote service builds voice tags 3. Touch More and then touch the Menu” under AM-FM Radio 0 158. for music. Voice tags allow artists, USB device. USB Browse Menu albums with hard to pronounce Use the following when playing an names, and nicknames to be used active USB source: When a list of songs, albums, to play music through voice artists, or other types of media recognition, if equipped. p : Touch to play the current media displays, the up and down arrows While indexing, infotainment source. and A-Z appear on the left side. features may be available j Select A-Z to view a display that will : Touch to pause playback of the show all letters of the alphabet and My Media Library current media source. select the letter to go to. MyMedia is only available when 7: Touch the up and down arrows to more than one indexed device is . Touch to seek to the beginning move the list up and down. connected. It allows access to of the current or previous track. Touch Browse and the following content from all indexed media may display: sources. MyMedia will show as an . Touch and hold to reverse available source in the quickly through playback. Playlists: Source page. Release to return to playing speed. Elapsed time displays. 1. Touch to view the playlists USB MP3 Player and USB Devices stored on the USB. 6: The USB MP3 players and USB 2. Touch a playlist to view the list devices connected must comply . Touch to seek to the next track. of all Songs in that playlist. with the USB Mass Storage Class . Touch and hold to advance 3. Touch a song from the list to specification (USB MSC). quickly through playback. begin playback. Release to return to playing To play a USB device: Supported Playlist extensions are speed. Elapsed time displays. 1. Connect the USB. m3u, pls. Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to play music in random order. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

164 Infotainment System Artists: 2. Touch a genre to view a list of Podcasts : Touch to view the 1. Touch to view the list of artists artists. podcasts on the USB and get a list stored on the USB. 3. Touch an artist to view albums of podcast episodes. 2. Touch an artist name to view a by that artist. Audiobooks: list of all albums by the artist. 4. Touch an album to view songs 1. Touch to view the audiobooks 3. To select a song, touch All on the album. stored on the USB. Songs or touch an album and 5. Touch a song to start playback. 2. Touch an audiobook to get a then touch a song from the list. Composers: list of chapters. Songs: 1. Touch to view the composers 3. Touch the chapter from the list 1. Touch to display a list of All on the USB. to begin playback. Songs on the USB. 2. Touch a Composer to view a File System and Naming 2. To begin playback, touch a list of albums by that File systems supported by the song from the list. composer. USB are: Albums: 3. Touch an album or All Songs to . FAT32 view a list of songs. 1. Touch to view the albums on . NTFS the USB. 4. Touch a song from the list to begin playback. . HFS+ 2. Touch the album to view a list The songs, artists, albums, and of All Songs on the album. Folders: genres are taken from the file’s 3. Touch a song from the list to 1. Touch to view the directories song information and are only begin playback. on the USB. displayed if present. The radio displays the file name as the track Genres: 2. Touch a folder to view a list of all files. name if the song information is not 1. Touch to view the genres on available. the USB. 3. Touch a file from the list to begin playback. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 165 Supported Apple Devices Albums : Touch H next to any If the source is changed while in To view supported devices, see album to store the album as a mute, playback resumes and audio my.buick.com/learn. favorite. Touch a saved favorite to will unmute. recall a favorite album. The first Storing and Recalling Media song in the album list begins to play. Auxiliary Jack Favorites Genres : Touch H next to any This vehicle has an auxiliary input To store media favorites, touch genre to store the genre as a jack in the center stack. Possible Browse to display a list of media favorite. Touch a saved favorite to auxiliary audio sources include: types. recall a favorite genre. The first . Laptop computer Select from one of the following song of the genre begins to play. . Audio music player Browse options to save a favorite: Podcasts : Touch H next to any This jack is not an audio output. Do podcast to store the podcast as a Playlists : Touch H next to any not plug headphones into the favorite. Touch a saved favorite to playlist to store the playlist as a auxiliary input jack. Set up an recall a favorite podcast. The favorite. Touch a saved favorite to auxiliary device while the vehicle is podcast begins to play. recall a favorite playlist. The first in P (Park). song in the playlist begins to play. Audiobooks : Touch H next to any Connect a 3.5mm (1/8 in) cable Artists : Touch H next to any artist audiobook to store the audiobook as from the auxiliary device to the to store the artist as a favorite. a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to auxiliary input jack. When a device Touch a saved favorite to recall a recall a favorite audiobook. The first is connected, the system can play favorite artist. The first song in the chapter in the audiobook begins audio from the device over the artist list begins to play. to play. vehicle speakers. Songs : Touch H next to any song Media Playback and Mute If an auxiliary device has already to store the song as a favorite. USB playback will be paused if the been connected, but a different Touch a saved favorite to recall a system is muted. If the steering source is currently active, touch favorite song. wheel mute control is pressed More and then touch AUX to make again, playback will resume. the source active. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

166 Infotainment System Shuffle and Browse are not 2. Once paired, touch Audio from All devices launch audio differently. available in the AUX source menu. the Home Page, then touch When selecting Bluetooth as a Bluetooth from the recent source, the system may show as Bluetooth Audio sources list on the left of the paused on the display. Press play display. on the device or touch on the Music may be played from a paired p display to begin playback. Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth Bluetooth Sound Menu 0 Browse functionality will be provided (Pairing and Using a Phone) 190 See ‟Infotainment System Sound where supported by the Bluetooth or Menu” under AM-FM Radio 0 158. Bluetooth (Overview) 0 189 for help device. This media content will not pairing a device. Manage Bluetooth Devices be part of the MyMedia source mode. Volume and song selection may be From the Home Page: controlled by using the infotainment 1. Touch the Audio icon. Some smartphones support sending controls or the mobile device. Bluetooth music information to If Bluetooth is selected and no 2. Touch More. display on the system. When the sound is present, check the volume 3. Touch Bluetooth. system receives this information, it setting on both your mobile device will check to see if any is available and the infotainment system. 4. Touch Devices to add or delete and display it. For more information devices. about supported Bluetooth features, Launch music by touching Bluetooth see my.buick.com/learn. from the recent sources list on the When touching Bluetooth, the left of the display or by touching system may not be able to launch More and then touching the the audio player on the connected Bluetooth device. device to start playing. When the vehicle is not moving, use the To play music via Bluetooth: mobile device to begin playback. 1. Power on the device, and pair to connect the device. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 167 OnStar System The OnStar App Account If equipped, the infotainment system The Account tab displays a 4G LTE has OnStar controls in the snapshot of the account linked with If equipped with 4G LTE, up to embedded OnStar app on the Home the vehicle. If there is no such seven devices, such as Page. Most OnStar functions that account, this tab will show all values smartphones, tablets, and laptops, can be performed with the buttons as ——. The call advisor call icon can be connected to high-speed can be done using the app. To open will be active even if there is no Internet through the vehicle’s built-in the app, touch the OnStar icon on active account. Wi-Fi hotspot. the Home Page. App updates require a corresponding service Advisor Call Call 1-888-4ONSTAR plan. Features vary by region and Selecting Advisor Call is the same (1-888-466-7827) to connect to an model. Features are subject to as pressing Q or calling OnStar Advisor for assistance. See change. For more information, see www.onstar.com for vehicle 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). my.buick.com/learn or press Q. availability, details, and system The X option in the upper right corner of the screen does not end limitations. Service and connectivity Services may vary by make, model, year, the call, but returns to the previous carrier, availability, and conditions. The Services tab displays the display. default view for the app. Use this 4G LTE service is available in select Turn-by-Turn Directions markets. 4G LTE performance is page to launch the available OnStar based on industry averages and services. Touch a service to open its With a connected plan, an OnStar vehicle systems design. Some display. Touch Wi-Fi to launch the Advisor can download a destination services require a data plan. connections manager. Turn-by-Turn to the vehicle or its embedded and Advisor Call are the other tiled navigation system, if equipped. options. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

168 Infotainment System Select Turn-by-Turn Directions from Navigation Predictive Navigation may learn the Services tab of the OnStar app elements such as: to call an Advisor or select a recent Using the Navigation . Personalized routes based on or favorite destination. Touch the preferred streets. navigation icons to select home, System address or place. A destination . Search results that provide best Launch the Nav application by transfer from OnStar will show the matches at the top of the list. touching the Nav icon on the Home detail view of the destination when it Page or on the shortcut tray near . Predictive traffic. is transferred from OnStar to the the bottom of the infotainment Navigation application. Touch OK to . Local map content updating. display. go back to the previous menu. An Predictive Navigation can also be ABS and Guidance or Navigation When the Nav application is enabled or disabled at a later time Add-On Plan is required. See launched for the first time, a product by touching A (Options). While in www.onstar.com for a coverage walkthrough is available. Use of the Options, touch Settings, then Map map. Services vary by model. Map feature requires the Terms and and Navigation Settings, and then coverage is available in the United Conditions and the Privacy Predictive Navigation. See Settings States, Puerto Rico, and Canada. statement to be confirmed. 0 196. If available and signed into a profile, Wi-Fi Hotspot it is also suggested to enable and Navigation Map View Touch to display the Settings page, confirm Predictive Navigation. which shows the configurations for Predictive Navigation (If Equipped) the vehicle hotspot and allows them to be changed. If Predictive Navigation is available and confirmed, this feature learns For more information, see preferences by remembering where www.onstar.com/learn. the vehicle has been. It uses the locations and navigation history to personalize routes and results. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 169 After opening the Nav application appears. The message will Map and Navigation Settings for the first time, the application will automatically close after 15 seconds A always open in full map view of inactivity. Touch while in the map view to display options. The following may displaying the vehicle’s current location. When the vehicle is display: stopped, the search bar will appear . 3D Heading Up, 2D Heading Up, along the top of the navigation map 2D North view. Manually close the search bar . Show on Map by touching z. When the vehicle is moving, the } (Search) icon will . Traffic Events (available with OnStar Connected Navigation) replace the search bar to maximize the full map view. . Range Projection (available for Electric Vehicles) Set Up My Places To turn off the My Places bubbles, . Settings From the Nav application, set up switch Show My Places on Map Home and Work addresses to to Off. . Edit Destination (if a route has enable one-touch navigation. To set If the vehicle’s system is not signed been set) up Home and Work addresses, into a customized profile, the current . Avoid on Route (if a route has touch A and select Settings, then location icon uses a generic symbol. been set) Map and Navigation Settings, and Once signed into a customized Touch Settings to view Map and then Set Up My Places. Show My profile, the current location symbol Navigation Settings. The following Places on Map should be on by will show a customized icon. See may display: default. Select and enter Home and/ Navigation Symbols 0 172. or Work address and save. Touch the drive To Home or drive To . Set Up My Places. See “Set Up Work pop-up to start either route. My Places” previously in this Touch B (current vehicle position). section. This symbol can also be used to set Only one will show if the vehicle is up Home and Work addresses by already at Home or Work. . Map Preferences touching the bubbles above it. . Route Preferences Touch the pop-up message that Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

170 Infotainment System . Navigation Voice Control . Day (Light) turn occurring shortly after, the . Traffic Preferences . Night (Dark) Auto-Zoom will remain on until both turns are completed. . Alert Preferences 3D Landmark (Default is On) : Route Preferences . Manage History Touch On or Off. When turned on, the system will display all 3D Touch to access the Route . Predictive Navigation: See Landmarks on the map depending Preferences. The choices are: “Predictive Navigation (If on the zoom level. Equipped)” previously in this . Preferred Route – Choose from section. 3D Building (Default is Off) : two different route options: Touch On or Off. When turned on, Fastest or Eco-Friendly. . Map Updates the system will display all of the ‐ Fastest would be the route . About possible 3D building shapes on the map depending on the zoom level. with the shortest drive time. To exit a list, touch z in the top right Show Terrain in 3D (Default is ‐ Eco-Friendly would be the corner to return to the main Off) : If equipped, touch On or Off. most fuel-efficient route. map view. When turned on, the system will . Avoid on Current Route – Make sure to set up preferences display terrain information on the Choose any of the road features before setting a destination and map in 3D view. to avoid while on route: starting active guidance. Auto-Zoom (Default is On) : Touch ‐ Highways Map Preferences On or Off. When turned on, the ‐ Unpaved Roads system will automatically adjust the Touch to choose between basic zoom level when the vehicle is ‐ Ferries map feature configurations: approaching a turn. After the turn is ‐ Carpool Lanes Map Colors completed, the system automatically brings the zoom back to the ‐ Toll Roads . Auto Touch to automatically – originally set level. If the vehicle is change modes based on lighting ‐ Tunnels approaching a turn with the next conditions. ‐ Country Borders Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 171 Range Projection (Electric Traffic Events (If Equipped) . Never Search for Better Route – Vehicles) This feature provides a list of events The system will not check for a Range Projection allows the that are on the route or nearby. better route until one of the above options is selected. vehicle’s electric driving range to be Touch A and then select Traffic checked at that moment. Events. An OnStar connected Alert Preferences Touch the Range Projection icon to Navigation service plan is required. Set alerts on or off during both display the map screen with a range Traffic Preferences (If Equipped) inactive and active guidance views. indicator. The following alerts may be While in Map View, touch A, then available: Navigation Voice Control Settings and then Map and Touch to access the voice control Navigation Settings to access Traffic . Congestion Alerts – This alert setting display. Preferences. When Show Traffic on displays upcoming congestion. Map is turned on, the feature (Available for China only) . Navigation Volume – To adjust the volume level, touch the up provides an overview of the traffic . Road Safety Alerts – Touch to and down arrows. If the voice flow using different coded colors. display upcoming School Zones. The following options are available guidance prompt is being heard, . Traffic Camera Alerts for rerouting: volume can also be adjusted Manage History using the knob on the center . Auto Reroute to Better Route – stack or the volume switch on The system will automatically Touch Manage History to access the the steering wheel. reroute if the system detects History options: there is a traffic issue ahead. . Navigation Voice Prompt Level . Clear Recent Destinations – during a Call. Options . Ask Before Rerouting (Default) – Touch \ to clear the recent available are: If the system detects there is a destinations. traffic issue ahead, it will display Full Prompt (Selected by ‐ a pop-up with details about the . Clear Search History – Touch \ default) issue. Choose to reroute or to clear the search history. ‐ Tone Only cancel the alert. ‐ None Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

172 Infotainment System About . The SD card is not working Touch to display software properly: “SD card is not information, such as: functioning properly. (Error Code).” . Telenav Terms and Conditions . The SD card is not paired with . Telenav Privacy Statement the existing system: “This SD . Navigation Version card is not valid in this vehicle This indicates the vehicle’s current for navigation. See Owner’s location and direction on the map. Maps Manual for more detail or visit your dealer. (Error Code).” The Nav application requires a map . The SD card has been removed database to run. It is stored on an from the slot: SD card has been SD card that is connected to the “ removed. (Error Code). infotainment system. If the map ” database is not available, a missing Touch Continue to resume after the initialization error message. For the SD card error message will be This is the vehicle s current location other messages, touch OK to return ’ displayed. icon during inactive guidance mode. to the Home Page. SD Card Error Messages Once a user profile is created, the current location icon can be The SD card only works for one Navigation Symbols customized. unique vehicle. The SD card must pass authentication verification to Following are the most common This icon indicates the vehicle’s be used for that specific vehicle. symbols that may appear in the Nav current location and direction on Potential error scenarios and application. the map. messages include: . The SD card has initialized for the first time: “Once initialized, this SD card can only be used for navigation in this vehicle.” Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 173 Destination Receiving Destination Directions from Different Sources Destinations can be received or transferred from different sources to The destination pin marks the The progress bar provides an the Nav application for route location of the final destination. overview of the route progress and guidance. If equipped, some of Touch the pin to view the destination may show traffic and incidents along these sources may include: address or to add it or remove it the way. As the route proceeds, the . Navigation from search results. from the Favorites list. Hide the vehicle icon moves up the bar. information by touching the pin one . OnStar Advisor destination Touch the icon to zoom out on the download. more time. It will automatically time map and view the entire route. out if no action is taken. Touch it again to return to the . An address from the previous view. Contacts list. View the drive time by touching the . An application on the estimated time of arrival (ETA). smartphone that can send destinations to the vehicle. Current Location . An application downloaded to When the vehicle is parked and not the vehicle such as OnStar in a Navigation session, the user If equipped, smart Points of Interest Services that can send icon is centered on the map view, destinations to the navigation (POIs) are places of interest for highlighting the current location. parking and gas stations. system. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

174 Infotainment System Waypoints If the vehicle passes the waypoint or will remove the address gets out of the current route, the from the destinations list. Add up to five waypoints, which are system will automatically reroute z additional destinations, along the Touch on the top right back to this waypoint. At the same route. To add an additional stop or corner so the system can time, it will show a Drive to icon waypoint: recalculate the route. along with the next waypoint If there is only one address 1. From active guidance, touch }. address so the current waypoint can be skipped and guidance can in the destinations list, the 2. Search for the destination resume to the next waypoint or system will disable the using One-Box, Voice search, destination. move and delete functions. or the Quick Category icons. The system will not allow Editing a Waypoint 3. Choose search results Along the final destination to be Route, Nearby, or Near When waypoints are added during deleted. Destination. active guidance, the system allows Map Information a stop to be deleted or the order to 4. Choose the desired waypoint be changed. To edit a waypoint: Road network attributes are and touch Add to Trip or contained in the map database for replace the current destination 1. Touch A. map information. Attributes include by touching New Destination. 2. Touch Edit Destinations. information such as street names, Route options are not available for street addresses, and turn waypoints. . Modify destination order by restrictions. A detailed area includes touching and holding the all major highways, service roads, Arriving at a Waypoint arrow until it is highlighted. and residential roads. The detailed When approaching a waypoint, the Drag to move the waypoint areas include Places of Interest system will display a Destination up or down the list. (POIs) such as restaurants, airports, Arrival view. To continue on to the . Delete a waypoint by banks, hospitals, police stations, next destination touch the Drive to touching Y. A pop-up will gas stations, tourist attractions, and message on the infotainment appear to confirm waypoint historical monuments. display. removal. Once the request is confirmed, the system Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 175 If the vehicle does not have an . Pinch to zoom in or out. Available settings are: applicable service plan, the map . Pan the map. . 3D Heading Up (Default): 3D database may not include data for . Use two fingers to tilt down and map with the vehicle pointing up. newly constructed areas or map In this mode, the current location database corrections that are change from 2D to 3D. Tilt up to change back to 2D. icon will always head up and the completed after production. The map will rotate around it. navigation system provides full . Rotate the map. route guidance in the detailed map . 2D Heading Up: 2D map with 0 areas. See Using the System 155. the vehicle pointing up. In this mode, the current location icon Zoom Control Mute will always head up and the map The zoom control display is shown When in active guidance, the audio will rotate around it. prompts while using navigation can on the map view. A few ways to . 2D North Up: 2D map with North zoom in or out are: be muted. Touch the speaker icon pointing up. In this mode, the on the right side of the upper bar. . Touch + or – to zoom in or out current location icon will shift as A slash will appear on the speaker the vehicle turns left and right. on the map. to indicate voice guidance is muted. Touch the icon to change the map . Double tap with one finger to Active Guidance View zoom in or single tap with two type. The icon and label will also fingers to zoom out on the map. When a destination is chosen and a update accordingly. navigation session is active, the . Use the index finger and thumb Depending on the zoom level of the to zoom out by pinching and navigation system enters into an 2D Heading Up and 3D Heading Up then zoom in by spreading those Active Guidance View (AGV). maps, the system may automatically two fingers on the map. Map Orientation switch to the 2D North Up map. When in AGV, the entire route can Map Gestures and Map Scale Touch A on the map to access map be viewed in 2D North Up by Use the following gestures on the orientation settings. Map orientation touching the traffic bar. The map will infotainment display to adjust the is 3D Heading Up by default. zoom out and readjust to display the map scale and display options. full route. When in 2D North Up Route View, the Recenter icon will Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

176 Infotainment System appear in the middle of the display. appears below the primary turn Editing Directions Touch either the Recenter icon or indicator. An audio prompt will Directions can be edited by the traffic bar again to return to the announce the quick turn. previous view, either 2D or 3D. choosing y, which expands the list Auto-Zoom to fill the display and enters the Edit Lane Guidance When approaching a maneuver, the Mode. While in Edit Mode, an The map will display the lane map will automatically zoom in to unwanted route segment can be information for the upcoming show both the vehicle icon and the removed from the route by touching maneuver if it is available. upcoming maneuver to give a better Y next to the segment. A pop-up view of the maneuver. Once the appears to confirm segment Junction View maneuver is complete, the system removal. When a vehicle is on the highway will zoom back to the previous zoom When the route segment has been and approaching the exit, an image level. Touch A on the map to removed, all segments are replaced displays the lane that the vehicle access Settings, then touch Map by an activity indicator while the must stay in to complete the next Preferences to access Auto-Zoom. new route is recalculated. When the maneuver. This feature can be enabled or recalculation is complete, the Quick-Turn View disabled. activity indicator is replaced with the new route segments. Directions Touch the menu option next to the Highway Exits List next turn street name to display Directions. Directions displays the turns and directions from the current location to the final destination.

When the vehicle is approaching a turn with the next turn following in quick succession, a quick-turn list Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 177 Touch C to open the Exit list. This Touch the alert to go to the main End Route icon displays next to the current navigation view or touch z to Touch Cancel at the top right corner street name near the bottom of the dismiss the alert. to end active guidance and return to display. The icon only appears when Repeat Voice Guidance inactive guidance. If active guidance on a highway with defined exits. is canceled before the destination While traveling on roads with has been reached, a pop-up option designated exits, an Exit list may be to Resume Trip will appear. available. The Exit list displays the Resume Trip exit number, distance to the exit from the current vehicle position, The trip can be resumed if it was and convenience stops that may be canceled by touching the Resume Trip pop-up option. available, such as gas, coffee, food, This symbol indicates the next and lodging. guidance maneuver. Touch it to If the system has determined that Next Maneuver Menu repeat the last spoken guidance the destination has been reached, instruction. either because the arrival view When in Active Guidance, the Next displayed or the destination has Maneuver Turn Arrow, Street Name, Incident Alert (If Equipped) been passed, the Resume Trip and Maneuver Distance are shown During active guidance, if the option will not appear. in the Next Maneuver at the top of system determines that there is an the display overlaying the map. incident ahead but there is not a Favorites ETA, Distance to Destination, and better route, the system will play a The navigation favorites can have Traffic Indicator are displayed in a tone and show a Quick Notice. This contacts, addresses, or POIs that panel pinned on the right of the will only show once per incident. have been saved through the display. favorite icon on the details view. Incident Reports (If Equipped) Navigation Next Turn Maneuver Alert Incident report icons, along with traffic flow data, display on the map If the Navigation application is not during both active and inactive open when a near maneuver prompt guidance. is given, it is shown as an alert. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

178 Infotainment System Accessing Favorites Recents Show POI Icons In the Nav application, view the Touch H to access a list of recent To see the POI categories, touch Favorites list by touching H in the destinations. Options, then touch Show on Map. search bar along the top of the Nav Up to eight categories of icons can map view. If the search bar is Recenter Position Icon be selected. } closed, touch and select H. Touch the Recenter Position arrow Smart POI Icons on Map (If in the middle of the map view to Equipped) Saving Favorites reset the map to the current Favorites can be added from a location. number of the system s applications. ’ Last Parked Location Touch the favorites icon to save content as a favorite. The Last Parked Location is the last location the vehicle engine was Renaming Navigation Favorites turned off. That location is displayed 1. Touch the Settings icon on the in the first row of the Recents list. Home Page and touch the Touching the last Parked Location System tab. shows the Address Details view to either save the address or drive to 2. Touch Favorites to access the The smart POI icons such as fuel it. The Last Parked Location can be Manage Favorites option. stations and parking may appear deleted by entering the Edit display. based on time, location, driver 3. Touch a saved Navigation Once the Last Parked Location is search behavior, driving conditions, favorite to access the edit icon. deleted, it no longer appears in the and vehicle conditions. Touch the edit icon to rename Recents list, unless the vehicle is the favorite. started at that location again. Touch a smart POI icon to open the corresponding details: 4. Touch Save to store the renamed favorite. . Left side: Name and address of the POI. . Right side: E + ETE (Estimated Time Enroute.) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 179 Smart Fuel Station Icons Search Search While in Motion with Front Fuel station prices are shown if Touch Search on the infotainment Seat Passenger Present available for nearby stations when display to open the search display. If the system detects that the front the vehicle is low on fuel. It has a search field entry box, quick seat passenger is present with both category icon shortcuts, recents driver and passenger seat belts Smart Parking Icons icon, favorites icon, and keyboard. buckled, touching the search icon When reaching a densely populated will display an alert message that destination and the system Auto Complete allows the passenger to search for a determines that parking may be Enter a partial location in the field destination as if the vehicle were limited, the system will attempt to entry box on the search display. stopped. display nearby parking destinations Auto complete will attempt to with pricing information, if available. complete the destination based on Connected Navigation what is being entered. Touch the Connected Navigation is a Report an Issue Using POI Details suggested item to search. subscription service that enables (If Equipped) certain capabilities within the In the POI details page, a POI issue Search While in Motion with No Front Seat Passenger Present navigation system, such as Traffic, can be reported if the data is not Smart Search/Routing, and accurate or the address is incorrect. The search display will not allow Predictive Navigation capabilities. Touch Report an Issue near the changes or text input with the The system will show an alert when bottom of the display to access the keyboard when the vehicle is in the subscription is expiring and will issue selection page. Touch one of motion. As a result, a display ask to renew the plan. the predefined issues on the showing three rows of the most selection page, then touch Send. commonly used categories appears. OnStar System The system will send the Touching the search box will information for analysis. activate speech recognition. With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor can download a destination to the vehicle or into the built-in navigation system. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

180 Infotainment System the first use. To find new locations, Global Positioning touch OnStar Advisor, Home Directions, Place Voice Search, System (GPS) or Address Voice Search. The position of the vehicle is determined by using satellite Lane Guidance signals, various vehicle signals, and map data. At times, other interference such as the satellite condition, road Touch OnStar Services on the configuration, condition of the Home Page to access the OnStar vehicle, and/or other circumstances menu. Touch Turn-by-Turn can affect the navigation system's Directions icon while on the ability to determine the accurate Services tab of the OnStar menu. position of the vehicle. Turn-by-Turn Navigation The GPS shows the current position When available, the system will of the vehicle using signals sent by show the best lane(s) to be in for GPS satellites. When the vehicle is the next maneuver. not receiving signals from the Cancel a Route satellites, a symbol appears in the status bar. If a route is in progress using either the vehicle navigation system or the This system might not be available Turn-by-Turn route, and a new route or interference can occur if any of is requested, the current route in the following are true: progress will be canceled. . Signals are obstructed by tall After touching the Turn-by-Turn buildings, trees, large trucks, Directions icon, select destinations or a tunnel. from Recents or Favorites. Recents . Satellites are being repaired or or Favorites will be empty if this is improved. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 181 For more information if the GPS is . The vehicle is traveling at high Problems with Route not functioning properly, see speed. Guidance Problems with Route Guidance . The vehicle changes directions 0 181 and Inappropriate route guidance can 0 more than once, or the vehicle is If the System Needs Service 182. turning on a turn table in a occur under one or more of the parking lot. following conditions: Vehicle Positioning . The vehicle is entering and/or . The turn was not made on the At times, the position of the vehicle exiting a parking lot, garage, or a road indicated. on the map could be inaccurate due lot with a roof. . Route guidance might not be to one or more of the following . The GPS signal is not received. available when using automatic reasons: rerouting for the next right or . The road system has changed. . A roof carrier is installed on the left turn. vehicle. . The vehicle is driving on slippery . The route might not be changed road surfaces such as sand, . Tire chains are installed on the when using automatic rerouting. vehicle. gravel, or snow. . There is no route guidance when . The vehicle is traveling on . The tires are replaced or worn. turning at an intersection. winding roads or long, straight . The tire pressure for the tires is . Plural names of places might be roads. incorrect. announced occasionally. . The vehicle is approaching a tall . This is the first navigation use . It could take a long time to building or a large vehicle. after the map data is updated. operate automatic rerouting . The surface streets run parallel . The 12-volt battery has been during high-speed driving. to a freeway. disconnected for several days. . Automatic rerouting might . The vehicle has been transferred . The vehicle is driving in heavy display a route returning to the by a vehicle carrier or a ferry. traffic where driving is at low set waypoint if heading for a speeds, and the vehicle is destination without passing . The current position calibration through a set waypoint. is set incorrectly. stopped and started repeatedly. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

182 Infotainment System . The route prohibits the entry of a Map Data Updates update is accepted, it will download vehicle due to a regulation by and run in the background without time or season or any other The map data in the vehicle is the interruption any infotainment regulation which may be given. most up-to-date information functions. The download will carry available when the vehicle was over ignition cycles, stopping and . Some routes might not be produced. The map data is updated searched. starting where it left off. The periodically, provided that the map updates can be set to download . The route to the destination information has changed and the automatically. might not be shown if there are vehicle has a relevant service plan. new roads, if roads have See www.gmnavdisc.com for details recently changed, or if certain Over-the-Air-Vehicle Map on ordering, purchasing, and roads are not listed in the map Updates installing a new or replacement SD card. Features are subject to data. See Maps 0 172. If equipped, the infotainment system change. For more information on can receive map updates over the To recalibrate the vehicle's position this feature, see my.buick.com/ air. Map updates occur within a on the map, park with the vehicle learn. running for two to five minutes, until 161 km (100 mi) radius around the the vehicle position updates. Make home address on file. This Database Coverage sure the vehicle is parked in a boundary will adjust over time location that is safe and has a clear based on driving patterns. The Explanations vehicle uses a Cloud-connected view of the sky and away from large Coverage areas vary with respect to service to receive the date and obstructions. the level of map detail available for downloads it to the system s ’ any given area. Some areas feature onboard SD card, if equipped. If the System Needs greater levels of detail than others. A data plan or compatible mobile If this happens, it does not mean Service device hotspot is required. The SD there is a problem with the system. card is required for navigation If the navigation system needs As the map data is updated, more system function. service, see your dealer. detail can become available for When a map update is available, a areas that previously had limited prompt will appear on the detail. See Map Data Updates infotainment display. Once the 0 182. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 183 Voice Recognition If your language supports it, try 1. Press g on the steering wheel stating a one-shot command, such controls to activate voice If equipped, voice recognition allows as “Directions to address .” Do not navigation, audio, phone, and include the ZIP code while stating 2. The audio system mutes and weather applications. This feature the address during the command. the system plays a prompt. can be started by pressing g on the Another example of a one-shot 3. Clearly speak one of the steering wheel or touching g on the Destination Entry command is, commands described in this infotainment display. “Directions to Place of Interest at section. . If these commands do not ” A voice recognition system However, not all features within work, try saying, Take me to Place “ prompt can be interrupted while these areas are supported by voice of Interest” or “Find address” and commands. Generally, only complex the system will walk you through by it is playing by pressing g tasks that require multiple manual asking additional questions. again. interactions to complete are Once voice recognition is started, supported by voice commands. Hybrid Speech Recognition both the infotainment display and For example, tasks that take more If equipped, this feature helps instrument cluster show the than one or two touches, such as a distinguish words by using selections and visual dialog content. song or artist to play from a media Internet-based information along These displays can be turned on or device, would be supported by voice with the system’s voice recognition off in the Tutorial Mode under commands. Other tasks, like database. This allows you to speak Settings 0 196. adjusting the volume or seeking up more naturally when using voice There are three voice prompt modes or down, are audio features that are recognition. supported: easily performed by touching one or two options, and are not supported Using Voice Recognition . Informative verbal prompts: This by voice commands. Voice recognition becomes available type of prompt will provide more once the system has been information regarding the In general there are flexible ways to supported actions. speak commands for completing the initialized. This begins when the tasks. ignition is turned on. Initialization may take a few moments. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

184 Infotainment System . Short prompts: This type of task. If a selection is made using a Natural Language Commands prompt will provide simple manual control, the voice Most languages do not support instructions about what can be recognition dialog will progress in natural language commands in stated. the same way as if the selection sentence form. For those . Auto informative prompts: This were made using a voice command. languages, use direct commands type of prompt plays during the Once the system completes the like the examples shown on the first few speech sessions, then task, or the session is terminated, display. automatically switches to the the voice recognition dialog stops. short prompt after some An example of this type of manual Helpful Hints for Speaking experience has been gained intervention is touching an entry of a Commands through using the system. displayed number list instead of Voice recognition can understand If a command is not spoken, the speaking the number associated commands that are naturally stated voice recognition system says a with the entry desired. in sentence form or direct help prompt. Canceling Voice Recognition commands that state the application and the task. Prompts and Infotainment . Touch or say Cancel or Exit “ ” “ ” For best results: Displays to terminate the voice While a voice recognition session is recognition session and show . Listen for the prompt before active, there may be corresponding the display where voice saying a command or reply. options showing on the displays. recognition was initiated. . Speak the command naturally, A selection can be made by . Press i on the steering wheel not too fast, not too slow. manually touching the option, or by controls to terminate the voice . Use direct commands without a speaking the number for the option recognition session and show lot of extra words. For example, to select. Manual interaction in the the display where voice Call at work, Play voice recognition session is “ ”“ ” recognition was initiated. followed by the artist or song permitted. Interaction during a voice name, or Tune followed by the session may be completed entirely “ ” radio station number. using voice commands while some manual commands may expedite a Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 185 . Navigation destinations can be Direct commands might be more Scrolling or flinging can be used to made in a single command clearly understood by the system. help display other entries from using keywords. A few examples An example of a direct command the list. are: “I want directions to an would be “Call .” Manually scrolling or paging the list address,”“I need to find a place Examples of these direct commands on a display during a voice of interest or (POI),” or “Find are displayed on most of the recognition session suspends the contact.” screens while a voice session is current voice recognition event and active. If Phone or Phone The system responds by “ ” “ plays the prompt “Please select requesting more details. For Commands,” is spoken, the system manually or touch the Back icon on other POIs, say the name of a understands that a phone call is the infotainment display to try requested and will respond with category like “Restaurants,” again.” questions until enough details are “Shopping Malls,” or “Hospitals.” gathered to make a call. If manual selection takes more than . Navigating to a destination 15 seconds, the session terminates outside of the current country If a cell phone number has been and prompts that it has timed out. takes more than one command. saved with a name and a place, the The display returns to the display The first command is to tell the direct command should include where voice recognition was system where the navigation will both, for example “Call initiated. take place, such as an Address, at work.” The Back Command Intersection, POI, or Contact. Using Voice Recognition for If Address or Intersection is List Options Say “Back” or touch the Back icon selected, the second command on the infotainment display to go to is to say, “Change Country.” When a list is displayed, a voice the previous menu. Once the system responds, say prompt will ask to confirm or select an option from that list. If in voice recognition, and “Back” is the country before saying the spoken all the way back to the rest of the address and/or When a display contains a list, there starting display, and then “Back” is intersection. may be options that are available spoken one more time, the voice If POI is asked for, say “Change but not displayed. The list on a recognition session will cancel. Location,” then “Change voice recognition screen functions Country.” the same as a list on other displays. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

186 Infotainment System Help “Tune to FM” : Voice Recognition for Audio Tune to the radio station whose Say “Help” on any voice recognition MyMedia frequency is identified in the display and the help prompt for the The available voice recognition display is played. command (like “one oh one point one”). commands for [browsing] Voice Recognition for the MyMedia are: “Tune to AM Play Artist : Begin a dialog to Radio HD” : Tune to the HD Radio station “ ” enter a specific artist name. If browsing the audio sources when whose frequency is identified in the voice is touched, the voice command. “Play Artist ” : Begin playback of a specific artist. recognition commands for AM, FM, “Tune to FM and SiriusXM (if equipped) are HD” : Tune to the HD Radio station “Play Album” : Begin a dialog to available. whose frequency is identified in the enter a specific album name. command. “Switch to AM” : Switch bands to “Play Album ” : AM and tune to the last AM radio “Tune to FM HD Begin playback of a specific album. station. : Tune to ” Play Song : Begin a dialog to the HD Radio station whose “ ” “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to enter a specific song name. FM and tune to the last FM radio frequency and HD channel are station. identified in the command. “Play Song ” : Begin playback of a specific song, Tune to SXM ” : Tune to the SiriusXM SiriusXM channel. radio station whose channel number “Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to is identified in the command. enter a specific genre. “Tune to AM” : Tune to the radio station whose “Tune to SXM ” : frequency is identified in the name>” : Tune to the SiriusXM Begin playback of a specific genre. radio station whose channel name command (like “nine fifty”). “Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to is identified in the command. enter a specific playlist name. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 187 “Play Playlist ” : “Play Podcast ” : Begin playback of a number of files and albums is fewer Play : Play specific podcast. than 12,000. When the number of “ ” files connected to the system is music from a specific device “My Media” : Begin a dialog to identified by name. The device enter the desired media content. between 12,000 and 24,000, the name is the name displayed on the content cannot be accessed directly display when the device is first Handling Large Amounts of Media with one command like “Play selected as an audio source. Content .” It is expected that large amounts of The restriction is that the command “Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific name. media content will be brought into “Play Song” must be spoken first; the vehicle. It may be necessary to the system will then ask for the song “Play Chapter ” : handle large amounts of media name. The reply command would be Begin playback of a specific content in a different way than to say the name of the song to play. chapter. smaller amounts of media. The Similar limits exist for album “Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog system may limit the options of content. If there are more than to enter a specific audiobook. voice recognition by not allowing 12,000 albums, but fewer than selection of files by voice at the 24,000, the content cannot be “Play Audiobook ” : Begin playback of a exceeds the maximum limit. specific audiobook. command like, “Play .” The command “Play “Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to media content limits are: Album” must first be spoken; the enter a specific name. . Files including other individual system will then ask for the album “Play Episode ” : Begin playback of a songs, audiobook chapters, name of the album to play. specific episode. podcast episodes, and videos. Once the number of files has “Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to . Album type folders including exceeded approximately 24,000, enter a specific podcast. types such as albums and there is no support for accessing the audiobooks. songs directly through voice commands. There will still be Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

188 Infotainment System access to the media content by “Address” : Begin a dialog to enter Voice Recognition for the using commands for playlists, a specific destination address, Phone artists, and genres. which includes the entire address “Call ” : Initiate a The access commands for playlists, consisting of the house number, street name, city, state/province, call to a stored contact. The artists, and genres are prohibited command may include location if after the number of this type of and country. Do not include the ZIP code. the contact has location numbers media exceeds 12,000. stored. The system will provide feedback “Place of Interest” : Begin a dialog to enter a destination Place of “Call At Home,”“At the first time voice recognition is Work,”“On Mobile,” or “On initiated if it has become apparent Interest category or major brand name. Other” : Initiate a call to a stored that any of these limits are reached contact and location at home, at during a device initializing process. The name must be precisely work, on mobile device, or on Voice recognition performance will spoken. Nicknames or short names another phone. degrade to some extent based on for the businesses will not likely be found. Lesser known businesses “Call ” : many factors when adding large Initiate a call to a cell phone number amounts of data to recognize. If this might have to be located by category, such as fast food, hotels, of seven digits, 10 digits, or three is the case, perhaps accessing digit emergency numbers. songs through playlists or artist or banks. Pair Phone : Begin the Bluetooth name would work better. “Navigate to Contact” : Begin a “ ” dialog to enter a specific destination pairing process. Follow the Voice Recognition for contact name. instructions on the infotainment Navigation display. “Cancel Route” : End route “Navigation” : Begin a dialog to guidance. “Redial” : Initiate a call to the last enter specific destination dialed number. information. “Take Me Home” : Create a route to a stored home location. “Switch Phone” : Select a different “Navigation Commands” : Begin a connected cell phone for outgoing dialog to enter specific destination calls. information. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 189 “Voice Keypad” : Begin a dialog to Phone . Pair mobile device(s) to the enter special numbers like vehicle. The system may not international numbers. The numbers work with all mobile devices. can be entered in groups of digits Bluetooth (Overview) See “Pairing” later in this with each group of digits being The Bluetooth-capable system can section. repeated back by the system. If the interact with many mobile devices, Vehicles with a Bluetooth system group of digits is not correct, the allowing: can use a Bluetooth-capable mobile command “Delete” will remove the device with a Hands-Free Profile to last group of digits and allow them . Placement and receipt of calls in a hands-free mode. make and receive phone calls. The to be re-entered. Once the entire infotainment system and voice number has been entered, the . Sharing of the device’s address recognition are used to control the command “Call” will start dialing the book or contact list with the system. The system can be used number. vehicle. while the ignition is on or in ACC/ Phone Assistant Voice To minimize driver distraction, ACCESSORY. The range of the Recognition before driving, and with the vehicle Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m parked: (30 ft). Not all mobile devices Press and hold on the steering support all functions and not all g . Become familiar with the wheel controls to pass through and mobile devices work with the features of the mobile device. launch Google phone assistant Bluetooth system. See Organize the phone book and or Siri. my.buick.com for more information contact lists clearly and delete about compatible mobile devices. For the low radio, whether duplicate or rarely used entries. connected by Bluetooth or phone If possible, program speed dial Controls projection, the only available voice or other shortcuts. recognition is either Siri (iPhone) or Use the controls on the center stack . Review the controls and the Google Assistant (Android). and the steering wheel to operate operation of the infotainment the Bluetooth system. system. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

190 Infotainment System Steering Wheel Controls Bluetooth (Pairing and . The pairing process is disabled when the vehicle is moving. g : Press to answer incoming calls Using a Phone) and start voice recognition on your . Pairing only needs to be connected Bluetooth mobile device. Pairing completed once, unless the pairing information on the cell i : Press to end a call, decline a A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device must be paired to the Bluetooth phone changes or the cell phone call, or cancel an operation. Press is deleted from the system. to mute or unmute the infotainment system and then connected to the system when not on a call. vehicle before it can be used. See . If multiple paired cell phones are the mobile device manufacturer's within range of the system, the Infotainment System Controls user guide for Bluetooth functions system connects to the paired For information about how to before pairing the device. cell phone that is set to First to Connect. If there is no cell navigate the menu system using the Pairing Information infotainment controls, see Using the phone set to First to Connect, it System 0 155. . If no mobile device has been will link to the cell phone which connected, the Phone main was used last. To link to a Audio System page on the infotainment display different paired cell phone, see will show the Connect Phone Linking to a Different Phone When using the Bluetooth mobile “ ” option. Touch this option to later in this section. device system, sound comes connect. Another way to connect through the vehicle's front audio is to touch the Phones tab at the Pairing a Phone system speakers and overrides the top right of the display and then 1. Make sure Bluetooth has been audio system. The volume level touch Add Phone. enabled on the cell phone while on a mobile device call can be before the pairing process is adjusted by pressing the steering . A Bluetooth smartphone with started. wheel controls or the volume control music capability can be paired to on the center stack. The adjusted the vehicle as a smartphone and 2. Touch the Phone icon on the volume level remains in memory for a music player at the same time. Home Page or the phone icon later calls. The volume cannot be . Up to 10 devices can be paired on the shortcut tray near the lowered beyond a certain level. to the Bluetooth system. bottom of the display. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 191 3. Touch Phones at the top of the 8. If the vehicle name does not Connect. To enable a paired cell infotainment display. There is appear on your cell phone, phone as the First to Connect also a Connect Phones option there are a few ways to start phone: in the middle of the Phone the pairing process over: 1. Make sure the cell phone is display which will shortcut to . Turn the cell phone off and turned on. the Phone List menu. then back on. 2. Touch Settings, then touch 4. Touch Add Phone. . Go back to the beginning of System. 5. Select the vehicle name shown the Phone menus on the 3. Touch Phones to access all on the infotainment display infotainment display and paired and all connected cell from your cell phone’s restart the pairing process. phones and mobile devices. Bluetooth Settings list. . Reset the cell phone, but 4. Touch the information icon to 6. Follow the instructions on the this step should be done as the right of the cell phone to cell phone to confirm the a last effort. open the cell phone’s six-digit code showing on the 9. If the cell phone prompts to settings menu. infotainment display and touch accept connection or allow 5. Touch the First to Connect Pair. The code on the cell phone book download, touch phone and infotainment display option, to enable the setting for Always Accept and Allow. The that device. will need to be acknowledged phone book may not be for a successful pair. available if not accepted. Cell phones and mobile devices can 7. Start the pairing process on the be added, removed, connected, and 10. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pair disconnected. A sub-menu will cell phone to be paired to the additional cell phones. vehicle. See the cell phone display whenever a request is made manufacturer's user guide for First to Connect Paired Phones to add or manage cell phones and mobile devices. information on this process. If multiple paired cell phones are Once the cell phone is paired, within range of the system, the Secondary Phone it will show under Connected. system connects to the paired cell A cell phone can be enabled as a phone that is set as First to Secondary Phone by touching the information icon to the right of the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

192 Infotainment System paired cell phone name to open the Disconnecting a Connected Phone Linking to a Different Phone phone settings menu. If a cell phone 1. Touch the Phone icon on the To link to a different cell phone, the is enabled as a Secondary Phone, it Home Page. new cell phone must be in the can connect simultaneously 2. Touch Phones. vehicle and paired to the Bluetooth alongside another Bluetooth mobile system. device. In doing so, the Secondary 3. Touch the information icon next Phone will be labeled as Incoming to the connected cell phone or 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Calls. This means the mobile device mobile device to show the cell Home Page or the phone icon on the shortcut tray near the can only receive calls. The Address phone’s or mobile device’s Book of a Secondary Phone will not information display. bottom of the display. be available and hands-free 2. Touch Phones. outgoing calls cannot be placed 4. Touch Disconnect. using this cell phone. 3. Touch the new cell phone to Deleting a Paired Phone link to from the not connected If needed, touch the Secondary 1. Touch the Phone icon on the phone list. See “First to Phone while in the Phones list to Home Page or the phone icon Connect Paired Phones” and swap it into the Outgoing and on the shortcut tray near the “Secondary Phone” previously Incoming role. This role makes it bottom of the display. in this section. possible to place outgoing calls from the Contacts and Recents list. 2. Touch Phones. Switching to Handset or Handsfree Mode Listing All Paired and Connected 3. Touch the information icon next Phones to the connected cell phone to To switch between handset or display the cell phone’s or handsfree mode: 1. Touch the Phone icon on the mobile device’s information Home Page or the phone icon display. . While the active call is on the shortcut tray near the hands-free, touch the Handset bottom of the display. 4. Touch Forget Device. option to switch to the handset mode. 2. Touch Phones. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 193 The mute icon will not be 2. Touch Contacts. 3. Touch # on the infotainment available or functional while 3. The Contacts list can be display to start dialing the Handset mode is active. searched by using the first number. . While the active call is on the character. Touch A-Z on the Searching Contacts Using the handset, touch the Handset infotainment display to scroll option to switch to the through the list of names. Keypad hands-free mode. Touch the name to call. To search for contacts using the keypad: Making a Call Using Contacts 4. Touch the desired contact and Recent Calls number to call. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. Calls can be made through the To make a call using the Bluetooth system using personal Recents menu: 2. Touch Keypad and enter partial cell phone contact information for all phone numbers or contact 1. Touch Phone on the cell phones that support the Phone names using the digits on the Home Page. Book feature. Become familiar with keypad to search. the cell phone settings and 2. Touch Recents. Results will show on the right operation. Verify the cell phone 3. Touch the name or number side of the display. Touch one supports this feature. to call. to place a call. The Contacts menu accesses the Accepting or Declining a Call phone book stored in the cell phone. Making a Call Using the Keypad When an incoming call is received, The Recents menu accesses the To make a call by dialing the the infotainment system mutes and recents call list from your cell a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. phone. numbers: Accepting a Call To make a call using the 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Contacts menu: Home Page. There are two ways to accept a call: 1. Touch the Phone icon on the 2. Touch Keypad and enter a . Press g on the steering wheel Home Page. phone number. controls. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

194 Infotainment System . Touch Answer on the Switching Between Calls (Call Ending a Call infotainment display. Waiting Calls Only) . Press i on the steering wheel Declining a Call To switch between calls, touch controls. Phone on the Home Page to display There are two ways to decline Call View. While in Call View, touch . Touch # on the infotainment a call: the call information of the call on display, next to a call, to end . Press i on the steering wheel hold to change calls. only that call. controls. Three-Way Calling Dual Tone Multi-Frequency . Touch Ignore on the infotainment Three-way calling must be (DTMF) Tones display. supported on the Bluetooth cell The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can Call Waiting phone and enabled by the wireless send numbers during a call. This is service carrier to work. used when calling a menu-driven Call waiting must be supported on To start a three-way call while in a phone system. Use the Keypad to the Bluetooth cell phone and enter the number. enabled by the wireless service current call: carrier to work. 1. In the Call View, touch Add Call Apple CarPlay and Accepting a Call to add another call. Android Auto 2. Initiate the second call by Press to answer, then touch g selecting from Recents, If equipped, Android Auto and/or Switch on the infotainment display. Contacts, or Keypad. Apple CarPlay capability may be Declining a Call available through a compatible 3. When the second call is active, smartphone. If available, the Press i to decline, then touch touch the merge icon to Android Auto and Apple CarPlay Ignore on the infotainment display conference the three-way call icons will change from gray to color together. on the Home Page of the infotainment display. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 195 To use Android Auto and/or Apple . Touch Disable to remove Data plan rates apply. For Android CarPlay: Apple CarPlay and Android Auto support see https:// 1. Download the Android Auto Auto capability from the support.google.com/androidauto. app to your smartphone from vehicle Settings menu. For Apple CarPlay support see the Google Play store. There is Other functions may www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple no app required for Apple still work. or Google may change or suspend CarPlay. The Android Auto and Apple availability at any time. Android CarPlay icons on the Home Page Auto, Android, Google, Google Play, 2. Connect your Android phone or and other marks are trademarks of Apple iPhone by using the will illuminate depending on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a factory-provided phone USB trademark of Apple Inc. cable and plugging into a USB Apple CarPlay may automatically data port. For best launch upon USB connection. If not, Press { on the center stack to exit performance, it is highly touch the Android Auto or Apple Android Auto or Apple CarPlay. To recommended to use the CarPlay icon on the Home Page to enter back into Android Auto or launch. device’s factory-provided USB Apple CarPlay, press and hold { on cable. Aftermarket or Press { on the center stack to the center stack. third-party cables may return to the Home Page. Apple CarPlay and Android Auto not work. Features are subject to change. For can be disabled from the 3. When the phone is first further information on how to set up infotainment system. To do this, connected to activate Apple Android Auto and Apple CarPlay in touch Home, Settings, and then CarPlay or Android Auto, the the vehicle, see my.buick.com. touch the Apps tab along the top of message “Device Projection the display. Use the On/Off toggled Android Auto is provided by Google Privacy Consent” will appear. to turn off Apple CarPlay or and is subject to Google’s terms Android Auto. . Touch Continue to launch and privacy policy. Apple CarPlay is Apple CarPlay or provided by Apple and is subject to Android Auto. Apple’s terms and privacy policy. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

196 Infotainment System Settings System . Use 24-hour Format: Touch to specify the clock format shown. The settings menu may be The menu may contain the Touch Off or On. organized into three categories. following: Select the desired category by Time / Date Language touching System, Apps, or Vehicle. Use the following features to set the This will set the display language To access the menus: clock: used on the infotainment display. 1. Touch the Settings icon on the . Automatic Time and Date: Touch Touch Language and select the Home Page on the On to have the time and date appropriate language. automatically set. When this infotainment display. Phones feature is off, the time and date 2. Touch the desired category to can be manually set. Touch to connect to a different cell display a list of available phone or mobile device source, Set Time: Touch to manually set options. . disconnect a cell phone or media the time using the controls on device, or delete a cell phone or 3. Touch to select the desired the infotainment display. feature setting. media device. . Set Date: Touch to manually set 4. Touch the options on the the date using the controls on Wi-Fi Networks infotainment display to disable the infotainment display. This will show connected and or enable a feature. . Automatic Time Zone: Touch Off available Wi-Fi networks. 5. Touch z to go to the top level or On to disable or enable If a 4G LTE data package is not of the Settings menu. automatic update of the time active on the vehicle, the zone based on vehicle location. infotainment system can be When this feature is on, the time connected to an external protected zone cannot be manually set. Wi-Fi network, such as a mobile device or home hotspot, to utilize . Select Time Zone: Touch to connected services. manually set the time zone. Touch a time zone from the list. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 197 Wi-Fi Hotspot Privacy . Types: This setting lists all Touch and the following may If equipped, touch and the following Android-defined as dangerous display: may display: permissions currently used by the infotainment system, the . Wi-Fi Services: This allows . Location Services: This setting number of applications that have devices to use the vehicle determines if data sharing can requested this permission, and hotspot. be used by features including the number of applications that Touch the controls on the Wi-Fi, Hotspot, and applications. are allowed to use this infotainment display to disable or Touch Off to disable data permission. enable. services. Emergency services . Used By Applications: This . Wi-Fi Name: Touch to change and phone calls, such as calls setting lists all applications that the vehicle Wi-Fi name. with OnStar Advisors or others, are requested or are using will not be affected when Off is Android-defined as dangerous . Wi-Fi Password: Touch to selected. permissions. Only requested and change the vehicle Wi-Fi active permissions are shown. password. . Voice Recognition Sharing: This setting determines if voice Display . Connected Devices: Touch to commands can be shared with a show connected devices. cloud-based voice recognition Touch and the following may display: . Share Hotspot Data: Touch system. Touch Off to prevent the Enable to allow devices to use sharing and possible recording . Mode: This adjusts the the vehicle hotspot and its data, of your voice commands with appearance of the navigation or touch Disable to allow devices this system. This may limit the map view and any downloaded to only use the vehicle hotspot. system’s ability to understand apps optimized for day or night your voice commands and may time conditions. Set to Auto for disable some features. the display to automatically adjust based on bright/dark conditions. Touch Auto, Day, or Night to adjust the display. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

198 Infotainment System . Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to Voice Speaking while the prompt is still calibrate the infotainment display Touch and the following may playing will immediately stop and follow the prompts. display: playing the current prompt and . Turn Display Off: Touch to turn recognize your command. . Confirm More/Less: This setting Background noise may cause the display off. Touch anywhere specifies how often the voice on the infotainment display or accidental interruptions. Touch recognition system confirms Off or On. press any infotainment control commands. Touch Confirm More on the center stack again to turn to have the system check with . Friendly Prompts: This setting the display on. you more often before acting on adjusts the formality of voice your commands. prompts. Touch Off for shorter Sounds prompts. Touch On to hear Touch and the following may . Prompt Length: This setting prompts with more personality. display: specifies the amount of detail Touch Auto to have the prompt the voice recognition system match your command style. . Maximum Startup Volume: This provides when giving you feature adjusts the maximum feedback. Touch Auto to have . Tutorial Mode: Touch Off or On volume of the infotainment the system automatically adjust to provide tutorial feedback on system when you start your to your speech habits. Touch the display. vehicle. To set the maximum Informative, Short, or Auto. startup volume, touch the Favorites controls on the infotainment . Audio Feedback Speed: Touch Touch and the following may display to increase or decrease. Slow, Medium, or Fast to adjust display: how quickly the voice . Audible Touch Feedback: This recognition system speaks. . Manage Favorites: Touch to setting determines if a sound display a list of Audio, Mobile plays when touching the . Allow Prompt Interruptions: This Devices. infotainment display or radio setting controls whether voice commands can be spoken Favorites can be moved, controls. This feature can be renamed, or deleted. turned off or on. before voice prompts finish. Turn this on to speak commands without hearing the full prompt. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 199 To move, touch and hold on the Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle country. For more information on favorite, and then drag up or software updates requires internet this feature, see my.buick.com/ down to rearrange the position. connectivity, which can be accessed learn. through the vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Preferences Touch to select how many connection, if equipped and active. favorites pages can be viewed If required, data plans are provided Touch the controls on the from the audio application. The by a third party. Optionally, a secure infotainment display to disable or Auto setting will automatically Wi-Fi hotspot such as a compatible enable the download of new adjust this number based on the mobile device hotspot, home updates in the background. hotspot or public hotspot can be number of favorites you have About saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, used. Applicable data rates may 20, 25, 30, 35, or 40. apply. Touch to view the infotainment To connect the infotainment system system software information. Updates to a secured mobile device hotspot, Running Applications If equipped, the infotainment system home hotspot, or a public hotspot, can download and install select touch Settings on the Home Page, If equipped, touch to see a complete software updates over a wireless select the System tab, followed by list of applications that are currently connection. The system will prompt Wi-Fi Networks. Select the running on the infotainment system. for certain updates to be appropriate Wi-Fi network, and Return to Factory Settings downloaded and installed. There is follow the on-screen prompts. also an option to check for updates Touch and the following may Download speeds may vary. On display: manually. most compatible mobile devices, To manually check for updates, activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in . Reset Vehicle Settings: Resets touch Settings on the Home Page, the Settings menu under Mobile all vehicle settings for the followed by Software Information, Network Sharing, Personal Hotspot, current user. and then System Update. Follow the Mobile Hotspot or similar. Touch Reset or Cancel. on-screen prompts. The steps to Availability of Over-the-Air software check for, download and install updates varies by vehicle and updates may vary by vehicle. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

200 Infotainment System . Erase Settings and Personal Touch Off or On. Touch Off, Low, Medium-Low, Data: Erases app data settings, Medium, Medium-High, or High. Apps user profiles, and personal data . Bose AudioPilot Noise including mobile device data. Touch and the following may Compensation Technology (If Touch Erase or Cancel. display: Equipped): This feature adjusts the volume based on the noise . Clear Default Applications: . Update Apps Automatically: This Resets preferred applications allows downloaded applications in the vehicle and the speed. that have been set to open when to be updated automatically. Touch Off or On. selecting a function. No Touch the controls on the . Manage Favorites: Touch to application data will be lost. infotainment display to disable or display a list of Audio, Mobile Touch Clear or Cancel. enable. Devices, and Navigation . About Apps: Touch to view the favorites. Apps versions of the apps software. Favorites can be moved, The menu may contain the Audio renamed, or deleted. following: Depending on the current audio To move, touch and hold the Android Auto source, different options will be favorite, and then drag up or This feature allows you to interact available. down to rearrange the position. directly with your mobile device on Touch and the following may . Set Number of Audio Favorites: the infotainment display. See Apple display: Touch to select how many CarPlay and Android Auto 0 194. favorites pages can be viewed . Tone Settings: Touch to adjust Touch Off or On. from the audio application. The Equalizer, Fade/Balance, Auto setting will automatically Apple CarPlay or Sound Mode. See adjust this number based on the “Infotainment System Sound number of favorites you have This feature allows you to interact Menu” in AM-FM Radio 0 158. directly with your mobile device on saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, the infotainment display. See Apple . Auto Volume: This feature 20, 25, 30, 35, or 40. CarPlay and Android Auto 0 194. adjusts the volume based on the vehicle speed. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 201 . RDS: This allows the Radio Data Climate Touch Off or On. System (RDS) to be turned on If equipped, touch and the following Navigation or off. may display: Touch the controls on the Touch and the following may . Auto Fan Speed: This setting display: infotainment display to disable or specifies the amount of airflow enable. when the climate control fan . Set Up My Places . HD Radio: This allows HD Radio setting is Auto Fan. . Map Preferences reception to be turned on or off. Touch Low, Medium, or High. . Route Preferences Touch the controls on the . Auto Defog: This setting . Navigation Voice Control infotainment display to disable or automatically turns the front . Traffic Preferences enable. defogger on when the vehicle . Explicit Content Filter: This engine is started. . Alert Preferences setting allows access to explicit Touch the controls on the . Manage History content SiriusXM channels. infotainment display to disable or . About Touch Off or On. enable. See Using the Navigation System . Manage Phones: Select to . Auto Rear Defog: This setting 0 168. connect to a different phone automatically turns the rear source, disconnect a phone, window defogger on when the Phone or delete a phone. vehicle engine is started. Touch and the following may . Reset Music Index: This allows Touch the controls on the display: the music index to be reset if infotainment display to disable or . My Number: Displays the cell you are having difficulty enable. phone number of the Bluetooth accessing all of the media . Ionizer : This setting specifies connected device. content on your device. the air quality improvement . Active Call View: Shows active Touch Yes or No. when the ionizer control setting call display when answering is on. a call. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

202 Infotainment System Touch the controls on the with a Teen Driver key, it will Register keys to activate Teen infotainment display to disable or automatically activate certain safety Driver and assign restrictions to enable. systems, allow setting of some the key: . Privacy : Only show call alerts in features, and limit the use of others. Any vehicle key can be registered, cluster. The Report Card will record vehicle up to a maximum of eight keys. data about driving behavior that can Label the key to tell it apart from the . Sort Contacts: Touch to sort by be viewed later. When the vehicle is other keys. first or last name. started with a registered key, the . Re-sync phone Contacts: Driver Information Center (DIC) For a pushbutton start system: displays a message that Teen Driver 1. Start the engine. This allows the device contacts is active. to re-sync if you are having 2. For automatic transmissions, difficulty accessing all of the To access: the vehicle must be in P (Park). contacts on your cell phone. 1. Touch Settings on the Home For manual transmissions, the OnStar Phone TTY Mode: This Page, then touch Vehicle, and vehicle must be stopped with enables OnStar cell phone then Teen Driver. the parking brake set. TTY mode. 2. Create a Personal Identification 3. From the Settings menu, touch Touch Disable or Enable. Number (PIN) by choosing a Vehicle and then Teen Driver. four-digit PIN. Re-enter the PIN 4. Enter the PIN. Vehicle to confirm. To change the PIN, touch Change PIN. 5. Place the Remote Keyless This menu allows adjustment of Entry (RKE) transmitter key different vehicle features. See The PIN is required to: you wish to register in the Vehicle Personalization 0 136. . Register or unregister keys. transmitter pocket. The key does not need to be the one Teen Driver . Change Teen Driver settings. that started the vehicle. See If equipped, this allows multiple . Change or clear the Teen Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) keys to be registered for beginner Driver PIN. System Operation 0 8 for transmitter pocket location. drivers to encourage safe driving . Access or delete Report habits. When the vehicle is started Card data. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 203 6. From the Teen Driver menu, recognize the non-Teen Driver key Set Audio Volume Limit : Allows a touch Setup Keys. to start the vehicle. The Teen Driver maximum radio volume to be set. . If the transmitter key has settings will not be active. Use the arrows to choose the maximum allowable level for the not previously been For a keyed ignition system: registered, the option to audio volume. add the key displays. Touch 1. Start the engine. Teen Driver Speed Limiter : Limits Setup and a confirmation 2. For automatic transmissions, the maximum speed of the vehicle. message displays. Teen the vehicle must be in P (Park). When the speed limiter is turned on Driver restrictions will be For manual transmissions, the and the vehicle is started with a applied whenever this key vehicle must be stopped with Teen Driver key, the DIC displays a is used to operate the the parking brake set. message that the top speed is vehicle. 3. From the Settings menu, touch limited. . If the transmitter key has Vehicle and then Teen Driver. On certain vehicles, when the already been registered, the 4. Enter the PIN. Speed Limiter is turned ON, the option to remove the key vehicle’s maximum acceleration will displays. If Remove is 5. Touch Setup Keys. The system be limited. The DIC will display a touched, the transmitter key displays instructions for message that the acceleration is is no longer registered. registering or unregistering a limited. A confirmation message key. A confirmation message displays. Teen Driver Speed Warning : displays, and Teen Driver Allows the speed warning to be restrictions will not be Manage Settings turned on or off. Touch Set Teen applied if this transmitter Audio Volume Limit : Allows the Driver Speed Warning to set the key is used to operate the warning speed. vehicle. audio volume limit to be turned on or off. Touch Set Audio Volume Limit Set Teen Driver Speed Warning : In vehicles with a pushbutton start to choose the maximum allowable Displays a warning in the DIC when system, if a Teen Driver and a audio volume level. exceeding a selectable speed. non-Teen Driver key are both Choose the desired speed warning present at start up, the vehicle will level. The speed warning does not limit the speed of the vehicle. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

204 Infotainment System SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter (if . An object placed on the front . The gap setting for the Forward equipped) : Allows the SiriusXM passenger seat, such as a Collision Alert and Adaptive Explicit Content Filter to be turned briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, Cruise Control, if equipped, ON or OFF. When ON, the teen laptop, or other electronic cannot be changed. driver will not be able to listen to device, could cause the . When trying to change a safety SiriusXM stations that contain passenger sensing system to feature that is not configurable in explicit content, and the Explicit falsely sense an unbuckled front Teen Driver, the DIC displays a Content Filter selection in the Audio passenger and mute the radio. message indicating that Teen Settings will be unavailable for If this happens, remove the Driver is active and the action is change. object from the seat. See not available. Passenger Sensing System When Teen Driver is Active: 0 67. . Super Cruise, if equipped, is not available. . If equipped with Buckle to Drive, . Some safety systems, such as shifting out of P (Park) will be Lane Departure Warning, . Enhanced Low Fuel Warning (if prevented if the driver seat belt, if equipped, cannot be turned equipped) – When the vehicle is and in some vehicles the front off. They may include: Park low on fuel, the low fuel light on passenger seat belt, is not Assist, Side Blind Zone Alert, the instrument cluster flashes buckled. Lane Change Alert, Rear Cross and the DIC low fuel warning . The radio will mute when the Traffic Alert, Forward Collision cannot be dismissed. driver seat belt, and in some Alert, Automatic Emergency Report Card vehicles the front passenger Braking, Pedestrian Braking, seat belt, is not buckled. The Lane Departure Warning, Lane The vehicle owner must secure the audio from any device paired to Keep Assist, Daytime Running driver’s consent to record certain the vehicle will also be muted. Lamps/Automatic Light Control, vehicle data when the vehicle is Traction Control, Stability driven with a registered Teen Driver Control, and Antilock Brakes. key. There is one Report Card per vehicle. Data is only recorded when a registered Teen Driver key is used to operate the vehicle. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 205 The Report Card data is collected . Traction Control – the number of To delete Report Card data, do one from the time Teen Driver is times the Traction Control of the following: activated or the last time the Report System activated to reduce . From the Report Card display, Card was reset. The following items wheel spin or loss of traction. touch Reset. may be recorded: . Stability Control – the number of . Touch Clear All Teen Keys and . Distance Driven – the total events which required the use of PIN from the Teen Driver menu. distance driven. electronic stability control. This will also unregister any . Maximum Speed – the maximum . Antilock Braking System Active Teen Driver keys and delete vehicle speed detected. – The number of Antilock Brake the PIN. System activations. . Overspeed Warnings – the Forgotten PIN number of times the speed . Tailgating Alerts – the number of warning setting was exceeded. times the driver was alerted for See your dealer to reset the PIN. following a vehicle ahead too . Wide Open Throttle – the number of times the accelerator closely. pedal was pressed nearly all the Report Card Data way down. Cumulative Data is saved for all . Forward Collision Alerts – the trips until the Report Card is reset or number of times the driver was until the maximum count is notified when approaching a exceeded. If the maximum count is vehicle ahead too quickly and at exceeded for a Report Card line potential risk for a crash. item, that item will no longer be . Automatic Emergency Braking (if updated in the Report Card until it is equipped) – the number of times reset. Each item will report a the vehicle detected that a maximum of 1,000 counts. The forward collision was imminent distance driven will report a and applied the brakes. maximum of 64,374 km (40,000 mi). Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

206 Infotainment System Trademarks and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM Inc., registered in the U.S. and other service is only available in the License Agreements countries. 48 contiguous United States and Canada. FCC Information In Canada: Some deterioration of See Radio Frequency Statement service may occur in extreme 0 414. northern latitudes. This is beyond the control of SiriusXM Satellite Radio. Explicit Language Notice: Channels If you decide to continue service with frequent explicit language are after your trial, your selected indicated with an “XL” preceding the subscription plan will automatically channel name. Channel blocking is renew thereafter. You will be available for SiriusXM Satellite "Made for iPod," and "Made for charged at then-current rates. Fees Radio receivers by notifying iPhone," mean that an electronic and taxes apply. Please see the SiriusXM: accessory has been designed to SiriusXM Customer Agreement at . USA Customers See connect specifically to iPod or siriusxm.com for complete terms — www.siriusxm.com or call iPhone, respectively, and has been and how to cancel, which includes 1-888-601 6296. certified by the developer to meet calling SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. – Apple performance standards. All fees and programming are . Canada Customers — See Apple is not responsible for the subject to change. www.siriusxm.ca or call operation of this device or its Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, 1-877-438-9677. compliance with safety and taxes, one time activation fee, and It is prohibited to copy, decompile, regulatory standards. Please note other fees may apply. Subscription disassemble, reverse engineer, that the use of this accessory with fee is consumer only. All fees and hack, manipulate, or otherwise iPod or iPhone may affect wireless programming subject to change. make available any technology or performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod Subscriptions subject to Customer software incorporated in receivers classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and Agreement available at compatible with the SiriusXM Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 207 Satellite Radio System or that HD Radio Technology support the SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any of its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voice compression software included in this product is protected by intellectual property rights including patent rights, copyrights, and trade TouchSense Technology and TouchSense System 1000 Series secrets of Digital Voice HD Radio Technology manufactured Systems, Inc. Licensed from Immersion Corporation. TouchSense System under license from iBiquity Digital General Requirements: 1000 protected under one or more Corporation. U.S. and Foreign 1. A License Agreement from of the U.S. Patents at the following patents. HD Radio and the HD, HD SiriusXM is required for any address www.immersion.com/ Radio, and “Arc” logos are product that incorporates patent-marking.html and other proprietary trademarks of iBiquity SiriusXM Technology and/or for patents pending. Digital Corp. use of any of the SiriusXM Bose Bluetooth marks to be manufactured, distributed, or marketed in the Bose AudioPilot and Bose The Bluetooth word mark and logos SiriusXM Service Area. Centerpoint surround are registered are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, trademarks of Bose Corporation in Inc. and any use of such marks by 2. For products to be distributed, the U.S. and other countries. General Motors is under license. marketed, and/or sold in Other trademarks and trade names Canada, a separate agreement are those of their respective owners. is required with Canadian Satellite Radio Inc. (operating Java as SiriusXM Canada). Java is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

208 Infotainment System Schedule I: Gracenote EULA are either registered trademarks or all of the benefits and protections trademarks of Gracenote in the set forth herein that are available to United States and/or other Gracenote. countries. You agree that you will use Gracenote Terms of Use Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers This application or device contains for your own personal software from Gracenote, Inc. of non-commercial use only. You agree Emeryville, California ("Gracenote"). not to assign, copy, transfer or Music recognition technology and The software from Gracenote (the related data are provided by transmit the Gracenote Software or "Gracenote Software") enables this any Gracenote Data to any third Gracenote. Gracenote is the application to do disc or file industry standard in music party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE identification and obtain OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, recognition technology and related music-related information, including content delivery. For more THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, name, artist, track, and title OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, information see information ("Gracenote Data") from www.gracenote.com. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY online servers or embedded PERMITTED HEREIN. Music-related data from Gracenote, databases (collectively, "Gracenote Inc., copyright © 2000 to present Servers") and to perform other You agree that your non-exclusive Gracenote. Gracenote Software, functions. You may use Gracenote license to use the Gracenote Data, copyright © 2000 to present Data only by means of the intended the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote. One or more patents End-User functions of this Gracenote Servers will terminate if owned by Gracenote may apply to application or device. you violate these restrictions. If your license terminates, you agree to this product and service. See the This application or device may Gracenote website for a cease any and all use of the contain content belonging to Gracenote Data, the Gracenote non-exhaustive list of applicable Gracenote’s providers. If so, all of Gracenote patents. Gracenote, Software, and Gracenote Servers. the restrictions set forth herein with Gracenote reserves all rights in CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the respect to Gracenote Data shall Gracenote logo and logotype, and Gracenote Data, the Gracenote also apply to such content and such Software, and the Gracenote the "Powered by Gracenote" logo content providers shall be entitled to Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 209 Servers, including all ownership warranty is made that the Gracenote INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR rights. Under no circumstances will Software or Gracenote Servers are ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST Gracenote become liable for any error-free or that functioning of REVENUES. payment to you for any information Gracenote Software or Gracenote © 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights that you provide. You agree that Servers will be uninterrupted. Reserved. Gracenote may enforce its rights Gracenote is not obligated to under this Agreement against you provide you with new enhanced or MPEG4–AVC (H.264) directly in its own name. additional data types or categories THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED The Gracenote service uses a that Gracenote may provide in the UNDER THE AVC PATENT unique identifier to track queries for future and is free to discontinue its PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE statistical purposes. The purpose of services at any time. PERSONAL AND a randomly assigned numeric GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A identifier is to allow the Gracenote WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE service to count queries without IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH knowing anything about who you LIMITED TO, IMPLIED THE AVC STANDARD (“AVC are. For more information, see the WARRANTIES OF VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC web page for the Gracenote Privacy MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY Policy for the Gracenote service. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A The Gracenote Software and each TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. PERSONAL AND item of Gracenote Data are licensed GRACENOTE DOES NOT NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY to you "AS IS." Gracenote makes no WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A representations or warranties, WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO express or implied, regarding the USE OF THE GRACENOTE PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO accuracy of any Gracenote Data. SOFTWARE OR ANY LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL Gracenote reserves the right to GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER delete data from the Gracenote CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Servers or to change data LIABLE FOR ANY MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG categories for any cause that CONSEQUENTIAL OR LA, LLC. SEE HTTP:// Gracenote deems sufficient. No WWW.MPEGLA.COM. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

210 Infotainment System VC-1 USE BY A CONSUMER conditions which are agreed to by THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED ENGAGING IN PERSONAL AND you, on the one hand, and HERE UNDER THE VC-1 PATENT NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES. North America, LLC (“HERE”) and its licensors (including their PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE MP3 PERSONAL AND licensors and suppliers) on the NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A MPEG Layer-3 audio coding other hand. CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE technology licensed from The Data for areas of Canada VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson. includes information taken with THE VC-1 STANDARD (“VC-1 WMV/WMA permission from Canadian VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE authorities, including: © Her Majesty VC-1 VIDEO THAT WAS This product includes technology the Queen in Right of Canada, ENCODED BY A CONSUMER owned by Microsoft Corporation and © Queen's Printer for Ontario, ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND under a license from Microsoft © Canada Post Corporation, NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY Licensing, GP. Use or distribution of GeoBase®. such technology outside of this AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A HERE holds a nonexclusive license VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft Corporation from the United States Postal PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO ® ® and/or Microsoft Licensing, GP as Service to publish and sell ZIP+4 LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL information. BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER applicable. USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Map End User License © United States Postal Service MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG Agreement 2013. Prices are not established, LA, LLC. SEE HTTP:// controlled, or approved by the WWW.MPEGLA.COM. END USER TERMS United States Postal Service. The following trademarks and The Map Data SD card ( Data ) is MPEG4–Visual “ ” registrations are owned by the provided for your personal, internal USPS: United States Postal USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY use only and not for resale. It is Service, USPS, and ZIP+4. MANNER THAT COMPLIES WITH protected by copyright, and is THE MPEG-4 VISUAL STANDARD subject to the following terms (this IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR “End User License Agreement”) and Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 211 TERMS AND CONDITIONS (a) use this Data with any products, or warranties of any kind, express or Personal Use Only: You agree to systems, or applications installed or implied, arising by law or otherwise, use this Data for the solely otherwise connected to or in including but not limited to, content, personal, noncommercial purposes communication with vehicles quality, accuracy, completeness, for which you were licensed, and capable of vehicle navigation, effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a not for service bureau, timesharing positioning, dispatch, real time route particular purpose, usefulness, use or other similar purposes. Except as guidance, fleet management or or results to be obtained from this otherwise set forth herein, you similar applications; or (b) with, or in Data, or that the Data or server will agree not to otherwise reproduce, communication with, including be uninterrupted or error free. without limitation, cellular phones, copy, modify, decompile, Disclaimer of Warranty disassemble or reverse engineer palmtop and handheld computers, any portion of this Data, and may pagers, and personal digital THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON not transfer or distribute it in any assistants or PDAs. AN “AS IS” AND “WITH ALL FAULTS BASIS” AND HARMAN form, for any purpose, except to the Warning extent permitted by mandatory laws. (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND You may transfer the Data and all This Data may contain inaccurate or SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY accompanying materials on a incomplete information due to the DISCLAIM ALL OTHER permanent basis if you retain no passage of time, changing WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR copies and the recipient agrees to circumstances, sources used, and IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT the terms of this End User License the nature of collecting LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED Agreement. Multi-disc sets may only comprehensive geographic data, WARRANTIES OF be transferred or sold as a complete any of which may lead to incorrect NON-INFRINGEMENT, set as provided to you and not as a results. MERCHANTABILITY, subset thereof. SATISFACTORY QUALITY, No Warranty ACCURACY, TITLE AND FITNESS Restrictions This Data is provided to you “as is,” FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Except where you have been and you agree to use it at your own NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE specifically licensed to do so by risk. HERE and its licensors (and OR INFORMATION PROVIDED BY HERE and without limiting the their licensors and suppliers) make HARMAN (OR ANY OF THEIR preceding paragraph, you may not no guarantees, representations, LICENSORS, AGENTS, Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

212 Infotainment System EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, subject matter hereof, and PROVIDERS) SHALL CREATE A ANY DEFECT IN THIS DATA, OR supersedes in their entirety any and WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE NOT THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS all written or oral agreements ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN previously existing between us with SUCH ADVICE OR INFORMATION. AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR respect to such subject matter. THIS DISCLAIMER OF TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR Governing Law CONDITION OF THIS ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN The above terms and conditions AGREEMENT. ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY shall be governed by the laws of the OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some State of Illinois, without giving effect Disclaimer of Liability States, Territories, and Countries do to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, HERE AND ITS LICENSORS not allow certain liability exclusions or (ii) the United Nations Convention (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS or damages limitations, so to that for Contracts for the International AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE extent the above may not apply Sale of Goods, which is explicitly LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF to you. excluded. You agree to submit to ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE Export Control for any and all disputes, claims, and NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE You agree not to export from actions arising from or in connection CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION anywhere any part of the Data with the Data provided to you ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY provided to you or any direct hereunder. OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR product thereof except in INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT compliance with, and with all Government End Users FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION licenses and approvals required If the Data is being acquired by or OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY under, applicable export laws, rules on behalf of the United States LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, and regulations. Entire Agreement: government or any other entity CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR These terms and conditions seeking or applying rights similar to ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, constitute the entire agreement those customarily claimed by the INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR between HERE (and its licensors, United States government, this Data CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES including their licensors and is a “commercial item” as that term ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF suppliers) and you pertaining to the is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 213 2.101, is licensed in accordance ADDRESS: Open Source SW with this End User License 425 West Randolph Street, Further information concerning the Agreement, and each copy of Data Chicago, IL 60606. OSS licenses is shown in the delivered or otherwise furnished infotainment display. shall be marked and embedded as This Data is a commercial item as appropriate with the following defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject QNX “Notice of Use,” and be treated in to the End User License Agreement under which this Data was provided. Portions of this software are accordance with such Notice: copyright © 2008-2011, QNX © 2014 HERE North America, LLC. Software Systems. All rights All rights reserved. reserved. If the Contracting Officer, federal Part C – EULA government agency, or any federal official refuses to use the legend Copyright © 2011, Software provided herein, the Contracting Systems GmbH & Co. KG. All Officer, federal government agency, Rights Reserved. or any federal official must notify The product you have purchased HERE prior to seeking additional or ("Product") contains Software alternative rights in the Data. NOTICE OF USE (Runtime Configuration No. 505962; Unicode "Software") which is distributed by CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ or on behalf of the Product SUPPLIER) Copyright © 1991-2010 Unicode, manufacturer "Manufacturer") under NAME: Inc. All rights reserved. Distributed license from Software Systems Co. under the Terms of Use in http:// ("QSSC"). You may only use the HERE North America, LLC www.unicode.org/copyright.html. Software in the Product and in CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ Free Type Project compliance with the license terms SUPPLIER) below. Portions of this software are copyright © 2010 The FreeType Subject to the terms and conditions Project (http://www.freetype.org). All of this License, QSSC hereby rights reserved. grants you a limited, non-exclusive, Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

214 Infotainment System non-transferable license to use the EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT Software in the Product for the OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY purpose intended by the APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND ITS APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN Manufacturer. If permitted by the LICENSORS PROVIDE THE THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR Manufacturer, or by applicable law, SOFTWARE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, GROSSLY NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN you may make one backup copy of WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, ITS the Software as part of the Product CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, AFFILIATES OR THEIR software. QSSC and its licensors EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED LICENSORS BE LIABLE TO YOU reserve all license+C31 rights not INCLUDING, WITHOUT UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, expressly granted herein, and retain LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING all right, title and interest in and to OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT OR all copies of the Software, including NON-INFRINGEMENT, OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, all intellectual property rights MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, therein. Unless required by FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, applicable law you may not ANY WARRANTIES OR OTHER OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES reproduce, distribute or transfer, PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS or de-compile, disassemble or MANUFACTURER OR ITS A RESULT OF THIS LICENSE OR otherwise attempt to unbundle, DISTRIBUTOR(S) THAT DIFFER OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY reverse engineer, modify or create FROM THIS LICENSE ARE TO USE THE PRODUCT derivative works of, the Software. OFFERED BY THE (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED You agree: (1) not to remove, cover MANUFACTURER OR ITS TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF or alter any proprietary notices, DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, labels or marks in or on the NOT BY QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES PRODUCT FAILURE OR Software, and to ensure that all OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL copies bear any notice contained on ASSUME ANY RISKS OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES the original; and (2) not to export the ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR USE OR LOSSES), EVEN IF QSSC, ITS Product or the Software in OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS AFFILIATES OR THEIR contravention of applicable export LICENSE. LICENSORS HAVE BEEN control laws. ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Infotainment System 215 WMA Usage in text form of each of the This product is protected by certain Licensed Trademarks is: intellectual property rights of The trademark attribution Microsoft. Use or distribution of requirements for the Licensed such technology outside of this Trademarks may be viewed at http:// product is prohibited without a www.linotype.com/2061-19414/ license from Microsoft. trademarks.html. For more information on the END USER NOTICE Software, including any open source software license terms (and The marks of companies displayed available source code) as well as by this product to indicate business copyright attributions applicable to locations are the marks of their the Runtime Configuration indicated respective owners. The use of such above, please contact the marks in this product does not imply Manufacturer or contact QSSC at any sponsorship, approval, 175 Terence Matthews Crescent, or endorsement by such companies Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8 of this product. ([email protected]). Linotype Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype Corp. registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and may be registered in certain other jurisdictions in the name of Linotype Corp. or its licensee Linotype GmbH. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

216 Climate Controls Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

Climate Control Systems Climate Control Systems . . . . . 216 Dual Automatic Climate Control System ...... 218 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 222 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 222 Service ...... 222 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Climate Controls 217 The heating, cooling, and ventilation combination of the three buttons or the outside temperature falls for the vehicle can be controlled can be selected. The indicator light below freezing, the air conditioner with this system. in the button will turn on. will not run. 1. Temperature Control To change the current mode, select @ : Press to turn on recirculation. 2. Air Delivery Mode Controls one or more of the following: An indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated to quickly cool the 3. MAX Defrost z : Clears the windows of fog or moisture. Air is directed to the inside of the vehicle or to reduce the 4. Rear Window Defogger windshield. entry of outside air and odors. 5. Fan Control Y : Air is directed to the instrument Rear Window Defogger 6. Driver and Passenger Heated panel outlets. K : Press to turn the rear window Seats (If Equipped) 6 : Air is directed to the floor defogger on or off. An indicator light 7. Recirculation outlets. on the button comes on to show that the rear window defogger is on. 8. A/C (Air Conditioning) MAX : Air is directed to the 0 The defogger can be turned off by windshield and the fan runs at a ] : Turn the knob clockwise or turning the ignition off or to ACC/ higher speed. Fog or frost is cleared counterclockwise to increase or ACCESSORY. decrease the fan speed or turn the from the windshield more quickly. fan off. When the button is pressed again, If the vehicle is equipped with the system returns to the previous heated outside mirrors, they turn on Temperature Control : Turn the mode setting. when the rear window defogger knob clockwise or counterclockwise button is on and help to clear fog or For best results, clear all snow and to increase or decrease the frost from the surface of the mirror. temperature. ice from the windshield before defrosting. See Heated Mirrors 0 31. Air Delivery Mode Controls : Press z, Y, or 6 to change the A/C : Press to turn the air direction of the airflow. The indicator conditioning system on or off. If the light in the button will turn on. Any climate control system is turned off Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

218 Climate Controls

Caution Dual Automatic Climate Control System

Do not try to clear frost or other material from the inside of the front windshield and rear window with a razor blade or anything else that is sharp. This may damage the rear window defogger grid and affect the radio's ability to pick up stations clearly. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

M or L : If equipped, press to heat the driver or passenger seat. See Heated Front Seats 0 48. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Climate Controls 219 The heating, cooling, and ventilation When AUTO is lit, all four functions Manual Operation for the vehicle can be controlled operate automatically. Each function ON/OFF : Press to turn the fan off with this system. can also be manually set and the or on. When off, no air will flow into selected setting is displayed. 1. Driver and Passenger the vehicle. Turning the fan on, Temperature Controls Functions not manually set will pressing any other button, or turning 2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) continue to be automatically a knob will turn the system back on controlled, even if the AUTO using the current setting. 3. Fan Controls indicator is not lit. 9 : Press to increase or decrease 4. MAX Defrost For automatic operation: the fan speed. The fan speed 5. Rear Window Defogger 1. Press AUTO. setting appears on the main display. Pressing either button cancels 6. SYNC (Synchronized 2. Set the temperature. Allow the Temperature) automatic fan control and the fan is system time to stabilize. Then controlled manually. Press AUTO to 7. Recirculation adjust the temperature as return to automatic operation. needed for best comfort. 8. Driver and Passenger Heated Air Delivery Mode Controls : Seats (If Equipped) Driver and Passenger z Y Temperature Control : The Press any combination of , , 9. Air Delivery Mode Controls temperature can be adjusted or 6 to change the direction of the 10. ON/OFF (Power) separately for the driver and the airflow. The indicator light in the passenger. Turn the knob clockwise button will turn on. The current 11. A/C (Air Conditioning) or counterclockwise to increase or mode appears in the display screen. Automatic Operation decrease the temperature. Pressing any of the three buttons cancels automatic air delivery The system automatically controls SYNC : Press to link all climate control and the direction of the the fan speed, air delivery, air zone settings to the driver setting. airflow is controlled manually. Press conditioning, and recirculation in The SYNC indicator light will turn AUTO to return to automatic order to heat or cool the vehicle to on. When the passenger settings operation. the desired temperature. are adjusted, the SYNC indicator light turns off. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

220 Climate Controls To change the current mode, select Pressing this button cancels To turn Auto Defog off or on, see one or more of the following: automatic air conditioning and turns “Climate and Air Quality” under off the air conditioner. Press AUTO Vehicle Personalization 0 136. z : Clears the windows of fog or to return to automatic operation and moisture. Air is directed to the the air conditioner runs Ionizer windshield. automatically as needed. When the If equipped with an ionizer, this Y : Air is directed to the instrument indicator light is on, the air feature helps to clean the air inside panel outlets. conditioner runs automatically to the vehicle and remove cool the air inside the vehicle or to contaminants such as pollen, odors, 6 : Air is directed to the floor dry the air needed to defog the and dust. If the climate control outlets. windshield faster. system is on and the ionizer is enabled, Ionizer On will be 0 MAX : Air is directed to the @ : Press to turn on recirculation. displayed. To turn the ionizer on or windshield and the fan runs at a An indicator light comes on. Air is off, see Climate and Air Quality higher speed. Fog or frost is cleared recirculated to quickly cool the “ ” under Vehicle Personalization from the windshield more quickly. inside of the vehicle or to reduce the 0 136. When the button is pressed again, entry of outside air and odors. the system returns to the previous Rear Window Defogger mode setting. Auto Defog : The climate control system may have a sensor to For best results, clear all snow and K : Press to turn the rear window automatically detect high humidity defogger on or off. An indicator light ice from the windshield before inside the vehicle. When high defrosting. on the button comes on to show that humidity is detected, the climate the rear window defogger is on. The A/C : Press to turn the air control system may adjust to defogger only works when the conditioning system on or off. If the outside air supply and turn on the ignition is on. climate control system is turned off air conditioner. The fan speed may or the outside temperature falls slightly increase to help prevent The defogger can be turned off by below freezing, the air conditioner fogging. If the climate control turning the ignition to off or ACC/ will not run. system does not detect possible ACCESSORY. window fogging, it returns to normal operation. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Climate Controls 221 The rear window defogger can be Sensors set to automatic operation. See Caution (Continued) The solar sensor on top of the Climate and Air Quality under “ ” instrument panel near the Vehicle Personalization 0 136. radio's ability to pick up stations clearly. The repairs would not be windshield monitors the solar heat. When auto rear defog is selected, covered by the vehicle warranty. The climate control system uses the the rear window defogger turns on sensor information to adjust the automatically when the interior temperature, fan speed, temperature is cold and the outside M or L : If equipped, press M or L recirculation, and air delivery mode temperature is about 5 °C (41 °F) to heat the driver or passenger seat. for best comfort. and below. The Auto Rear Defogger See Heated Front Seats 0 48. Do not cover the sensor; otherwise turns off automatically. Remote Start Climate Control the automatic climate control system If the vehicle is equipped with Operation (If Equipped) : If the may not work properly. heated outside mirrors, they turn on vehicle is equipped with the remote when the rear window defogger start feature, the climate control button is on and help to clear fog or system may run when the vehicle is frost from the surface of the mirror. started remotely. The system uses See Heated Mirrors 0 31 the driver’s previous settings to heat or cool the inside of the vehicle. The Caution rear defog may come on during remote start based on cold ambient Do not try to clear frost or other conditions. If the vehicle has heated material from the inside of the seats, they may come on during a front windshield and rear window remote start. See Remote Vehicle 0 with a razor blade or anything Start 15 and 0 else that is sharp. This may Heated Front Seats 48. damage the rear window defogger grid and affect the (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

222 Climate Controls Air Vents Check with your dealer before Maintenance adding equipment to the outside Use the louvers located on the air of the vehicle. vents to change the direction of the Passenger Compartment . Do not attach any devices to the airflow. air vent slats. This restricts Air Filter To open or close off the airflow: airflow and may cause damage The filter reduces dust, pollen, and . Move slider knobs away from to the air vents. other airborne irritants from outside the occupant for shut off closing. air that is pulled into the vehicle. Caution The filter should be replaced as part Operation Tips of routine scheduled maintenance. . Clear away any ice, snow, Use of air fresheners may cause See Maintenance Schedule 0 388. or leaves from air inlets at the permanent damage to plastics and painted surfaces. If an air See your dealer regarding base of the windshield that could replacement of the filter. block the flow of air into the freshener comes in contact with vehicle. any plastic or painted surface in the vehicle, blot immediately and Service . Clear snow off the hood to improve visibility and help clean with a soft cloth dampened All vehicles have a label underhood decrease moisture drawn into with a mild soap solution. that identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle, which may improve Damage caused by air fresheners the vehicle. The refrigerant system long term system performance. would not be covered by the should only be serviced by trained vehicle warranty. and certified technicians. The air . Keep the path under the front conditioning evaporator should seats clear of objects to help never be repaired or replaced by circulate the air inside of the one from a salvage vehicle. vehicle more effectively. It should only be replaced by a new . Use of non-GM approved hood evaporator to ensure proper and deflectors can adversely affect safe operation. the performance of the system. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Climate Controls 223 During service, all refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to the environment and may also create unsafe conditions based on inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other health-based concerns. The air conditioning system requires periodic maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 388.

Caution

Use only correct Refrigerant and A/C Compressor Oil shown in Label. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

224 Driving and Operating Engine Heater ...... 241 Cruise Control Driving and Retained Accessory Cruise Control ...... 255 Operating Power (RAP) ...... 243 Adaptive Cruise Control ...... 257 Shifting Into Park ...... 243 Shifting out of Park ...... 244 Driver Assistance Systems Driving Information Parking over Things Driver Assistance Systems . . . 267 Assistance Systems for Driver Behavior ...... 225 That Burn ...... 244 Extended Parking ...... 244 Parking or Backing ...... 269 Driving Environment ...... 225 Assistance Systems for Vehicle Design ...... 225 Engine Exhaust Driving ...... 275 Driving for Better Fuel Engine Exhaust ...... 245 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Economy ...... 226 Running the Vehicle While System ...... 275 Distracted Driving ...... 226 Parked ...... 246 Automatic Emergency Defensive Driving ...... 227 Braking (AEB) ...... 278 Drunk Driving ...... 227 Automatic Transmission Front Pedestrian Braking Control of a Vehicle ...... 227 Automatic Transmission ...... 246 (FPB) System ...... 280 Braking ...... 227 Manual Mode ...... 248 Side Blind Zone Steering ...... 228 Alert (SBZA) ...... 282 Off-Road Recovery ...... 229 Drive Systems All-Wheel Drive ...... 249 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 282 Loss of Control ...... 229 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 284 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 230 Brakes Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 231 Antilock Brake Fuel Winter Driving ...... 231 System (ABS) ...... 250 Top Tier Fuel ...... 286 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 233 Electric Parking Brake ...... 250 Recommended Fuel ...... 287 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 233 Brake Assist ...... 252 Prohibited Fuels ...... 287 Starting and Operating Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 252 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 287 Fuel Additives ...... 287 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 237 Ride Control Systems Filling the Tank ...... 288 Ignition Positions ...... 237 Traction Control/Electronic Filling a Portable Fuel Starting the Engine ...... 239 Stability Control ...... 253 Container ...... 289 Stop/Start System ...... 240 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 225 Trailer Towing Driving Information Driving Environment General Towing Information ...... 290 Be prepared for driving in inclement Driving Characteristics and Driver Behavior weather, at night, or during other Towing Tips ...... 290 Driving is an important times where visibility or traction may Trailer Towing ...... 294 responsibility. Driver behavior, the be limited, such as on curves, Towing Equipment ...... 298 driving environment, and the slippery roads, or hilly terrain. vehicle's design all affect how well a Unfamiliar surroundings can also Conversions and Add-Ons vehicle performs. have hidden hazards. Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 300 Being aware of these factors can Vehicle Design help in understanding how the vehicle handles and what can be Utility vehicles have a significantly done to avoid many types of higher rollover rate than other types crashes, including a rollover crash. of vehicles. This is because they have a higher ground clearance and Most serious injuries and fatalities to a narrower track or shorter unbelted occupants can be reduced wheelbase than passenger cars, or prevented by the use of seat which makes them more capable for belts. In a rollover crash, an off-road driving. While these design unbelted person is significantly characteristics provide the driver more likely to die than a person with a better view of the road, these wearing a seat belt. In addition, vehicles do have a higher center of avoiding excessive speed, sudden gravity than other types of vehicles. or abrupt turns, and drunken or A utility vehicle does not handle the aggressive driving can help make same as a vehicle with a lower trips safer and avoid the possibility center of gravity, like a car, in similar of a crash. situations. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

226 Driving and Operating Safe driver behavior and . Always follow posted speed To avoid distracted driving, keep understanding of the environment limits or drive more slowly when your eyes on the road, keep your can help avoid a rollover crash in conditions require. hands on the steering wheel, and any type of vehicle, including utility . Keep vehicle tires properly focus your attention on driving. vehicles. inflated. . Do not use a phone in demanding driving situations. Driving for Better Fuel . Combine several trips into a single trip. Use a hands-free method to Economy place or receive necessary . Replace the vehicle's tires with phone calls. Driving habits can affect fuel the same TPC Spec number mileage. Here are some driving tips molded into the tire's sidewall . Watch the road. Do not read, to get the best fuel economy near the size. take notes, or look up possible. information on phones or other . Follow recommended scheduled electronic devices. . Set the climate controls to the maintenance. desired temperature after the . Designate a front seat engine is started, or turn them Distracted Driving passenger to handle potential off when not required. distractions. Distraction comes in many forms . On AWD vehicles, see All-Wheel . Become familiar with vehicle and can take your focus from the Drive 0 249. features before driving, such as task of driving. Exercise good programming favorite radio . Avoid fast starts and accelerate judgment and do not let other stations and adjusting climate smoothly. activities divert your attention away control and seat settings. . Brake gradually and avoid from the road. Many local Program all trip information into abrupt stops. governments have enacted laws any navigation device prior to regarding driver distraction. Become driving. . Avoid idling the engine for long familiar with the local laws in periods of time. your area. . Wait until the vehicle is parked . When road and weather to retrieve items that have fallen conditions are appropriate, use to the floor. cruise control. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 227 . Stop or park the vehicle to tend . Assume that other road users to children. (pedestrians, bicyclists, and Warning (Continued) other drivers) are going to be . Keep pets in an appropriate Do not drink and drive or ride with carrier or restraint. careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they may do and a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid stressful conversations be ready. Ride home in a cab; or if you are while driving, whether with a with a group, designate a driver passenger or on a cell phone. . Allow enough following distance who will not drink. between you and the driver in front of you. { Warning . Focus on the task of driving. Control of a Vehicle Taking your eyes off the road too Braking, steering, and accelerating long or too often could cause a Drunk Driving are important factors in helping to crash resulting in injury or death. Death and injury associated with control a vehicle while driving. Focus your attention on driving. drinking and driving is a global tragedy. Braking Refer to the infotainment section for Braking action involves perception more information on using that { Warning time and reaction time. Deciding to system and the navigation system, push the brake pedal is perception if equipped, including pairing and Drinking and then driving is very time. Actually doing it is using a cell phone. dangerous. Your reflexes, reaction time. perceptions, attentiveness, and Average driver reaction time is Defensive Driving judgment can be affected by even about three-quarters of a second. In a small amount of alcohol. You Defensive driving means “always that time, a vehicle moving at can have a serious or even expect the unexpected.” The first — 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m step in driving defensively is to wear fatal — collision if you drive after (66 ft), which could be a lot of the seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 52. drinking. distance in an emergency. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

228 Driving and Operating Helpful braking tips to keep in mind Steering include: Electric Power Steering . Keep enough distance between you and the vehicle in front of you. Caution . Avoid needless heavy braking. To avoid damage to the steering . Keep pace with traffic. system, do not drive over curbs, parking barriers, or similar objects If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is being driven, brake at speeds greater than 3 km/h normally but do not pump the (1 mph). Use care when driving brakes. Doing so could make the over other objects such as lane pedal harder to push down. If the dividers and speed bumps. The vehicle has electric power engine stops, there will be some Damage caused by misuse of the steering. It does not have power power brake assist but it will be vehicle is not covered by the steering fluid. Regular maintenance used when the brake is applied. vehicle warranty. is not required. Once the power assist is used up, it If power steering assist is lost due can take longer to stop and the to a system malfunction, the vehicle brake pedal will be harder to push. can be steered, but may require increased effort. If the steering assist is used for an extended period of time while the vehicle is not moving, power assist may be reduced. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 229 If the steering wheel is turned until it . Holding both sides of the 1. Ease off the accelerator and reaches the end of its travel and is steering wheel allows you to turn then, if there is nothing in the held against that position for an 180 degrees without removing way, steer the vehicle so that it extended period of time, power a hand. straddles the edge of the steering assist may be reduced. . The Antilock Brake System pavement. Normal use of the power steering (ABS) allows steering while 2. Turn the steering wheel about assist should return when the braking. one-eighth of a turn, until the system cools down. right front tire contacts the See your dealer if there is a Off-Road Recovery pavement edge. problem. 3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway. Curve Tips . Take curves at a reasonable Loss of Control speed. Skidding . Reduce speed before entering a curve. There are three types of skids that correspond to the vehicle's three . Maintain a reasonable steady control systems: speed through the curve. . Braking Skid — wheels are not . Wait until the vehicle is out of rolling. the curve before accelerating gently into the straightaway. . Steering or Cornering Skid — too much speed or steering in a Steering in Emergencies The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the edge of a road onto the curve causes tires to slip and . There are some situations when shoulder while driving. Follow lose cornering force. steering around a problem may these tips: . Acceleration Skid — too much be more effective than braking. throttle causes the driving wheels to spin. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

230 Driving and Operating Defensive drivers avoid most skids . Try to avoid sudden steering, by taking reasonable care suited to acceleration, or braking, Warning (Continued) existing conditions, and by not including reducing vehicle speed overdriving those conditions. But by shifting to a lower gear. Any After driving through a large skids are always possible. sudden changes could cause puddle of water or a car/vehicle the tires to slide. wash, lightly apply the brake If the vehicle starts to slide, follow pedal until the brakes work these suggestions: Remember: Antilock brakes help normally. . Ease your foot off the avoid only the braking skid. Flowing or rushing water creates accelerator pedal and steer the way you want the vehicle to go. Driving on Wet Roads strong forces. Driving through The vehicle may straighten out. flowing water could cause the Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle to be carried away. If this Be ready for a second skid if it vehicle traction and affect your happens, you and other vehicle occurs. ability to stop and accelerate. Always drive slower in these types occupants could drown. Do not . Slow down and adjust your ignore police warnings and be driving according to weather of driving conditions and avoid very cautious about trying to drive conditions. Stopping distance driving through large puddles and can be longer and vehicle deep-standing or flowing water. through flowing water. control can be affected when traction is reduced by water, { Warning Hydroplaning snow, ice, gravel, or other material on the road. Learn to Wet brakes can cause crashes. Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build up under the vehicle's recognize warning clues — such They might not work as well in a as enough water, ice, or packed quick stop and could cause tires so they actually ride on the water. This can happen if the road is snow on the road to make a pulling to one side. You could wet enough and you are going fast mirrored surface — and slow lose control of the vehicle. down when you have any doubt. enough. When the vehicle is (Continued) hydroplaning, it has little or no contact with the road. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 231 There is no hard and fast rule about . Check all fluid levels and brakes, . Drive at speeds that keep the hydroplaning. The best advice is to tires, cooling system, and vehicle in its own lane. Do not slow down when the road is wet. transmission. swing wide or cross the center line. Other Rainy Weather Tips . Shift to a lower gear when going down steep or long hills. . Be alert on top of hills; Besides slowing down, other wet something could be in your lane weather driving tips include: (e.g., stalled car, crash). { Warning . Allow extra following distance. . Pay attention to special road . Pass with caution. Using the brakes to slow the signs (e.g., falling rocks area, vehicle on a long downhill slope winding roads, long grades, . Keep windshield wiping can cause brake overheating, can passing or no-passing zones) equipment in good shape. reduce brake performance, and and take appropriate action. Keep the windshield washer fluid could result in a loss of braking. . . Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD) reservoir filled. Shift the transmission to a lower Mode. See All-Wheel Drive . Have good tires with proper gear to let the engine assist the 0 249. tread depth. See Tires 0 344. brakes on a steep downhill slope. . Turn off cruise control. Winter Driving . Activate All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Driving on Snow or Ice mode. See All-Wheel Drive { Warning Snow or ice between the tires and 0 249. Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) the road creates less traction or or with the ignition off is grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can Hill and Mountain Roads dangerous. This can cause occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when Driving on steep hills or through overheating of the brakes and freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid mountains is different than driving loss of steering assist. Always driving on wet ice or in freezing rain on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: have the engine running and the until roads can be treated. . Keep the vehicle serviced and in vehicle in gear. good shape. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

232 Driving and Operating For Slippery Road Driving: . Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Warning (Continued) . Accelerate gently. Accelerating Mode. See All-Wheel Drive 0 249. too quickly causes the wheels to cannot be seen or smelled. It can spin and makes the surface Blizzard Conditions cause unconsciousness and even under the tires slick. Stop the vehicle in a safe place and death. . Turn on Traction Control. See signal for help. Stay with the vehicle If the vehicle is stuck in snow: Traction Control/Electronic unless there is help nearby. Stability Control 0 253. If possible, use Roadside . Clear snow from the base of Assistance. See Roadside the vehicle, especially any . The Antilock Brake System blocking the exhaust pipe. (ABS) improves vehicle stability Assistance Program 0 408. To get during hard stops, but the help and keep everyone in the . Open a window about 5 cm brakes should be applied sooner vehicle safe: (2 in) on the vehicle side than when on dry pavement. . Turn on the hazard warning that is away from the wind, See Antilock Brake System flashers. to bring in fresh air. (ABS) 0 250. . Tie a red cloth to an outside . Fully open the air outlets on . Allow greater following distance mirror. or under the instrument and watch for slippery spots. Icy panel. patches can occur on otherwise . Adjust the climate control clear roads in shaded areas. { Warning system to circulate the air The surface of a curve or an Snow can trap engine exhaust inside the vehicle and set overpass can remain icy when under the vehicle. This may the fan speed to the highest the surrounding roads are clear. cause exhaust gases to get setting. See “Climate Avoid sudden steering Control Systems.” maneuvers and braking while inside. Engine exhaust contains on ice. carbon monoxide (CO), which For more information about CO, (Continued) see Engine Exhaust 0 245. . Turn off cruise control. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 233 To save fuel, run the engine for when the transmission is in gear. short periods to warm the vehicle { Warning Slowly spinning the wheels in the and then shut the engine off and forward and reverse directions partially close the window. Moving If the vehicle's tires spin at high causes a rocking motion that could about to keep warm also helps. speed, they can explode, and you free the vehicle. If that does not get or others could be injured. The If it takes time for help to arrive, the vehicle out after a few tries, it vehicle can overheat, causing an might need to be towed out. If the when running the engine, push the engine compartment fire or other accelerator pedal slightly so the vehicle does need to be towed out, damage. Spin the wheels as little 0 engine runs faster than the idle see Towing the Vehicle 372. speed. This keeps the battery as possible and avoid going charged to restart the vehicle and to above 56 km/h (35 mph). Vehicle Load Limits signal for help with the headlamps. It is very important to know how Do this as little as possible, to Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD) much weight the vehicle can carry. save fuel. Mode. See All-Wheel Drive 0 249. This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the If the Vehicle Is Stuck Rocking the Vehicle to Get weight of all occupants, cargo, and it Out Slowly and cautiously spin the all nonfactory-installed options. wheels to free the vehicle when Turn the steering wheel left and Two labels on the vehicle may show stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. right to clear the area around the how much weight it may properly front wheels. Turn off any traction carry, the Tire and Loading If stuck too severely for the traction system. Shift back and forth system to free the vehicle, turn the Information label and the between R (Reverse) and a low Certification/Tire label. traction system off and use the forward gear, spinning the wheels rocking method. See Traction as little as possible. To prevent Control/Electronic Stability Control transmission wear, wait until the 0 253. wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

234 Driving and Operating Tire and Loading Information pressures (4). For more information { Warning Label on tires and inflation see Tires 0 344 and Do not load the vehicle any Tire Pressure 0 350. heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), or either There is also important loading the maximum front or rear Gross information on the vehicle Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). This Certification/Tire label. It may show the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating can cause systems to break and (GVWR) and the Gross Axle Weight change the way the vehicle Rating (GAWR) for the front and handles. This could cause loss of rear axle. See “Certification/Tire control and a crash. Overloading Label” later in this section. can also reduce stopping distance, damage the tires, and “Steps for Determining Correct shorten the life of the vehicle. Load Limit– Example Label 1. Locate the statement "The A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading combined weight of occupants Information label is attached to the and cargo should never exceed center pillar (B-pillar). The tire and XXX kg or XXX lbs." on your loading information label shows the vehicle’s placard. number of occupant seating positions (1), and the maximum 2. Determine the combined vehicle capacity weight (2) in weight of the driver and kilograms and pounds. passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the size of the 3. Subtract the combined weight original equipment tires (3) and the of the driver and passengers recommended cold tire inflation from XXX kg or XXX lbs. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 235 4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) 5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. Example 1 Example 2 That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for luggage load capacity Example 1 = 453 kg Example 2 = 453 kg calculated in Step 4. (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). 6. If your vehicle will be towing a 2. Subtract Occupant Weight 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = trailer, load from your trailer will 136 kg (300 lbs). 340 kg (750 lbs). be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to 3. Available Occupant and 3. Available Cargo Weight = determine how this reduces the Cargo Weight = 317 kg 113 kg (250 lbs). available cargo and luggage (700 lbs). load capacity of your vehicle.” See Trailer Towing 0 294 for important information on towing a trailer, towing safety rules and trailering tips. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

236 Driving and Operating the driver, passengers, and cargo Rating (GVWR). The GVWR should never exceed the vehicle's includes the weight of the vehicle, capacity weight. all occupants, fuel, and cargo. Certification/Tire Label The Certification/Tire label may also show the maximum weights for the front and rear axles, called the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on the front and rear axles, weigh the vehicle at a weigh station. Your dealer can help with this. Be sure to spread the load equally on both Example 3 sides of the centerline.

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Caution Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). Overloading the vehicle may 2. Subtract Occupant Weight Label Example cause damage. Repairs would not @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire be covered by the vehicle 453 kg (1,000 lbs). label is attached to the center pillar warranty. Do not overload the 3. Available Cargo Weight = (B-pillar). vehicle. 0 kg (0 lbs). The label may show the size of the Refer to the vehicle's tire and vehicle's original tires and the loading information label for specific inflation pressures needed to obtain information about the vehicle's the gross weight capacity of the capacity weight and seating vehicle. The label shows the gross positions. The combined weight of weight capacity of the vehicle. This is called the Gross Vehicle Weight Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 237 Starting and { Warning Caution (Continued) Operating Things inside the vehicle can breaking-in guideline every strike and injure people in a New Vehicle Break-In time you get new brake sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. linings. Following break-in, engine speed . Put things in the cargo area Caution of the vehicle. In the cargo and load can be gradually area, put them as far The vehicle does not need an increased. forward as possible. Try to elaborate break-in. But it will spread the weight evenly. perform better in the long run if Ignition Positions . Never stack heavier things, you follow these guidelines: like suitcases, inside the . Do not drive at any one vehicle so that some of constant speed, fast or slow, them are above the tops of for the first 800 km (500 mi). the seats. Do not make full-throttle . Do not leave an unsecured starts. Avoid downshifting to child restraint in the vehicle. brake or slow the vehicle. . Secure loose items in the . Avoid making hard stops for vehicle. the first 300 km (200 mi) or . Do not leave a seat folded so. During this time the new down unless needed. brake linings are not yet broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier The vehicle has an electronic replacement. Follow this keyless ignition with pushbutton (Continued) start. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

238 Driving and Operating The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) When the vehicle is shifted into 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). transmitter must be in the vehicle for P (Park), the ignition system will This can be done while the the system to operate. If the turn off. vehicle is moving. After shifting pushbutton start is not working, the The vehicle may have an electric to N (Neutral), firmly apply the vehicle may be near a strong radio steering column lock. The lock is brakes and steer the vehicle to antenna signal causing interference activated when the vehicle is turned a safe location. to the Keyless Access system. See off and either front door is opened. 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) 0 A sound may be heard as the lock to P (Park) and turn the System Operation 8. actuates or releases. The steering ignition off. Stopping the Engine/Off (No column lock may not release with 4. Set the electric parking brake. Indicator Lights) the wheels turned off center. If this See Electric Parking Brake happens, the vehicle may not start. 0 250 When the vehicle is stopped, press Move the steering wheel from left to ENGINE START/STOP once to turn right while attempting to start the the engine off. vehicle. If this does not work, the { Warning vehicle needs service. To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle Turning off the vehicle while must be on and the brake pedal Do not turn the engine off when the moving may cause loss of power must be applied. vehicle is moving. This will cause a assist in the brake and steering If the vehicle is in P (Park), the loss of power assist in the brake systems and disable the airbags. ignition will turn off, and Retained and steering systems and disable While driving, only shut the Accessory Power (RAP) will remain the airbags. vehicle off in an emergency. active. See Retained Accessory If the vehicle must be turned off in Power (RAP) 0 243 an emergency: If the vehicle cannot be pulled over If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the 1. Brake using a firm and steady and must be turned off while driving, ignition will return to ACC/ pressure. Do not pump the press and hold ENGINE START/ ACCESSORY and display the brakes repeatedly. This may STOP for longer than two seconds, message SHIFT TO PARK in the deplete power assist, requiring or press twice in five seconds. Driver Information Center (DIC). increased brake pedal force. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 239 ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Service Mode Caution Indicator Light) This power mode is available for This mode allows you to use some service and diagnostics, and to Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the electrical accessories when the verify the proper operation of the vehicle is moving. If you do, you engine is off. malfunction indicator lamp as may could damage the transmission. be required for emission inspection With the ignition off, pressing the Shift to P (Park) only when the purposes. With the vehicle off and vehicle is stopped. button one time without the brake the brake pedal not applied, pedal applied will place the ignition pressing and holding the button for system in ACC/ACCESSORY. more than five seconds will place The ignition will switch from ACC/ the vehicle in Service Mode. The Caution ACCESSORY to OFF after instruments and audio systems will five minutes to prevent battery operate when the vehicle is on, but If you add electrical parts or rundown. the vehicle will not be able to be accessories, you could change driven. The engine will not start in ON/RUN/START (Green the way the engine operates. Any Service Mode. Press the button resulting damage would not be Indicator Light) again to turn the vehicle off. covered by the vehicle warranty. This mode is for driving and starting. See Add-On Electrical Equipment With the ignition off and the brake Starting the Engine 0 300. pedal applied, pressing the button Move the shift lever to P (Park) or once will place the ignition system N (Neutral). The engine will not start in ON/RUN/START. Once engine Gasoline Engine Starting in any other position. To restart the cranking begins, release the button. Procedure engine when the vehicle is already Engine cranking will continue until moving, use N (Neutral) only. 1. With the Keyless Access the engine starts. See Starting the system, the Remote Keyless 0 Engine 239. The ignition will then Entry (RKE) transmitter must remain on. be in the vehicle. Press ENGINE START/STOP with the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

240 Driving and Operating brake pedal applied. When the 2. If the engine does not start engine begins cranking, let go after five to 10 seconds, { Warning of the button. especially in very cold weather (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could The automatic engine Stop/Start The idle speed will go down as feature causes the engine to shut the engine gets warm. Do not be flooded with too much gasoline. Try pushing the off while the vehicle is still on. Do race the engine immediately not exit the vehicle before shifting after starting it. accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as to P (Park). The vehicle may If the RKE transmitter is not in you press ENGINE START/ restart and move unexpectedly. the vehicle, if there is STOP. Wait at least Always shift to P (Park), and then interference, or if the RKE 15 seconds between each try, turn the ignition off before exiting battery is low, a Driver to allow the cranking motor to the vehicle. Information Center (DIC) will cool down. When the engine display a message. See starts, release the accelerator. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) If the vehicle starts briefly but Auto Engine Stop/Start 0 System Operation 8 then stops again, do the same When the brakes are applied and thing. This clears the extra the vehicle is at a complete stop, Caution gasoline from the engine. Do the engine may turn off. When not race the engine stopped, the tachometer Cranking the engine for long immediately after starting it. displays AUTO STOP. See periods of time, by returning the Operate the engine and Tachometer 0 111. When the brake ignition to the START position transmission gently until the oil pedal is released or the accelerator immediately after cranking has warms up and lubricates all pedal is pressed, the engine will ended, can overheat and damage moving parts. restart. the cranking motor, and drain the To maintain vehicle performance, battery. Wait at least 15 seconds Stop/Start System other conditions may cause the between each try, to let the The Stop/Start system will shut off engine to automatically restart cranking motor cool down. the engine to help conserve fuel. before the brake pedal is released. It has components designed for the increased number of starts. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 241 Auto Stops may not occur and/or . The driver door has been When h is illuminated, the system auto restarts may occur because: opened or driver seat belt has is disabled. . The climate control settings been unbuckled. require the engine to be running . The hood has been opened. Engine Heater to cool or heat the vehicle . The Auto Stop has reached the interior. maximum allowed time. . The vehicle battery charge is low. Auto Stop Disable Switch . The vehicle battery has recently been disconnected. . Minimum vehicle speed has not been reached since the last Auto Stop. . The accelerator pedal is pressed. . The engine or transmission is not at the required operating { Warning temperature. . The outside temperature is not Do not plug in the engine block in the required operating range. heater while the vehicle is parked If equipped, the automatic engine in a garage or under a carport. . The vehicle is in any gear other stop/start feature can be disabled than D (Drive). and enabled by pressing the switch Property damage or personal h injury may result. Always park the . Tow/Haul Mode or other driver with the symbol. Auto Stop is vehicle in a clear open area away modes have been selected. enabled each time you start the vehicle. from buildings or structures. . The vehicle is on a steep hill or grade. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

242 Driving and Operating The engine heater, if available, can help in cold weather conditions at or { Warning Warning (Continued) below −18 °C (0 °F) for easier starting and better fuel economy Improper use of the heater cord . Do not operate the vehicle during engine warm-up. Plug in the or an extension cord can damage with the heater cord engine heater at least four hours the cord and may result in permanently attached to the before starting the vehicle. An overheating and fire. vehicle. Possible heater internal thermostat in the plug end cord and thermostat . Plug the cord into a damage could occur. of the cord will prevent engine three-prong electrical utility coolant heater operation at receptacle that is protected . While in use, do not let the temperatures above −18 °C (0 °F). by a ground fault detection heater cord touch vehicle parts or sharp edges. Never To Use the Engine Heater function. An ungrounded outlet could cause an close the hood on the 1. Turn off the engine. electric shock. heater cord. 2. Remove the heater cord from . Use a weatherproof, . Before starting the vehicle, the rear compartment. heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated unplug the cord, reattach 3. Check the heater cord for extension cord if needed. the cover to the plug, and damage. If it is damaged, do Failure to use the securely fasten the cord. not use it. See your dealer for recommended extension Keep the cord away from a replacement. Inspect the cord in good operating any moving parts. cord for damage yearly. condition, or using a damaged heater or The length of time the heater should 4. Plug the cord into the extension cord, could make receptacle in the front fascia. remain plugged in depends on it overheat and cause a fire, several factors. Ask a dealer in the 5. Plug the other end of the cord property damage, electric area where you will be parking the into a normal, grounded shock, and injury. vehicle for the best advice on this. 110-volt AC outlet. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 243 Retained Accessory Shifting Into Park Leaving the Vehicle with the Power (RAP) Engine Running When the ignition is turned from on { Warning { Warning to off, the following features (if It can be dangerous to get out of equipped) will continue to function the vehicle if the shift lever is not It can be dangerous to leave the for up to 10 minutes, or until the fully in P (Park) with the parking vehicle with the engine running. driver door is opened. These It could overheat and catch fire. features will also work when the brake firmly set. The vehicle can ignition is in RUN or ACC/ roll. If you have left the engine It is dangerous to get out of the ACCESSORY: running, the vehicle can move vehicle if the vehicle is not in suddenly. You or others could be . Infotainment System P (Park) with the parking brake injured. To be sure the vehicle will set. The vehicle can roll. . Power Windows (during RAP not move, even when you are on this functionality will be lost fairly level ground, use the steps Do not leave the vehicle when the when any door is opened) that follow. If you are pulling a engine is running. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle Sunroof (during RAP this trailer, see Driving Characteristics . can move suddenly. You or others functionality will be lost when and Towing Tips 0 290 could be injured. To be sure the any door is opened) vehicle will not move, even when . Auxiliary Power Outlet To shift into P (Park): you are on fairly level ground, . Audio System 1. Hold the brake pedal down and always set the parking brake and set the parking brake. See shift to P (Park). See Shifting Into . OnStar System Electric Parking Brake 0 250 Park 0 243. If you are towing a 2. Hold the button on the shift trailer, see Driving Characteristics lever and push the lever toward and Towing Tips 0 290. the front of the vehicle into P (Park). 3. Turn the ignition off. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

244 Driving and Operating If you have to leave the vehicle with Shifting out of Park Parking over Things the engine running, the vehicle must be in P (Park) and the parking To shift out of P (Park): That Burn brake set. 1. Apply the brake pedal. Release the button and check that 2. Turn the ignition on. { Warning the shift lever cannot be moved out 3. Press the shift lever button. Things that can burn could touch of P (Park). hot exhaust parts under the 4. Move the shift lever. Torque Lock vehicle and ignite. Do not park If you still are unable to shift out of over papers, leaves, dry grass, Torque lock is when the weight of P (Park): or other things that can burn. the vehicle puts too much force on the parking pawl in the 1. Fully release the shift lever transmission. This happens when button. Extended Parking parking on a hill and shifting the 2. Hold the brake pedal down and transmission into P (Park) is not press the shift lever button It is best not to park with the vehicle done properly and then it is difficult again. running. If the vehicle is left running, to shift out of P (Park). To prevent be sure it will not move and there is torque lock, set the parking brake 3. Move the shift lever. adequate ventilation. and then shift into P (Park). To find If you still cannot move the shift See Shifting Into Park 0 243 and out how, see Shifting Into Park lever from P (Park), see your dealer Engine Exhaust 0 245. 0 243 listed previously. for service. If the vehicle is left parked and If torque lock does occur, the running with the RKE transmitter vehicle may need to be pushed outside the vehicle, it will continue uphill by another vehicle to relieve to run for up to half an hour. the parking pawl pressure, so you can shift out of P (Park). Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 245 If the vehicle is left parked and Engine Exhaust running with the RKE transmitter Warning (Continued) inside the vehicle, it will continue to run for up to an hour. { Warning . There are holes or openings in the vehicle body from The vehicle could turn off sooner if it Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket is parked on a hill, due to lack of monoxide (CO), which cannot be modifications that are not available fuel. seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. The timer will reset if the vehicle is can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or taken out of P (Park) while it is even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is running. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the with poor ventilation windows completely down. (parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired deep snow that may block immediately. underbody airflow or tail pipes). Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed . The exhaust smells or area such as a garage or a sounds strange or different. building that has no fresh air . The exhaust system leaks ventilation. due to corrosion or damage. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

246 Driving and Operating Running the Vehicle Automatic Warning (Continued) While Parked Transmission It is better not to park with the Do not leave the vehicle when the engine running. engine is running. If the engine has been left running, the vehicle If the vehicle is left with the engine can move suddenly. You or others running, follow the proper steps to could be injured. To be sure the be sure the vehicle will not move. vehicle will not move, even when See Shifting Into Park 0 243 and on fairly level ground, always set Engine Exhaust 0 245. the parking brake and place the If parking on a hill and pulling a transmission into P (Park). See trailer, see Driving Characteristics Shifting Into Park 0 243 and 0 and Towing Tips 290. Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 290.

The vehicle has an automatic P: This position locks the front transmission shift lock control wheels. Use P (Park) when starting system. You must fully apply the the engine because the vehicle regular brake first and then press cannot move easily. the shift lever button before shifting from P (Park) when the ignition is { Warning on. If you cannot shift out of P (Park), ease pressure on the shift It is dangerous to get out of the lever, then push the shift lever all vehicle if the transmission is not the way into P (Park) as you in P (Park) with the parking brake maintain brake application. Then set. The vehicle can roll. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 247 press the shift lever button and move the shift lever into another { Warning Caution gear. See Shifting out of Park 0 244 Shifting into a drive gear while the A transmission hot message may R: Use this gear to back up. engine is running at high speed is display if the automatic dangerous. Unless your foot is transmission fluid is too hot. Caution firmly on the brake pedal, the Driving under this condition can vehicle could move very rapidly. Shifting to R (Reverse) while the damage the vehicle. Stop and idle You could lose control and hit the engine to cool the automatic vehicle is moving forward could people or objects. Do not shift damage the transmission. The transmission fluid. This message into a drive gear while the engine clears when the transmission fluid repairs would not be covered by is running at high speed. the vehicle warranty. Shift to has cooled sufficiently. R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is stopped. D: This position is for normal Caution driving. If more power is needed for To rock the vehicle back and forth to passing, press the accelerator Shifting out of P (Park) or pedal down. get out of snow, ice, or sand without N (Neutral) with the engine damaging the transmission, see If running at high speed may the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 233 Caution damage the transmission. The N: In this position, the engine does repairs would not be covered by If the vehicle does not shift gears, not connect with the wheels. To the vehicle warranty. Be sure the the transmission could be restart the engine when the vehicle engine is not running at high damaged. Have the vehicle is already moving, use speed when shifting the vehicle. serviced right away. N (Neutral) only. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

248 Driving and Operating . When driving in hot Caution temperatures or at high altitude. Spinning the tires or holding the Manual Mode vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal Electronic Range Select may damage the transmission. (ERS) Mode The repair will not be covered by ERS or manual mode allows for the the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle selection of the range of gear is stuck, do not spin the tires. positions. Use this mode when When stopping on a hill, use the driving downhill or towing a trailer to brakes to hold the vehicle in limit the top gear and vehicle speed. place. The shift position indicator within the 2. Press the plus/minus button on Driver Information Center (DIC) will the shift lever, to increase or display a number next to the L L: Allows the driver to select the decrease the gear range indicating the highest available gear available. range of gear positions. See Manual under manual mode and the driving 0 Mode 248. conditions when manual mode was When shifting to L (Manual Mode), selected. the transmission will shift to a preset Operating Modes lower gear range. For this preset The transmission may operate in a To use this feature: range, the highest gear available is lower gear than normal to improve 1. Move the shift lever to L displayed next to the L in the DIC. vehicle performance. The engine (Manual Mode). See Driver Information Center (DIC) speed may be higher and there may (Uplevel) 0 124 or be an increase in noise during the Driver Information Center (DIC) following conditions: (Base Level) 0 127 for more information. All gears below that . When climbing a grade. number are available to use. For . When driving downhill. example, when 4 (Fourth) is shown next to the L, 1 (First) through Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 249 4 (Fourth) gears are shifted Drive Systems button again to disable the system. automatically. To shift to 5 (Fifth) The light will flash briefly while the gear, press the + (Plus) button or All-Wheel Drive system disables and then stay off. shift into D (Drive). The AWD Mode will stay selected L (Manual Mode) will prevent Vehicles with this feature can until the mode is changed. shifting to a lower gear range if the operate in All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Mode. When operated in two-wheel drive, engine speed is too high. If vehicle the vehicle will deliver power to the speed is not reduced within the time The AWD system delivers power to front wheels only and may provide allowed, the lower gear range shift all four wheels and the system better fuel economy. will not be completed. Slow the adjusts as needed to improve vehicle, then press the − (Minus) traction. When using a compact spare tire on button to the desired lower gear an AWD vehicle, the system range. automatically detects the compact spare and reduces AWD While using the ERS, cruise control performance to protect the system. can be used. To restore full AWD operation and prevent excessive wear on the system, replace the compact spare with a full-size tire as soon as possible. See Compact Spare Tire 0 369.

Press the AWD button on the center console to activate the system. The AWD light will flash briefly while the system is engaging and stay lit to indicate AWD is active. Press the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

250 Driving and Operating Brakes suddenly slows or stops. Always Electric Parking Brake leave enough room ahead to stop, Antilock Brake even with ABS. System (ABS) Using ABS The Antilock Brake System (ABS) Do not pump the brakes. Just hold helps prevent a braking skid and the brake pedal down firmly. maintain steering while Hearing and feeling ABS operate is braking hard. normal. Braking in Emergencies ABS allows steering and braking at the same time. In many emergencies, steering can help even more than braking. The vehicle is equipped with an Electronic Parking Brake (EPB), If there is a problem with ABS, this which acts on the front axle. The warning light stays on. See Antilock Electric Parking Brake (EPB) can Brake System (ABS) Warning Light always be activated, even if the 0 119. ignition is off. To prevent draining ABS does not change the time the battery, avoid repeated cycles of needed to get a foot on the brake the EPB when the engine is not pedal and does not always running. decrease stopping distance. If you The system has a Y or PARK get too close to the vehicle ahead, Electric Parking Brake light, and a 8 there will not be enough time to Service Parking Brake light or apply the brakes if that vehicle Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 251 message. See Electric Parking light does not come on, or keeps 2. Apply and hold the brake Brake Light 0 118 and flashing, have the vehicle serviced. pedal. Service Electric Parking Brake Light Do not drive the vehicle if the Y or 0 3. Press the EPB switch 118. PARK light is flashing. See your momentarily. dealer. See Electric Parking Brake There are also parking brake-related Y Driver Information Center (DIC) Light 0 118. The EPB is released when the or PARK light is off. messages. In case of insufficient If the 8 Service Parking Brake light electrical power, the EPB cannot be Y If the 8 Service Parking Brake light applied or released. or message is on or the or PARK light flashes when the ignition or message is on, release the EPB Before leaving the vehicle, check for is turned on, pull the EPB switch. by pressing and holding the EPB the Y or PARK light to ensure that Continue to hold the switch until the switch. Continue to hold the switch Y the parking brake is applied. Y or PARK light remains on. If the until the or PARK light is off. 8 If either light stays on after release EPB Apply Service Parking Brake light or is attempted, see your dealer. message remains on, see your To apply the EPB: dealer. Caution 1. Be sure the vehicle is at a If the EPB switch is pulled while the complete stop. vehicle is moving, the vehicle will Driving with the parking brake on 2. Pull the EPB switch decelerate as long as the switch is can overheat the brake system momentarily. pulled. If the switch is pulled until and cause premature wear or the vehicle comes to a stop, the damage to brake system parts. The Y or PARK light will flash and EPB will remain applied. then stay on once the EPB is fully Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake applied. If the Y or PARK light EPB Release warning light is off before driving. flashes continuously, then the EPB To release the EPB: is only partially applied or there is a problem with the EPB. A DIC 1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ message will display. Release the ACCESSORY. EPB and try to apply it again. If the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

252 Driving and Operating Automatic EPB Release pedal as the driving situation Standard Hold automatically dictates. Brake Assist disengages releases the brakes after a few Avoid rapid acceleration when the when the brake pedal is released. seconds. Extended Hold applies the EPB is applied, to preserve parking Electric Parking Brake if the brake lining life. Hill Start Assist (HSA) accelerator pedal is not applied The EPB will automatically release within a few minutes. If hold when the engine is running, the duration is selectable, see transmission is placed into gear, { Warning "Extended Hill Start Assist" in 0 and an attempt is made to drive Do not rely on the HSA feature. Vehicle Personalization 136. The away by pressing the accelerator HSA does not replace the need to brakes may also release under pedal. other conditions. Do not rely on pay attention and drive safely. HSA to hold the vehicle. If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle You may not hear or feel alerts or is pulling a trailer, see Driving warnings provided by this system. HSA is available when the vehicle is Characteristics and Towing Tips Failure to use proper care when facing uphill in a forward gear, 0 290. driving may result in injury, death, or when facing downhill in or vehicle damage. See R (Reverse). The vehicle must Brake Assist Defensive Driving 0 227. come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA to activate. Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal applications due to When the vehicle is stopped on a emergency braking situations and grade, Hill Start Assist (HSA) provides additional braking to prevents the vehicle from rolling in activate the Antilock Brake System an unintended direction during the (ABS) if the brake pedal is not transition from brake pedal release pushed hard enough to activate to accelerator pedal apply. The ABS normally. Minor noise, brake brakes release when the accelerator pedal pulsation, and/or pedal pedal is applied. HSA brake hold movement during this time may duration may be selectable. occur. Continue to apply the brake Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 253 Ride Control Systems vehicle wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping the vehicle on the Traction Control/ intended path. If cruise control is being used and Electronic Stability TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to Control limit wheel spin, cruise control will disengage. Cruise control may be The indicator light for both systems System Operation turned back on when road is in the instrument cluster. This The vehicle has a Traction Control conditions allow. light will: System (TCS) and StabiliTrak/ Both systems come on . Flash when TCS is limiting Electronic Stability Control (ESC), automatically when the vehicle is wheel spin. an electronic stability control started and begins to move. The system. These systems help limit . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is systems may be heard or felt while activated. wheel slip and assist the driver in they are operating or while maintaining control, especially on performing diagnostic checks. This . Turn on and stay on when either slippery road conditions. is normal and does not mean there system is not working. TCS activates if it senses that any is a problem with the vehicle. If either system fails to turn on or to of the drive wheels are spinning or It is recommended to leave both activate, a message displays in the beginning to lose traction. When this systems on for normal driving Driver Information Center (DIC), and happens, TCS applies the brakes to conditions, but it may be necessary d comes on and stays on to the spinning wheels and reduces to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets indicate that the system is inactive engine power to limit wheel spin. stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. and is not assisting the driver in StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 233 maintaining control. The vehicle is vehicle senses a difference between and “Turning the Systems Off and safe to drive, but driving should be the intended path and the direction On” later in this section. adjusted accordingly. the vehicle is actually traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies braking pressure to any one of the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

254 Driving and Operating If d comes on and stays on: To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ ESC, press and hold g until the 1. Stop the vehicle. g traction off light i and StabiliTrak/ 2. Turn the engine off and wait ESC OFF light illuminate and stay 15 seconds. g on in the instrument cluster. 3. Start the engine. To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and again, press and release g. The stays on, the vehicle may need traction off light i and StabiliTrak/ more time to diagnose the problem. ESC OFF light in the instrument If the condition persists, see your g cluster turn off. dealer. Adding accessories can affect the Turning the Systems Off To turn off only TCS, press and vehicle performance. See and On release g. The traction off light i Accessories and Modifications illuminates in the instrument cluster. 0 303 Caution To turn TCS on again, press and release . The traction off light i in Do not repeatedly brake or g the instrument cluster will turn off. accelerate heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle driveline could be If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g damaged. is pressed, the system will not turn off until the wheels stop spinning. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 255 Cruise Control With the Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/Electronic The cruise control lets the vehicle Stability Control (ESC), the system maintain a speed of about 40 km/h may begin to limit wheel spin while (25 mph) or more without keeping you are using cruise control. If this your foot on the accelerator. Cruise happens, the cruise control will control does not work at speeds automatically disengage. See below 40 km/h (25 mph). Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 253. If a collision alert { Warning occurs when cruise control is activated, cruise control is Cruise control can be dangerous disengaged. See Forward Collision where you cannot drive safely at Alert (FCA) System 0 275. When road conditions allow you to safely a steady speed. Do not use 5 : Press to turn the cruise control cruise control on winding roads or use it again, cruise control can be turned back on. system on and off. A white indicator in heavy traffic. comes on in the instrument cluster Cruise control can be dangerous Cruise control will disengage if when cruise is turned on. on slippery roads. On such roads, either TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off. * : Press to disengage cruise fast changes in tire traction can control without erasing the set cause excessive wheel slip, and If the brakes are applied, cruise speed from memory. you could lose control. Do not use control disengages. +RES : If there is a set speed in cruise control on slippery roads. If equipped with Adaptive Cruise memory, press briefly to resume that Control (ACC), the cruise control speed or press and hold to system may automatically brake to accelerate. If cruise control is slow the vehicle down to maintain already active, use to increase cruise control set speed or while vehicle speed. navigating a sharp turn. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

256 Driving and Operating −SET : Press briefly to set the Resuming a Set Speed Reducing Speed While Using speed and activate cruise control. If the cruise control is set at a Cruise Control If cruise control is already active, desired speed and then the brakes If the cruise control system is use to decrease vehicle speed. are applied or * is pressed, the already activated: Setting Cruise Control cruise control is disengaged without . Press and hold −SET until the erasing the set speed from memory. If 5 is on when not in use, −SET or desired lower speed is reached, +RES could get bumped and go into Once the vehicle speed reaches then release it. cruise when not desired. Keep 5 off about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, . To slow down in small when cruise is not being used. briefly press +RES. The vehicle increments, briefly press −SET . returns to the previous set speed. For each press, the vehicle goes To set a speed: Increasing Speed While Using about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower. 1. Press 5 to turn the cruise Cruise Control The speedometer reading can be system on. If the cruise control system is displayed in either English or metric 0 2. Get to the speed desired. already activated: units. See Instrument Cluster 107. The increment value used depends 3. Press and release −SET . The . Press and hold +RES until the on the units displayed. desired set speed briefly vehicle accelerates to the appears in the instrument desired speed, then release it. Passing Another Vehicle While cluster. Using Cruise Control . To increase the speed in small 4. Remove your foot from the increments, briefly press +RES. Use the accelerator pedal to accelerator pedal. For each press, the vehicle goes increase the vehicle speed. When you take your foot off the pedal, the The cruise control indicator on the about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster. vehicle will slow down to the instrument cluster turns green after The speedometer reading can be previous set cruise speed. While cruise control has been set to the displayed in either English or metric pressing the accelerator pedal or desired speed. See Instrument 0 units. See Instrument Cluster 107. shortly following the release to Cluster 0 107. The increment value used depends override cruise control, briefly on the units displayed. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 257 pressing −SET will result in cruise Erasing Speed Memory System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/ control set to the current vehicle The cruise control set speed is Electronic Stability Control (ESC) speed. 5 system activates, ACC may erased from memory if is pressed automatically disengage. See Using Cruise Control on Hills or if the ignition is turned off. Traction Control/Electronic Stability How well the cruise control works Control 0 253. When road on hills depends upon the vehicle Adaptive Cruise Control conditions allow ACC to be safely speed, load, and the steepness of used, ACC can be turned back on. the hills. When going up steep hills, Adaptive Cruise Control - Disabling the TCS or StabiliTrak/ you might have to step on the Camera ESC system will disengage and accelerator pedal to maintain the If equipped, Adaptive Cruise Control prevent engagement of ACC. vehicle speed. When going (ACC) allows the cruise control set ACC may operate differently in a downhill, you might have to brake or speed and following gap to be sharp curve. It may reduce the shift to a lower gear to keep your selected. Read this entire section vehicle speed if the curve is too speed down. If the brake pedal is before using this system. The sharp. applied, cruise control will following gap is the following time disengage. between your vehicle and a vehicle ACC can reduce the need for you to detected directly ahead in your path, frequently brake and accelerate, Ending Cruise Control moving in the same direction. If no especially when used on There are four ways to end cruise vehicle is detected in your path, expressways, freeways, and control: ACC works like regular cruise interstate highways. When used on other roads, you may need to take . Step lightly on the brake pedal. control. ACC uses a windshield mounted front camera sensor. over the control of braking or . Press *. acceleration more often. If a vehicle is detected in your path, . Shift the transmission to ACC can apply acceleration or N (Neutral). limited, moderate braking to . To turn off cruise control, maintain the selected following gap. 5 To disengage ACC, apply the brake. press . If ACC is controlling the vehicle speed when the Traction Control Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

258 Driving and Operating

{ Warning Warning (Continued) ACC has limited braking ability or dirt. The system may not and may not have time to slow detect a vehicle ahead. the vehicle down enough to avoid Keep the windshield and a collision with another vehicle headlamps clean. you are following. This can occur . When visibility is poor due when vehicles suddenly slow or to rain, snow, fog, dirt, stop ahead, or enter your lane. insect residue, or dust; Also see “Alerting the Driver” later when other foreign objects in this section. Complete attention obscure the camera’s view; is always required while driving or when the vehicle in front and you should be ready to take or oncoming traffic causes 5 additional environmental : Press to turn the system on or action and apply the brakes. See off. The indicator turns white on the Defensive Driving 0 227 obstructions, such as road spray. ACC performance is instrument cluster when ACC is limited under these turned on. conditions. RES+ : Press briefly to resume the { Warning . On slippery roads where previous set speed or to increase fast changes in tire traction vehicle speed if ACC is already ACC will not detect or brake for can cause excessive activated. To increase speed by children, pedestrians, animals, wheel slip. about 1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+ or other objects. briefly. To increase speed to the . With extremely heavy cargo next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the Do not use ACC when: loaded in the cargo area or speedometer, hold RES+. rear seat. . On winding and hilly roads SET− : Press briefly to set the or when the camera sensor . When towing a trailer. speed and activate ACC or to is blocked by snow, ice, decrease vehicle speed if ACC is (Continued) already activated. To decrease Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 259 speed by about 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET– briefly. To decrease Warning (Continued) speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, control is in before using the hold SET–. feature. If ACC is not active, the vehicle will not automatically * : Press to disengage ACC brake for other vehicles, which without erasing the selected set ACC Indicator Regular Cruise Control Indicator could cause a crash if the brakes speed. are not applied manually. You and [ : Press to select a following gap When ACC is engaged, a green o others could be seriously injured setting for ACC of Far, Medium, indicator will be lit on the instrument or killed. or Near. cluster and the following gap will be The speedometer reading can be displayed. When the regular cruise Setting Adaptive Cruise displayed in either English or metric control is engaged, a green J Control units. See Instrument Cluster 0 107. indicator will be lit on the instrument The increment value used depends cluster; the following gap will not If 5 is on when not in use, it could on the units displayed. display. get pressed and go into ACC when 5 When the vehicle is turned on, the not desired. Keep off when cruise Switching Between ACC and is not being used. Regular Cruise Control cruise control mode will be set to the last mode used before the Select the set speed desired for To switch between ACC and regular vehicle was turned off. ACC. This is the vehicle speed cruise control, press and hold * *. when no vehicle is detected in A Driver Information Display (DIC) { Warning its path. message displays. See Vehicle 0 While the vehicle is moving, ACC Messages 135. Always check the cruise control will not set at a speed less than indicator on the instrument cluster 25 km/h (15 mph), although it can to determine which mode cruise be resumed when driving at lower (Continued) speeds. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

260 Driving and Operating To set ACC while moving: Be mindful of speed limits, Once ACC has resumed, if there is 5 surrounding traffic speeds, and no vehicle ahead, if the vehicle 1. Press . weather conditions when selecting ahead is beyond the selected 2. Get up to the desired speed. the set speed. following gap, or if the vehicle has exited a sharp curve, then the 3. Press and release SET . – Resuming a Set Speed vehicle speed will increase to the 4. Remove your foot from the If the ACC is set at a desired speed set speed. accelerator. and then the brakes are applied, ACC is disengaged without erasing Increasing Speed While ACC Is After ACC is set, it may immediately at a Set Speed apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead the set speed from memory. is detected closer than the selected To begin using ACC again, press If ACC is already activated, do one following gap. RES+ briefly while moving more of the following: than 5 km/h (5 mph). The vehicle . Use the accelerator to get to the returns to the previous set speed. higher speed. Press SET–. A green ACC indicator and the set Release SET– and the speed display on the instrument accelerator pedal. The vehicle cluster. The vehicle ahead indicator will now cruise at the higher may be flashing if a vehicle ahead speed. was present and moved. See When the accelerator pedal is ACC can also be set while the “Approaching and Following a pressed, ACC will not brake vehicle is stopped and the brake Vehicle” later in this section. because it is overridden. The pedal is applied. If the vehicle is stopped with the ACC indicator will turn blue on The ACC indicator displays on the brake pedal applied, press RES+ the instrument cluster. instrument cluster. When ACC is and release the brake pedal. ACC . Press and hold RES+ until the turned on, the indicator will be lit will hold the vehicle until RES+ or desired set speed is displayed, white. When ACC is engaged, the the accelerator pedal is pressed. then release it. indicator will turn green. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 261 . To increase vehicle speed in Reducing Speed While ACC Is . If stopped with the brake smaller increments, press RES+ at a Set Speed applied, press or hold SET– until briefly. For each press, the the desired set speed is vehicle goes about 1 km/h If ACC is already activated, do one displayed. (1 mph) faster. of the following: . Use the brake to get to the Selecting the Follow . To increase vehicle speed in Distance Gap larger increments, hold RES+. desired lower speed. Release While holding RES+, the vehicle the brake and press SET–. The When a slower moving vehicle is speed increases to the next vehicle will now cruise at the detected ahead within the selected 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then lower speed. following gap, ACC will adjust the continues to increase by 5 km/h . Press and hold SET– until the vehicle's speed and attempt to (5 mph) at a time. desired lower speed is reached, maintain the follow distance gap selected. The set speed can also be then release it. increased while the vehicle is . To decrease the vehicle speed in Press [ on the steering wheel to stopped. smaller increments, press SET– adjust the following gap. Each press . If stopped with the brake pedal briefly. For each press, the cycles the gap button through three applied, press RES+ until the vehicle goes about 1 km/h settings: Far, Medium, or Near. desired set speed is displayed. (1 mph) slower. When pressed, the current gap . Pressing RES+ when there is no . To decrease the vehicle speed in setting displays briefly on the longer a vehicle ahead or the larger increments, hold SET–. instrument cluster. The gap setting vehicle ahead is pulling away While holding SET–, the vehicle will be maintained until it is and the brake is not applied will speed decreases to the next changed. cause the ACC to resume 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then Since each gap setting corresponds continues to decrease by 5 km/h to a following time (Far, Medium, When it is determined that there is (5 mph) at a time. no vehicle ahead or the vehicle or Near), the following distance will ahead is beyond the selected The set speed can also be vary based on vehicle speed. The following gap, then the vehicle decreased while the vehicle is faster the vehicle speed, the further speed will increase to the set speed. stopped. back your vehicle will follow a vehicle detected ahead. Consider Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

262 Driving and Operating traffic and weather conditions when the front. See “Collision/Detection your vehicle set speed. It may apply selecting the following gap. The Systems” under Vehicle limited braking, if necessary. When range of selectable gaps may not be Personalization 0 136. braking is active, the brake lamps appropriate for all drivers and See Defensive Driving 0 227. will come on. The automatic braking driving conditions. may feel or sound different than if Changing the gap setting Approaching and Following a the brakes were applied manually. automatically changes the alert Vehicle This is normal. timing sensitivity (Far, Medium, Stationary or Very or Near) for the Forward Collision Slow-Moving Objects Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 275. { Warning Alerting the Driver ACC may not detect and react to stopped or slow-moving vehicles The vehicle ahead indicator is in the ahead of you. For example, the instrument cluster. It only displays system may not brake for a when a vehicle is detected in your vehicle it has never detected vehicle’s path moving in the same direction. If this symbol is not moving. This can occur in displaying, ACC will not respond to stop-and-go traffic or when a vehicle suddenly appears due to If ACC is engaged, driver action or brake for vehicles ahead. a vehicle ahead changing lanes. may be required when ACC cannot ACC automatically slows the vehicle apply sufficient braking because of Your vehicle may not stop and down and adjusts vehicle speed to could cause a crash. Use caution approaching a vehicle too rapidly. follow a detected vehicle ahead at when using ACC. Your complete When this condition occurs, six red the selected following gap. The vehicle speed increases or attention is always required while lights will flash on the windshield. driving and you should be ready Either eight beeps will sound from decreases to follow a detected vehicle in front of your vehicle when to take action and apply the that vehicle is traveling slower than brakes. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 263 Irregular Objects Regular Cruise Control” in this Affecting ACC section. Always consider driving conditions before using either cruise ACC may have difficulty detecting control system. the following objects: . Vehicles in front of your vehicle Notification to Resume ACC that have a rear aspect that is ACC Automatically ACC will maintain a follow gap low, small, or irregular behind a detected vehicle and slow Disengages . An empty truck or trailer that has your vehicle to a stop behind that no cargo in the cargo bed ACC may automatically disengage vehicle. and the driver will need to manually If the stopped vehicle ahead has . Vehicles with cargo extending apply the brakes to slow the from the back end driven away and ACC has not vehicle if: resumed, the vehicle ahead . Non-standard shaped vehicles, . The front camera is blocked or indicator will flash as a reminder to such as vehicle transport, visibility is reduced. check traffic ahead before vehicles with a side car fitted, proceeding. In addition, three beeps . The Traction Control System or horse carriages will sound. See Alert Type and (TCS) or StabiliTrak/ESC system ” ” Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier in . Vehicles that are low to the road has activated or been disabled. “ ” surface “Collision/Detection Systems” under . There is a fault in the system. Vehicle Personalization 0 136. . Objects that are close to the front of your vehicle . A DIC message displays to When the vehicle ahead drives indicate that ACC is temporarily away, press RES+ or the . Vehicles on which extremely unavailable. accelerator pedal to resume ACC. heavy cargo is loaded in the If stopped for more than cargo area or rear seat The ACC indicator will turn white when ACC is no longer active. two minutes or if the driver door is opened and the driver seat belt is In some cases, when ACC is unbuckled, the ACC automatically temporarily unavailable, regular applies the Electric Parking Brake cruise control may be used. See “Switching Between ACC and Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

264 Driving and Operating (EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPB Curves in the Road status light will turn on. See Electric Warning (Continued) Parking Brake 0 250. vehicle in P (Park) and turn off { Warning A DIC warning message may the ignition before leaving the On curves, ACC may not detect a display indicating to shift to P (Park) vehicle. before exiting the vehicle. See vehicle ahead in your lane. You Vehicle Messages 0 135. could be startled if the vehicle ACC Override accelerates up to the set speed, { Warning If using the accelerator pedal while especially when following a ACC is active, the ACC indicator vehicle exiting or entering exit If ACC has stopped the vehicle, turns blue on the instrument cluster ramps. You could lose control of and if ACC is disengaged, turned indicating ACC braking will not the vehicle or crash. Do not use off, or canceled, the vehicle will occur. ACC will resume operation ACC while driving on an entrance no longer be held at a stop. The when the accelerator pedal is not or exit ramp. Always be ready to vehicle can move. When ACC is being pressed. use the brakes if necessary. holding the vehicle at a stop, always be prepared to manually { Warning apply the brakes. The ACC will not automatically { Warning apply the brakes if your foot is On curves, ACC may respond to resting on the accelerator pedal. a vehicle in another lane, or may { Warning You could crash into a vehicle not have time to react to a vehicle ahead of you. Leaving the vehicle without in your lane. You could crash into placing it in P (Park) can be a vehicle ahead of you, or lose dangerous. Do not leave the control of your vehicle. Give extra vehicle while it is being held at a attention in curves and be ready stop by ACC. Always place the (Continued) (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 265 Other Vehicle Lane Changes Warning (Continued)

to use the brakes if necessary. Select an appropriate speed while driving in curves.

ACC may operate differently in a sharp curve. It may reduce the vehicle speed if the curve is too ACC may detect a vehicle that is sharp. not in your lane and apply the brakes. ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead ACC may occasionally provide an until it is completely in the lane. The alert and/or braking that is brakes may need to be manually considered unnecessary. It could applied. respond to vehicles in different Objects Not Directly in Front of lanes or stationary objects when Your Vehicle entering or exiting a curve. This is normal operation. The vehicle does The detection of objects in front of not need service. the vehicle may not be possible if: . The vehicle or object ahead is When following a vehicle and not within your lane. entering a curve, ACC may not detect the vehicle ahead and . The vehicle ahead is shifted, not accelerate to the set speed. When centered, or is shifted to one this happens, the vehicle ahead side of the lane. indicator will not appear. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

266 Driving and Operating Driving in Narrow Lanes . Press *. Lighting Conditions Affecting ACC Vehicles in adjacent traffic lanes or . Press 5. roadside objects may be incorrectly The ACC front camera can be detected when located along the Erasing Speed Memory affected by poor lighting conditions, roadway. The ACC set speed is erased from and ACC may have limited performance when: Do Not Use ACC on Hills and memory if 5 is pressed or if the When Towing a Trailer ignition is turned off. . There are changes in brightness, such as entering and exiting Weather Conditions tunnels, bridges, and Affecting ACC overpasses. If the interior temperature is . Low sun angles cause the extremely high, the instrument camera to not detect objects, cluster may indicate that ACC is or it is more difficult to detect temporarily unavailable. This can be objects in the same traffic lane. caused by extreme hot weather conditions with direct sunlight on the . Lighting is poor in the evening or front camera. ACC will return to early morning Do not use ACC when driving on normal operation once the cabin . There are multiple changes in steep hills or when towing a trailer. temperature is lower. brightness or shadows along the ACC will not detect a vehicle in the Conditions that are associated with vehicle roadway. lane while driving on steep hills. low visibility, such as fog, rain, . In a tunnel without the If the brakes are applied, ACC snow, or road spray, may limit ACC headlamps on, or in a tunnel disengages. performance. Water droplets from when there is a vehicle in front Disengaging ACC rain or snow that remain on the that does not have its windshield may also limit ACC’s taillamps on. There are three ways to ability to detect objects. disengage ACC: . Step lightly on the brake pedal. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 267 . Subjected to strong light from Cleaning the Sensing System Driver Assistance opposing lane traffic in the front The camera sensor on the of the vehicle, such as Systems windshield behind the rearview high-beam headlamps from mirror can become blocked by This vehicle may have features that oncoming traffic. snow, ice, dirt, mud, or debris. This work together to help avoid crashes Accessory Installations and area needs to be cleaned for ACC or reduce crash damage while Vehicle Modifications to operate properly. driving, backing, and parking. Read this entire section before using The vehicle headlamps may need to Do not install or place any object these systems. around the front camera windshield be cleaned due to dirt, snow, or ice. area that would obstruct the front Objects that are not illuminated camera view. correctly may be difficult to detect. { Warning Do not install objects on top of the If ACC will not operate, regular Do not rely on the Driver vehicle that overhang and obstruct cruise control may be available. See Assistance Systems. These the front camera, such as a canoe, “Switching Between ACC and systems do not replace the need kayak, or other items that can be Regular Cruise Control” in this for paying attention and driving section. Always consider driving transported on a roof rack system. safely. You may not hear or feel See Roof Rack System 0 96. conditions before using either cruise control system. alerts or warnings provided by Do not modify the hood, headlamps, these systems. Failure to use or fog lamps, as this may limit the For cleaning instructions, see proper care when driving may camera s ability to detect an object. “Washing the Vehicle” under result in injury, death, or vehicle ’ 0 Exterior Care 376. damage. See Defensive Driving 0 227. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

268 Driving and Operating Information Center (DIC) messages Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) may display when the systems are unavailable or blocked. Under many conditions, these . Work if the area surrounding systems will not: the detection sensor is . Detect children, damaged or not properly pedestrians, bicyclists, repaired. or animals. Complete attention is always . Detect vehicles or objects required while driving, and you outside the area monitored should be ready to take action by the system. and apply the brakes and/or steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. . Work at all driving speeds. . Warn you or provide you with enough time to avoid a Audible Alert crash. Some driver assistance features . Work under poor visibility or alert the driver of obstacles by bad weather conditions. beeping. To change the volume of the warning chime, see “Comfort . Work if the detection sensor and Convenience” under Vehicle is not cleaned or is covered Personalization 0 136. by ice, snow, mud, or dirt. Cleaning . Work if the detection sensor is covered up, such as with Depending on vehicle options, keep a sticker, magnet, or metal these areas of the vehicle clean to plate. ensure the best driver assistance feature performance. Driver (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 269 . Front and rear bumpers and the help the driver park or avoid objects. area below the bumpers Always check around the vehicle . Front grille and headlamps when parking or backing. . Front camera lens in the front Rear Vision Camera (RVC) grille or near the front emblem When the vehicle is shifted into . Front side and rear side panels R (Reverse), the RVC displays an image of the area behind the vehicle . Outside of the windshield in front in the infotainment display. The of the rearview mirror previous screen displays when the . Side camera lens on the bottom vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) of the outside mirrors after a short delay. To return to the previous screen sooner, press any . Rear side corner bumpers button on the infotainment display, 1. View Displayed by the Rear . Rear Vision Camera above the shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle Vision Camera license plate speed of approximately 12 km/h This vehicle may be equipped with (8 mph). Select Front or Rear driver assistance systems that Camera to view the front or rear operate using radio frequency. See camera views. Select Guidance Radio Frequency Statement 0 414. Lines on the camera screen to enable or disable the guidance Assistance Systems for lines. Parking or Backing If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC), Rear Park Assist (RPA), 1. View Displayed by the Rear Front Park Assist (FPA), Surround Vision Camera Vision, Front Vision Camera, and 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

270 Driving and Operating Displayed images may be farther or sooner, press any button on the closer than they appear. The area infotainment system, shift into displayed is limited and objects that P (Park), or reach a vehicle speed are close to either corner of the of approximately 12 km/h (8 mph). bumper or under the bumper do not display. { Warning A warning triangle may display to show that Rear Park Assist (RPA) The Surround Vision cameras has detected an object. This triangle have blind spots and will not changes from amber to red and display all objects near the increases in size the closer the corners of the vehicle. Folding object. outside mirrors that are out of position may not display surround Surround Vision 1. Views Displayed by the view correctly. Always check Surround Vision Cameras If equipped, Surround Vision shows around the vehicle when parking 2. Area Not Shown an image of the area surrounding or backing. the vehicle, along with the front or rear camera views on the infotainment display. The front camera is in the grille or near the front emblem, the side cameras are on the bottom of the outside mirrors, and the rear camera is above the license plate. The Surround Vision system can be accessed by selecting CAMERA in the infotainment display or when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 271 1. Views Displayed by the Camera Views If equipped, the front view camera Surround Vision Cameras also displays when the Park Assist 2. Area Not Shown system detects an object within 30 cm (12 in). { Warning Front/Rear Junction View : Displays a front or rear cross traffic The camera(s) do not display view that shows objects directly to children, pedestrians, bicyclists, the left and right of the front or back crossing traffic, animals, or any of the vehicle. Touch Junction View other object outside of the on the infotainment display when a cameras’ field of view, below the camera view is active. Touching the bumper, or under the vehicle. button multiple times will toggle Shown distances may be different between front and rear camera from actual distances. Do not views. drive or park the vehicle using Touch the camera view buttons Front/Rear Overhead View : only these camera(s). Always along the bottom of the infotainment Displays a Front or Rear Overhead check behind and around the display. View of the vehicle. Touching the vehicle before driving. Failure to Front/Rear Standard View : button will toggle between the two use proper care may result in Displays an image of the area in views. injury, death, or vehicle damage. front or behind the vehicle. Touch Front/Rear Standard View on the infotainment display when a camera view is active. Touching the button multiple times will toggle between front and rear camera views. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

272 Driving and Operating Side Forward/Rearward View : accessed by touching the Top Down Displays a view that shows objects View button when the CAMERA Warning (Continued) next to the front or rear sides of the view is active. vehicle. Touch Side Forward/ located below the bumper or that Rearward View on the infotainment Park Assist are too close or too far from the display when a camera view is With RPA, and if equipped with FPA, vehicle. It is not available at active. Touching the button multiple as the vehicle moves at speeds of speeds greater than 8 km/h times will toggle between forward less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the (5 mph). To prevent injury, death, and rearward views. Park Assist sensors on the bumpers may detect or vehicle damage, even with and RCTA are not available when objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the Park Assist, always check the Side Forward/Rearward view is vehicle and 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the area around the vehicle and active. vehicle within a zone 25 cm (10 in) check all mirrors before moving Guidance Lines : Displays high off the ground and below forward or backing. available guidelines. A grayed-out bumper level. These detection button indicates that guidelines are distances may be shorter during not available. When enabled, the warmer or humid weather. guidelines will display when the Blocked sensors will not detect vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). objects and can also cause false Top Down View : Displays an detections. Keep the sensors clean image of the area surrounding the of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush; vehicle, along with the rear camera and clean sensors after a car wash view in the infotainment display. The in freezing temperatures. rear camera view will be replaced by the front camera view after { Warning shifting from R (Reverse) to a The instrument cluster may have a forward gear or when the vehicle is The Park Assist system does not Park Assist display with bars that moving forward slower than 8 km/h detect children, pedestrians, show “distance to object” and object (5 mph). This view can also be bicyclists, animals, or objects location information for the Park (Continued) Assist system. As the object gets Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 273 closer, more bars light up and the Use caution while backing up when and accelerator. A display and bars change color from yellow to towing a trailer, as the RCTA audible beeps help to guide parking amber to red. detection zones that extend out maneuvers. When an object is first detected in from the back of the vehicle do not Do not use APA when towing a the rear, one beep will be heard move further back when a trailer is trailer. from the rear. When an object is towed. very close (< 0.6 m (2 ft) in the Turning the Features On or Off vehicle rear, or < 0.3 m (1 ft) in the { Warning vehicle front), five beeps will sound To turn PA on or off, press X on APA may not detect objects in the from the front or rear depending on the center console. The indicator parking space, objects that are object location. Beeps for FPA are light next to the button comes on soft or narrow, objects high off the higher pitched than for RPA. when the features are on and turns ground such as flatbed trucks, off when the features have been objects below ground level such Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) disabled. as large potholes, or moving If equipped, when the vehicle is RCTA and Rear Park Assist objects (e.g. pedestrians). Always shifted into R (Reverse), RCTA symbols can be turned on or off verify that the parking space is displays a red warning triangle with through vehicle personalization. See appropriate for parking a vehicle. a left or right pointing arrow on the “Collision/Detection Systems” under APA does not respond to changes infotainment display to warn of Vehicle Personalization 0 136. traffic coming from the left or right. in the parking space, such as This system detects objects coming Turn off RPA when towing a trailer. movement of an adjacent vehicle, or a person or object entering the from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left Automatic Parking Assist parking space. APA does not or right side of the vehicle. When an (APA) with Braking object is detected, either three detect or avoid traffic that is beeps sound from the left or right If equipped, APA searches for and behind or alongside of the depending on the direction of the steers the vehicle into parallel and vehicle. Always be prepared to detected vehicle. perpendicular parking spots. When stop the vehicle during the using APA, you must still shift gears, parking maneuver. while the system applies the brakes Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

274 Driving and Operating Press switch O on the center stack search process or, if available, to enable the system to search for a change the parking mode in the parking space that is large enough infotainment display. and within 1.5 m (5 ft) of the vehicle. The vehicle speed must be below 30 km/h (18 mph). The system cannot: . Detect whether it is a legal parking space. APA will instruct the vehicle to stop . Park exactly lined up with the once a large enough space is found. vehicle next to it if the spot is approached at an angle or if the Follow the displayed instructions. parking space is angled. After completely passing a large Shift to R (Reverse) to engage . Park exactly centered in a spot enough space, an audible beep automatic steering. The steering that is marked too large. occurs. wheel will vibrate briefly as a reminder to remove hands from the . Always detect short curbs. A red stop symbol and a shift to steering wheel. APA uses idle reverse message are displayed. When enabled, APA searches for speed and braking to park. If idle parallel parking spaces to the right If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), but speed is not sufficient, gently press of the vehicle. To search for a does not steer into the expected the accelerator. parking space to the left, turn on the space, this may be because the Check surroundings and be left turn signal or, if available, system is maneuvering the vehicle prepared to stop to avoid vehicles, change the side selection in the into a previously detected space. pedestrians, or objects not detected infotainment display. The APA system does not need by the system. service. To switch the parking mode In case the driver brakes, APA will between parallel and perpendicular, not disengage. Manual steering by touch icons on screen during the the driver automatically disengages APA. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 275 Vehicle speed is limited to a . A high priority vehicle message Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System maximum of 5 km/h (3 mph) during is displayed in the DIC. can help to avoid a crash or reduce the parking maneuver. . The driver opens the door with crash damage. A progress arrow displays the status an unbuckled seat belt. Forward Collision Alert of the parking maneuver. Depending The brake holds the vehicle until the on the space size, additional parking brake or brake is applied, (FCA) System maneuvers may be required, and or the vehicle is shifted into If equipped, the FCA system may there will be additional instructions. P (Park). When changing gears, allow the help to avoid or reduce the harm automatic steering to complete To cancel APA, press O again. caused by front-end crashes. When before continuing the parking approaching a vehicle ahead too maneuver. APA will beep and When the System Does Not quickly, FCA provides a red flashing display a PARKING COMPLETE Seem to Work Properly alert on the windshield and rapidly beeps. FCA also lights an amber message. Apply the brakes and The APA system may require a place the vehicle in P (Park). visual alert if following another short period of driving along curves vehicle much too closely. APA may automatically disengage if: to calibrate. FCA detects vehicles within a . The steering wheel is used by Assistance Systems for distance of approximately 60 m the driver. (197 ft) and operates at speeds Driving . The maximum allowed speed is above 8 km/h (5 mph). exceeded. If equipped, when driving the . The parking brake is applied or vehicle in a forward gear, Forward { Warning Collision Alert (FCA), Lane the vehicle is shifted into FCA is a warning system and P (Park). Departure Warning (LDW), Lane Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone does not apply the brakes. When . There is a failure with the APA Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert approaching a slower-moving or system. (LCA), Automatic Emergency stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, . Electronic stability control or Braking (AEB), and/or the Front or when following a vehicle too antilock brakes are activated. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

276 Driving and Operating FCA warnings will not occur unless Warning (Continued) the FCA system detects a vehicle Warning (Continued) ahead. When a vehicle is detected, closely, FCA may not provide a the vehicle ahead indicator will proper condition. Keep the warning with enough time to help display green. Vehicles may not be windshield, headlamps, and FCA avoid a crash. It also may not detected on curves, highway exit sensors clean and in good repair. provide any warning at all. FCA ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; does not warn of pedestrians, or if a vehicle ahead is partially Collision Alert animals, signs, guardrails, blocked by pedestrians or other bridges, construction barrels, objects. FCA will not detect another or other objects. Be ready to take vehicle ahead until it is completely action and apply the brakes. See in the driving lane. Defensive Driving 0 227. { Warning FCA can be disabled through FCA does not provide a warning vehicle personalization. See If Head-Up Display (HUD) is not to help avoid a crash, unless it “Collision/Detection Systems” under equipped, when your vehicle Vehicle Personalization 0 136. detects a vehicle. FCA may not approaches another detected detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA Detecting the Vehicle Ahead sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, display will flash on the windshield. or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. It may also not detect a vehicle on winding or hilly roads, or in conditions that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, or snow, or if the headlamps or windshield are not cleaned or in (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 277 another detected vehicle too rapidly, Selecting the Alert Timing the HUD can display indicator on The Collision Alert control is on the the screen as the FCA display. steering wheel. Press [ to set the Also, eight rapid high-pitched beeps FCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near. will sound from the front. When this The first button press shows the Collision Alert occurs, the brake current setting on the DIC. system may prepare for driver Additional button presses will braking to occur more rapidly which change this setting. The chosen can cause a brief, mild deceleration. setting will remain until it is changed Continue to apply the brake pedal and will affect the timing of both the as needed. Cruise control may be Collision Alert and the Tailgating disengaged when the Collision Alert Alert features. The timing of both If Head-Up Display (HUD) is occurs. alerts will vary based on vehicle equipped and the screen is closed, Tailgating Alert speed. The faster the vehicle speed, when your vehicle approaches the farther away the alert will occur. another detected vehicle too rapidly, Consider traffic and weather the HUD with the integrated RLAD conditions when selecting the alert can display red spots reflected in timing. The range of selectable alert the windshield. timings may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions. If your vehicle is equipped with The vehicle ahead indicator will Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), display amber when you are changing the FCA timing setting following a vehicle ahead too automatically changes the following closely. gap setting (Far, Medium, or Near). If Head-Up Display (HUD) is equipped and the screen is open, when your vehicle approaches Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

278 Driving and Operating Following Distance Indicator Cleaning the System hard. This automatic emergency braking can only occur if a vehicle is The following distance to a moving If the FCA system does not seem to detected. This is shown by the FCA vehicle ahead in your path is operate properly, this may correct vehicle ahead indicator being lit. indicated in following time in the issue: See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) seconds on the Driver Information . Clean the outside of the System 0 275. Center (DIC). See Driver windshield in front of the The system works when driving in a Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) rearview mirror. 0 124 or forward gear between 8 km/h Driver Information Center (DIC) . Clean the entire front of the (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph), (Base Level) 0 127. The minimum vehicle. or on vehicles with Adaptive Cruise following time is 0.5 seconds away. . Clean the headlamps. Control (ACC), above 4 km/h If there is no vehicle detected (2 mph). It can detect vehicles up to ahead, or the vehicle ahead is out of Automatic Emergency approximately 60 m (197 ft). sensor range, dashes will be Braking (AEB) displayed. { Warning Unnecessary Alerts If the vehicle has Forward Collision Alert (FCA), it also has AEB, which AEB is an emergency crash FCA may provide unnecessary includes Intelligent Brake preparation feature and is not alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles Assist (IBA). When the system designed to avoid crashes. Do in other lanes, objects that are not detects a vehicle ahead in your path not rely on AEB to brake the vehicles, or shadows. These alerts that is traveling in the same vehicle. AEB will not brake are normal operation and the direction that you may be about to outside of its operating speed vehicle does not need service. crash into, it can provide a boost to range and only responds to braking or automatically brake the detected vehicles. vehicle. This can help avoid or lessen the severity of crashes when AEB may not: driving in a forward gear. Depending . Detect a vehicle ahead on on the situation, the vehicle may winding or hilly roads. automatically brake moderately or (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 279

Warning (Continued) { Warning { Warning . Detect all vehicles, AEB may automatically brake the IBA may increase vehicle braking especially vehicles with a vehicle suddenly in situations in situations when it may not be trailer, tractors, muddy where it is unexpected and necessary. You could block the vehicles, etc. undesired. It could respond to a flow of traffic. If this occurs, take . Detect a vehicle when turning vehicle ahead, guardrails, your foot off the brake pedal and weather limits visibility, such signs, and other non-moving then apply the brakes as needed. as in fog, rain, or snow. objects. To override AEB, firmly . Detect a vehicle ahead if it press the accelerator pedal, if it is AEB and IBA can be disabled is partially blocked by safe to do so. through vehicle personalization. See pedestrians or other objects. “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle Personalization 0 136. Complete attention is always Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) required while driving, and you IBA may activate when the brake should be ready to take action pedal is applied quickly by providing { Warning and apply the brakes and/or steer a boost to braking based on the Using AEB or IBA while towing a the vehicle to avoid crashes. speed of approach and distance to trailer could cause you to lose a vehicle ahead. control of the vehicle and crash. AEB may slow the vehicle to a Minor brake pedal pulsations or Turn the system to Alert, or if the complete stop to try to avoid a pedal movement during this time is vehicle has ACC to Off, when potential crash. If this happens, AEB normal and the brake pedal should towing a trailer. may engage the Electric Parking continue to be applied as needed. Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a IBA will automatically disengage stop. Release the EPB or firmly only when the brake pedal is A system unavailable message may press the accelerator pedal. released. display if: . The front of the vehicle or windshield is not clean. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

280 Driving and Operating . Heavy rain or snow is interfering may also respond to pedestrians. with object detection. See Automatic Emergency Braking Warning (Continued) (AEB) 0 278. . There is a problem with the . Due to poor visibility, StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability The FPB system can detect and including nighttime Control (ESC) system. alert to pedestrians in a forward conditions, fog, rain, The AEB system does not need gear at speeds between 8 km/h or snow. service. (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph). During daytime driving, the system . If the FPB sensor is blocked detects pedestrians up to a distance by dirt, snow, or ice. Front Pedestrian Braking of approximately 40 m (131 ft). . If the headlamps or (FPB) System During nighttime driving, system windshield are not cleaned If equipped, the FPB system may performance is very limited. or in proper condition. help avoid or reduce the harm Be ready to take action and apply caused by front-end crashes with { Warning the brakes. For more information, nearby pedestrians when driving in see Defensive Driving 0 227. FPB does not provide an alert or a forward gear. FPB displays an Keep the windshield, headlamps, automatically brake the vehicle, amber indicator, ~, when a nearby and FPB sensor clean and in unless it detects a pedestrian. pedestrian is detected ahead. When good repair. approaching a detected pedestrian FPB may not detect pedestrians, too quickly, FPB provides a red including children: FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert flashing alert on the windshield and . When the pedestrian is not and Brake through vehicle rapidly beeps. FPB can provide a directly ahead, fully visible, personalization. See Collision/ boost to braking or automatically or standing upright, or when “ brake the vehicle. This system Detection Systems” under Vehicle part of a group. 0 includes Intelligent Brake Assist Personalization 136. (Continued) (IBA), and the Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 281 Detecting the Pedestrian pedestrian ahead too rapidly, the Ahead HUD can display indicator on the screen. Eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound from the front. When this Pedestrian Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare for driver braking to occur more rapidly which can cause a brief, mild deceleration. FPB alerts and automatic braking Continue to apply the brake pedal will not occur unless the FPB as needed. Cruise control may be system detects a pedestrian. When disengaged when the Front a nearby pedestrian is detected in If Head-Up Display (HUD) is Pedestrian Alert occurs. front of the vehicle, the pedestrian equipped and the screen is closed, Automatic Braking ahead indicator will display amber. when the vehicle approaches a pedestrian ahead too rapidly, the If FPB detects it is about to crash Front Pedestrian Alert HUD with the integrated RLAD can into a pedestrian ahead, and the display red spots reflected in the brakes have not been applied, FPB windshield. may automatically brake moderately or brake hard. This can help to avoid some very low speed pedestrian crashes or reduce pedestrian injury. FPB can automatically brake to detected pedestrians between 8 km/h (5 mph) If Head-Up Display (HUD) is not and 80 km/h (50 mph). Automatic equipped, when the vehicle braking levels may be reduced approaches a pedestrian ahead too If Head-Up Display (HUD) is under certain conditions, such as rapidly, the red FPB alert display will equipped and the screen is open, higher speeds. flash on the windshield. when the vehicle approaches a Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

282 Driving and Operating If this happens, Automatic Braking and a vehicle is also detected on may engage the Electric Parking { Warning the same side, the display will flash Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a as an extra warning not to change stop. Release the EPB. A firm press Using the Front Pedestrian lanes. Since this system is part of of the accelerator pedal will also Braking system while towing a the Lane Change Alert (LCA) release Automatic Braking and trailer could cause you to lose system, read the entire LCA section the EPB. control of the vehicle and crash. before using this feature. Turn the system to Alert or Off when towing a trailer. { Warning Lane Change Alert (LCA) If equipped, the LCA system is a FPB may alert or automatically Cleaning the System lane-changing aid that assists brake the vehicle suddenly in drivers with avoiding lane change situations where it is unexpected If FPB does not seem to operate properly, cleaning the outside of the crashes that occur with moving and undesired. It could falsely vehicles in the side blind zone (or alert or brake for objects similar in windshield in front of the rearview mirror may correct the issue. spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly shape or size to pedestrians, approaching these areas from including shadows. This is normal Side Blind Zone behind. The LCA warning display operation and the vehicle does will light up in the corresponding not need service. To override Alert (SBZA) outside mirror and will flash if the Automatic Braking, firmly press If equipped, the SBZA system is a turn signal is on. the accelerator pedal, if it is safe lane-changing aid that assists to do so. drivers with avoiding crashes that { Warning occur with moving vehicles in the LCA does not alert the driver to Automatic Braking can be disabled side blind zone (or spot) areas. through vehicle personalization. See When the vehicle is in a forward vehicles outside of the system detection zones, pedestrians, “Front Pedestrian Detection” in gear, the left or right side mirror “Collision/Detection Systems” under display will light up if a moving bicyclists, or animals. It may not Vehicle Personalization 0 136. vehicle is detected in that blind provide alerts when changing zone. If the turn signal is activated (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 283 approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) When the vehicle is started, both Warning (Continued) and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The outside mirror LCA displays will Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) briefly come on to indicate the lanes under all driving conditions. warning area starts at approximately system is operating. When the Failure to use proper care when the middle of the vehicle and goes vehicle is in a forward gear, the left changing lanes may result in back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also or right outside mirror display will injury, death, or vehicle damage. warned of vehicles rapidly light up if a moving vehicle is Before making a lane change, approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) detected in the next lane over in that always check mirrors, glance over behind the vehicle. blind zone or rapidly approaching your shoulder, and use the turn that zone. If the turn signal is signals. How the System Works activated in the same direction as a The LCA symbol lights up in the detected vehicle, this display will flash as an extra warning not to LCA Detection Zones outside mirrors when the system detects a moving vehicle in the next change lanes. lane over that is in the side blind LCA can be disabled. When you zone or rapidly approaching that disable LCA, Side Blind Zone Alert zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol is also disabled. See “Collision/ indicates it may be unsafe to Detection Systems” under Vehicle change lanes. Before making a lane Personalization 0 136. If LCA is change, check the LCA display, disabled by the driver, the LCA check mirrors, glance over your mirror displays will not light up. shoulder, and use the turn signals. When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly 1. SBZA Detection Zone 2. LCA Detection Zone The LCA system requires some driving for the system to calibrate to The LCA sensor covers a zone of maximum performance. This approximately one lane over from calibration may occur more quickly if both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m Left Outside Right Outside the vehicle is driving on a straight (11 ft). The height of the zone is Mirror Display Mirror Display Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

284 Driving and Operating highway road with traffic and LCA may not operate when the LCA between 60 km/h (37 mph) and roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, sensors in the left or right corners of 180 km/h (112 mph). It may assist barriers). the rear bumper are covered with by gently turning the steering wheel LCA displays may not come on mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in if the vehicle approaches a detected when passing a vehicle quickly, for heavy rainstorms. For cleaning lane marking. It may also provide a instructions, see "Washing the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) a stopped vehicle, or when towing a 0 trailer. The LCA detection zones Vehicle" under Exterior Care 376. alert if the vehicle crosses a that extend back from the side of If the DIC still displays the system detected lane marking. LKA can be the vehicle do not move further back unavailable message after cleaning overridden by turning the steering when a trailer is towed. Use caution both sides of the vehicle toward the wheel. This system is not intended while changing lanes when towing a rear corners of the vehicle, see your to keep the vehicle centered in the trailer. LCA may alert to objects dealer. lane. LKA will not assist and alert if attached to the vehicle, such as a If the LCA displays do not light up the turn signal is active in the trailer, bicycle, or object extending when moving vehicles are in the direction of lane departure, or if it out to either side of the vehicle. side blind zone or are rapidly detects that you are accelerating, Attached objects may also interfere approaching this zone and the braking or actively steering. with the detection of vehicles. This system is clean, the system may is normal system operation; the need service. Take the vehicle to { Warning vehicle does not need service. your dealer. The LKA system does not LCA may not always alert the driver Radio Frequency Information continuously steer the vehicle. to vehicles in the next lane over, It may not keep the vehicle in the especially in wet conditions or when See Radio Frequency Statement 0 lane or give a Lane Departure driving on sharp curves. The system 414. Warning (LDW) alert, even if a does not need to be serviced. The system may light up due to Lane Keep Assist (LKA) lane marking is detected. guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and If equipped, LKA may help avoid The LKA and LDW systems other non-moving objects. This is crashes due to unintentional lane may not: normal system operation; the departures. This system uses a (Continued) vehicle does not need service. camera to detect lane markings Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 285 unintended lane departure. It may Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) further provide an audible alert or the driver seat may pulse indicating . Provide an alert or enough maintain proper vehicle position that a lane marking has been steering assist to avoid a within the lane, or vehicle crossed. lane departure or crash. damage, injury, or death could A . Detect lane markings under occur. Always keep the To turn LKA on and off, press poor weather or visibility windshield, headlamps, and on the center stack. If equipped, the conditions. This can occur if camera sensors clean and in indicator light on the button comes the windshield or good repair. Do not use LKA in on when LKA is on and turns off headlamps are blocked by bad weather conditions or on when LKA is disabled. dirt, snow, or ice; if they are roads with unclear lane markings, When on, A is white, if equipped, not in proper condition; or if such as construction zones. indicating that the system is not the sun shines directly into ready to assist. A is green if LKA the camera. is ready to assist. LKA may assist . Detect road edges. by gently turning the steering wheel { Warning . Detect lanes on winding or if the vehicle approaches a detected hilly roads. Using LKA while towing a trailer lane marking. A is amber when or on slippery roads could cause assisting. It may also provide a If LKA only detects lane markings loss of control of the vehicle and Lane Departure Warning (LDW) on one side of the road, it will a crash. Turn the system off. alert by flashing A amber if the only assist or provide an LDW vehicle crosses a detected lane alert when approaching the lane marking. Additionally, there may be on the side where it has detected How the System Works three beeps, or the driver seat may a lane marking. Even with LKA LKA uses a camera sensor installed pulse three times, on the right or and LDW, you must steer the on the windshield ahead of the left, depending on the lane vehicle. Always keep your rearview mirror to detect lane departure direction. attention on the road and markings. It may provide brief (Continued) steering assist if it detects an Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

286 Driving and Operating Take Steering A camera blocked message may Fuel The LKA system does not display if the camera is blocked. continuously steer the vehicle. Some driver assistance systems Top Tier Fuel If LKA does not detect active driver may have reduced performance or steering, an alert and chime may be not work at all. An LKA or LDW GM recommends the use of TOP provided. Steer the vehicle to unavailable message may display if TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep dismiss. LKA may become the systems are temporarily the engine clean, reduce engine temporarily unavailable after unavailable. This message could be deposits, and maintain optimal repeated take steering alerts. due to a blocked camera. The LKA vehicle performance. Look for the system does not need service. TOP TIER Logo or see When the System Does Not Clean the outside of the windshield www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP Seem to Work Properly behind the rearview mirror. TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers and applicable countries. The system performance may be LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts affected by: may occur due to tar marks, shadows, cracks in the road, . Close vehicles ahead. temporary or construction lane . Sudden lighting changes, such markings, or other road as when driving through tunnels. imperfections. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need . Banked roads. service. Turn LKA off if these . Roads with poor lane markings, conditions continue. such as two-lane roads. If the LKA system is not functioning properly when lane markings are clearly visible, cleaning the windshield may help. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 287 Recommended Fuel Prohibited Fuels Caution (Continued) Caution . Fuel with a posted octane rating of less than the Do not use fuels with any of the recommended fuel. Using following conditions; doing so this fuel will lower fuel may damage the vehicle and void economy and performance, its warranty: and may decrease the life of the emissions catalyst. Use regular unleaded gasoline . For vehicles that are not meeting ASTM specification D4814 FlexFuel, fuel labeled with a posted octane rating of 87 — greater than 15% ethanol by Fuels in Foreign (R+M)/2 — or higher. Do not use volume, such as mid-level gasoline with a posted octane rating ethanol blends (16–50% Countries of less than 87, as this may cause ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel. The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post engine knock and will lower fuel fuel octane ratings in anti-knock economy. . Fuel with any amount of methanol, methylal, index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or ferrocene, and aniline. foreign country, see Prohibited 0 FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with These fuels can corrode Fuels 287. ethanol levels greater than 15% by metal fuel system parts or volume. damage plastic and rubber Fuel Additives parts. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is . Fuel containing metals such highly recommended for use with as methylcyclopentadienyl your vehicle. If your country does manganese tricarbonyl not have TOP TIER Detergent (MMT), which can damage Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel the emissions control System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to system and spark plugs. the vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at (Continued) every oil change or 15 000 km Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

288 Driving and Operating (9,000 mi), whichever occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and Warning (Continued) ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus−Gasoline will help keep your . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking materials away vehicle’s engine fuel deposit free and performing optimally. from fuel. . Do not leave the fuel pump Filling the Tank unattended. An arrow on the fuel gauge . Avoid using electronic indicates which side of the vehicle devices while refueling. the fuel door is on. See Fuel Gauge . Do not re-enter the vehicle 0 111. while pumping fuel. To open the fuel door, push and . Keep children away from { Warning release the rearward center edge of the fuel pump and never let the door. children pump fuel. Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn The capless refueling system does violently and can cause injury or . Before touching the fill not have a fuel cap. Fully insert and death. nozzle, touch a metallic latch the fill nozzle, then begin object to discharge static fueling. Follow these guidelines to help electricity from your body. avoid injuries to you and others: . Fuel can spray out if the fill . Read and follow all the nozzle is inserted too { Warning instructions on the fuel quickly. This spray can Overfilling the fuel tank by more pump island. happen if the tank is nearly than three clicks of a standard fill . Turn off the engine when full, and is more likely in hot nozzle may cause: refueling. weather. Insert the fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss (Continued) (Continued) noise to stop before beginning to flow fuel. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 289 Filling the Tank with a Portable 3. Remove and clean the funnel Warning (Continued) Fuel Container adapter and return it to the storage location. . Vehicle performance issues, If the vehicle runs out of fuel and including engine stalling and must be filled from a portable fuel damage to the fuel system. container: Filling a Portable Fuel Container . Fuel spills. . Under certain conditions, fuel fires. { Warning Never fill a portable fuel container Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait while it is in the vehicle. Static five seconds after you have finished electricity discharge from the pumping before removing the fill 1. Locate the capless funnel container can ignite the fuel nozzle. Clean fuel from painted adapter from the rear cargo vapor. You or others could be surfaces as soon as possible. See area under the load floor tray. badly burned and the vehicle 0 Exterior Care 376. Push the fuel 2. Insert and latch the funnel into could be damaged. To help avoid door closed until it latches. the capless fuel system. injury to you and others: . Dispense fuel only into { Warning { Warning approved containers. If a fire starts while you are Attempting to refuel from a . Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle, in a refueling, do not remove the fill portable fuel container without vehicle's trunk, in a pickup nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by using the funnel adapter may shutting off the pump or by bed, or on any surface other cause fuel spillage and damage than the ground. notifying the station attendant. the capless fuel system. This Leave the area immediately. could cause a fire. You or others (Continued) could be badly burned and the vehicle could be damaged. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

290 Driving and Operating

Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing Warning (Continued) . Bring the fill nozzle in General Towing trailer brakes are inadequate for contact with the inside of Information the load, the vehicle may not stop the fill opening before as expected. You and others operating the nozzle. Only use towing equipment that has could be seriously injured. The Maintain contact until filling been designed for the vehicle. vehicle may also be damaged, is complete. Contact your dealer or trailering and the repairs would not be dealer for assistance with preparing . Keep sparks, flames, and covered by the vehicle warranty. the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read the smoking materials away Pull a trailer only if all the steps in entire section before towing a trailer. from fuel. this section have been followed. To tow a disabled vehicle, see . Do not use electronic Ask your dealer for advice and Towing the Vehicle 0 372. To tow devices while pumping fuel. information about towing a trailer the vehicle behind another vehicle with the vehicle. such as a motor home, see Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 373. Driving with a Trailer Driving Characteristics Trailering is different than just and Towing Tips driving the vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in handling, acceleration, braking, { Warning durability, and fuel economy. You can lose control when towing Successful, safe trailering takes a trailer if the correct equipment is correct equipment, and it has to be not used or the vehicle is not used properly. driven properly. For example, The following information has many if the trailer is too heavy or the time-tested, important trailering tips (Continued) and safety rules. Many of these are Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 291 important for your safety and that of . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). If equipped with Lane Change Alert your passengers. Read this section If the transmission downshifts (LCA), the LCA detection zones that carefully before pulling a trailer. too often, a lower gear may be extend back from the side of the When towing a trailer: selected using Manual Mode vehicle do not move further back See Manual Mode 0 248. when a trailer is towed. Use caution . Become familiar with and follow If equipped, the following driver while changing lanes when towing a all state and local laws that trailer. apply to trailer towing. These assistance features should be requirements vary from state to turned off when towing a trailer: If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic state. . Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Alert (RCTA), use caution while backing up when towing a trailer, as . State laws may require the use . Super Cruise Control the RCTA detection zones that of extended side view mirrors. . Lane Keep Assist (LKA) extend out from the back of the Even if not required, you should vehicle do not move further back install extended side view . Park Assist when a trailer is towed. mirrors if your visibility is limited . Automatic Parking Assist (APA) or restricted while towing. . Reverse Automatic { Warning . Do not tow a trailer during the Braking (RAB) first 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle To prevent serious injury or death use to prevent damage to the If equipped, the following driver from carbon monoxide (CO), engine, axle, or other parts. assistance features should be when towing a trailer: turned to alert or off when towing a . It is recommended to perform trailer: . Do not drive with the the first oil change before heavy liftgate, trunk/hatch, towing. . Automatic Emergency or rear-most window open. Braking (AEB) . During the first 800 km (500 mi) . Fully open the air outlets on of trailer towing, do not drive . Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) or under the instrument over 80 km/h (50 mph) and do . Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) panel. not make starts at full throttle. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

292 Driving and Operating tires, and mirrors. See Towing Passing Warning (Continued) Equipment 0 298. If the trailer has More passing distance is needed electric brakes, start the when towing a trailer. The . Adjust the climate control combination moving and then combination will not accelerate as system to a setting that manually apply the trailer brake quickly and is much longer so it is brings in only outside air. controller to check the trailer brakes necessary to go much farther See “Climate Control work. During the trip, occasionally beyond the passed vehicle before Systems” in the Index. check that the cargo and trailer are returning to the lane. Pass on level For more information about secure and that the lamps and any roadways. Avoid passing on hills if trailer brakes are working. carbon monoxide, see Engine possible. 0 Exhaust 245. Towing with a Stability Control Backing Up System Towing a trailer requires experience. Hold the bottom of the steering When towing, the stability control The combination of the vehicle and wheel with one hand. To move the system might be heard. The system trailer is longer and not as trailer to the left, move that hand to reacts to vehicle movement caused responsive as the vehicle itself. Get the left. To move the trailer to the by the trailer, which mainly occurs used to the handling and braking of right, move that hand to the right. during cornering. This is normal the combination by driving on a when towing heavier trailers. Always back up slowly and, level road surface before driving on if possible, have someone public roads. Following Distance guide you. The trailer structure, the tires, and Stay at least twice as far behind the Making Turns the brakes must be all be rated to vehicle ahead as you would when carry the intended cargo. driving without a trailer. This can Inadequate trailer equipment can help to avoid heavy braking and Caution cause the combination to operate in sudden turns. an unexpected or unsafe manner. Turn more slowly and make wider Before driving, inspect all trailer arcs when towing a trailer to hitch parts and attachments, safety prevent damage to your vehicle. chains, electrical connectors, lamps, (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 293 If the engine is turned off 2. Have someone place chocks Caution (Continued) immediately after towing at high under the trailer wheels. altitude on steep uphill grades, the Making very sharp turns could 3. When the wheel chocks are in vehicle could show signs similar to place, gradually release the cause the trailer to contact the engine overheating. To avoid this, vehicle. brake pedal to allow the chocks let the engine run, preferably on to absorb the load of the trailer. level ground, with the transmission Make wider turns than normal when in P (Park) for a few minutes before 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then towing, so trailer will not go over soft turning the engine off. If the apply the parking brake and shoulders, over curbs, or strike road overheat warning comes on, see shift into P (Park). 0 signs, trees, or other objects. Engine Overheating 319. 5. Release the brake pedal. Always signal turns well in advance. Parking on Hills Do not steer or brake suddenly. Leaving After Parking on a Hill Driving on Grades 1. Apply and hold the brake { Warning pedal. Reduce speed and shift to a lower To prevent serious injury or death, . Start the engine. gear before starting down a long or always park your vehicle and steep downhill grade. If the . Shift into a gear. trailer on a level surface when transmission is not shifted down, the . Release the parking brake. brakes may overheat and result in possible. reduced braking efficiency. 2. Let up on the brake pedal. The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). When parking your vehicle and your 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is Shift the transmission to a lower trailer on a hill: clear of the chocks. gear if the transmission shifts too 1. Press the brake pedal, but do 4. Stop and have someone pick often under heavy loads and/or hilly not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn up and store the chocks. conditions. the wheels into the curb if When towing at higher altitudes, facing downhill or into traffic if engine coolant will boil at a lower facing uphill. temperature than at lower altitudes. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

294 Driving and Operating Maintenance When Trailer . GCWR: Gross Combined Weight Towing Caution (Continued) Rating The vehicle needs service more vehicle warranty. To tow a trailer . GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight often when used to tow trailers. See correctly, follow the directions in Rating Maintenance Schedule 0 388. It is this section and see your dealer . Maximum Trailer Weight Rating especially important to check the for important information about . Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight automatic transmission fluid, engine towing a trailer with the vehicle. oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling See “Weight-Distributing Hitch system, and brake system before Adjustment” under Towing and during each trip. Trailer Weight Equipment 0 298 to determine if Check periodically that all nuts and equalizer bars are required to obtain bolts on the trailer hitch are tight. { Warning the maximum trailer weight rating. See Trailer Brakes under Towing Never exceed the towing capacity “ ” Engine Cooling When Trailer Equipment 0 298 to determine if Towing for your vehicle. brakes are required based on your The cooling system may temporarily trailer's weight. overheat during severe operating Safe trailering requires monitoring The only way to be sure the weight conditions. See Engine Overheating the weight, speed, altitude, road is not exceeding any of these 0 319. grades, outside temperature, ratings is to weigh the tow vehicle dimensions of the front of the trailer, and trailer combination, fully loaded Trailer Towing and how frequently the vehicle is for the trip, getting individual used to tow a trailer. weights for each of these items. Caution Trailer Weight Ratings Towing a trailer improperly can When towing a trailer, the weight of damage the vehicle and result in the loaded vehicle and trailer must be within the weight ratings for the costly repairs not covered by the vehicle. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 295 To check that the weight of the The gross combined weight can { Warning vehicle and trailer are within the also be confirmed by weighing the GCWR for the vehicle, follow these truck and trailer on a public scale. You and others could be seriously steps: The truck and trailer should be injured or killed if the trailer is too 1. Start with the "curb weight" loaded for the trip with passengers heavy or the trailer brakes are and cargo. inadequate for the load. The from the Trailering Information vehicle may be damaged, and the label. repairs would not be covered by 2. Add the weight of the trailer the vehicle warranty. loaded with cargo and ready for the trip. Only tow a trailer if all the steps in this section have been followed. 3. Add the weight of all Ask your dealer for advice and passengers. information about towing a trailer. 4. Add the weight of all cargo in the vehicle. Gross Combined Weight 5. Add the weight of hitch Rating (GCWR) hardware such as a draw bar, ball, load equalizer bars, GCWR is the total allowable weight or sway bars. of the completely loaded vehicle Gross Vehicle Weight and trailer including any fuel, 6. Add the weight of any Rating (GVWR) accessories or aftermarket passengers, cargo, equipment, and For information about the vehicle's accessories. Do not exceed the equipment added to the vehicle. maximum load capacity, see Vehicle GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR Load Limits 0 233. When calculating for the vehicle is on the tow rating The resulting weight cannot exceed the GVWR with a trailer attached, chart later in this section. the GCWR value on the Trailering the trailer tongue weight must be Information label. included as part of the weight the vehicle is carrying. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

296 Driving and Operating Maximum Trailer Weight Rating The maximum trailer weight rating is calculated assuming the tow vehicle has a driver, a front seat passenger, and all required trailering equipment. Weight of additional optional equipment, passengers, and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the trailer weight rating. Use the tow rating chart to determine how much the trailer can weigh, based on the vehicle model, powertrain and trailering options. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 297

Vehicle Maximum Trailer Weight *GCWR 1.2L CVT Front-Wheel Drive 454 kg (1,000 lb) 2,050 kg (4,519 lb) 1.3L CVT Front-Wheel Drive 454 kg (1,000 lb) 2,070 kg (4,563 lb) 1.3L AT All-Wheel Drive 454 kg (1,000 lb) 2,130 kg (4,695 lb) * The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicel and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Maximum Trailer Tongue The trailer tongue weight contributes Weight Rating to the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes the CURB WEIGHT The Maximum Trailer Tongue of your vehicle, any passengers, Weight Rating is the allowable cargo, equipment and the trailer trailer tongue weight that the vehicle tongue weight. Vehicle options, can support using a conventional passengers, cargo, and equipment trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce the maximum allowable reduce the overall trailer weight to tongue weight the vehicle can carry, stay within the maximum trailer which also reduces the maximum tongue weight rating while still allowable trailer weight. maintaining the correct trailer load balance. Trailer Load Balance Do not exceed a maximum trailer The correct trailer load balance tongue weight of 45.36 kg (100 lb). must be maintained to ensure trailer stability. Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of trailer sway. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

298 Driving and Operating possible to transfer some of the Towing Equipment cargo into your vehicle. If the trailer tongue weight is too high or too low, Hitches it may be possible to rearrange Always use the correct hitch some of the cargo inside of the equipment for your vehicle. trailer. Crosswinds, large trucks going by, Do not exceed the maximum and rough roads can affect the allowable tongue weight for your trailer and the hitch. vehicle. Use the shortest hitch Proper hitch equipment for your extension available to position the vehicle helps maintain control of the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This vehicle-trailer combination. Many will help reduce the effect of the trailers can be towed using a The trailer tongue weight (1) should trailer tongue weight on the trailer weight-carrying hitch which has a be 10–15% of the loaded trailer hitch and the rear axle. coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a weight (2). Some specific trailer If a cargo carrier is used in the tow eye latched to a pintle hook. types, such as boat trailers, fall trailer hitch receiver, choose a Other trailers may require a outside of this range. Always refer carrier that positions the load as weight-distributing hitch that uses to the trailer owner’s manual for the close to the vehicle as possible. spring bars to distribute the trailer recommended trailer tongue weight Make sure the total weight, tongue weight between your vehicle for each trailer. Never exceed the including the carrier, is no more than and trailer axles. See “Maximum maximum loads for your vehicle, half of the maximum allowable Trailer Tongue Weight” under Trailer hitch and trailer. tongue weight for the vehicle. Towing 0 294 for weight limits with After loading the trailer, separately Ask your dealer for trailering various hitch types. weigh the trailer and then the trailer information or assistance. Never attach rental hitches or other tongue and calculate the trailer load bumper-type hitches. Only use balance percentage to see if the frame-mounted hitches that do not weights and distribution are attach to the bumper. appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer weight is too high, it may be Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Driving and Operating 299 Tires Trailer Brakes Turn Signals When Towing a . Do not tow a trailer while using a Loaded trailers over 450 kg Trailer compact spare tire on the (1,000 lb) must be equipped with When properly connected, the trailer vehicle. brake systems and with brakes for turn signals should will illuminate to . Tires must be properly inflated to each axle. Trailer braking equipment indicate the vehicle is turning, support loads while towing a conforming to Canadian Standards changing lanes, or stopping. When trailer. See Tires 0 344 for Association (CSA) requirement towing a trailer, the arrows on the instructions on proper tire CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is instrument cluster will illuminate inflation. recommended. even if the trailer is not properly State or local regulations may connected or the bulbs are Safety Chains require trailers to have their own burned out. Always attach chains between the braking system if the loaded weight Trailer Tires vehicle and the trailer, and attach of the trailer exceeds certain the chains to the holes on the trailer minimums that can vary from state Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from hitch platform. Instructions about to state. Read and follow the vehicle tires. Trailer tires are safety chains may be provided by instructions for the trailer brakes so designed with stiff sidewalls to help the hitch manufacturer or by the they are installed, adjusted, and prevent sway and to support heavy trailer manufacturer. maintained properly. Never attempt loads. These features can make it to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic difficult to determine if the trailer tire Cross the safety chains under the brake system. If you do, both the pressures are low only based on a tongue of the trailer to help prevent vehicle anti-lock brakes and the visual inspection. the tongue from contacting the road trailer brakes may not function, Always check all trailer tire if it becomes separated from the which could result in a crash. hitch. Always leave just enough pressures before each trip when the slack so the combination can turn. Trailer Lamps tires are cool. Low trailer tire Never allow safety chains to drag on pressure is a leading cause of trailer the ground. Always check all trailer lamps are tire blow-outs. working at the beginning of each trip, and periodically on longer trips. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

300 Driving and Operating Trailer tires deteriorate over time. Conversions and The trailer tire sidewall will show the Caution week and year the tire was Add-Ons manufactured. Many trailer tire Some electrical equipment can manufacturers recommend Add-On Electrical damage the vehicle or cause replacing tires more than six components to not work and years old. Equipment would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always check Overloading is another leading with your dealer before adding cause of trailer tire blow-outs. Never { Warning electrical equipment. load your trailer with more weight The Data Link Connector (DLC) is than the tires are designed to used for vehicle service and support. The load rating is located Emission Inspection/Maintenance Add-on equipment can drain the on the trailer tire sidewall. vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the testing. See Malfunction Indicator vehicle is not operating. Always know the maximum speed Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 115. rating for the trailer tires before A device connected to the DLC — The vehicle has an airbag system. driving. This may be significantly such as an aftermarket fleet or Before attempting to add anything lower than the vehicle tire speed driver-behavior tracking device — electrical to the vehicle, see rating. The speed rating may be on may interfere with vehicle Servicing the Airbag-Equipped the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed 0 systems. This could affect vehicle Vehicle 71 and rating is not shown, the default operation and cause a crash. Adding Equipment to the trailer tire speed rating is 105 km/h Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 71. (65 mph). Such devices may also access information stored in the vehicle’s systems. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 301 Brake Fluid ...... 322 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Vehicle Care Battery - North America ...... 323 Sidemarker, Stoplamps, and All-Wheel Drive ...... 325 Back-Up Lamps (Base Starter Switch Check ...... 325 Level) ...... 335 General Information Automatic Transmission Shift Taillamps, Turn Signal, General Information ...... 302 Lock Control Function Sidemarker, Stoplamps, and California Proposition Check ...... 326 Back-Up Lamps (Uplevel) . . . 336 65 Warning ...... 302 Park Brake and P (Park) California Perchlorate Mechanism Check ...... 326 Electrical System Materials Requirements . . . . . 303 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 326 Electrical System Overload . . . 337 Accessories and Windshield Replacement . . . . . 328 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 337 Modifications ...... 303 Gas Strut(s) ...... 328 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 338 Vehicle Checks Headlamp Aiming Instrument Panel Fuse Doing Your Own Front Headlamp Aiming ...... 329 Block ...... 341 Service Work ...... 303 Rear Compartment Fuse Hood ...... 304 Bulb Replacement Block ...... 342 Engine Compartment Bulb Replacement ...... 329 Overview ...... 306 Halogen Bulbs ...... 330 Wheels and Tires Engine Oil ...... 309 LED Lighting ...... 330 Tires ...... 344 Engine Oil Life System ...... 311 Headlamps and Sidemarker All-Season Tires ...... 344 Automatic Transmission Lamps ...... 330 Winter Tires ...... 345 Fluid ...... 312 Front Turn Signal and Fog Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 345 Engine Air Filter Life Lamps ...... 331 Tire Designations ...... 347 System ...... 313 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Tire Terminology and Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 313 Sidemarker, and Stoplamps Definitions ...... 348 Cooling System ...... 315 (Base Level) ...... 332 Tire Pressure ...... 350 Engine Overheating ...... 319 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Tire Pressure Monitor Washer Fluid ...... 320 Sidemarker, and Stoplamps System ...... 351 Brakes ...... 321 (Uplevel) ...... 335 Tire Pressure Monitor Brake Pad Life System ...... 322 Operation ...... 352 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

302 Vehicle Care Tire Inspection ...... 356 General Information California Proposition Tire Rotation ...... 356 When It Is Time for New For service and parts needs, visit 65 Warning Tires ...... 357 your dealer. You will receive Buying New Tires ...... 358 genuine GM parts and GM-trained { Warning Different Size Tires and and supported service people. Most motor vehicles, including Wheels ...... 360 Genuine GM parts have one of this one, as well as many of its Uniform Tire Quality these marks: Grading ...... 360 service parts and fluids, contain Wheel Alignment and Tire and/or emit chemicals known to Balance ...... 361 the State of California to cause Wheel Replacement ...... 361 cancer and birth defects or other Tire Chains ...... 362 reproductive harm. Engine If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 363 exhaust, many parts and Tire Changing ...... 364 systems, many fluids, and some Compact Spare Tire ...... 369 component wear by-products Jump Starting contain and/or emit these Jump Starting - North chemicals. For more information America ...... 370 go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle. Towing the Vehicle Towing the Vehicle ...... 372 0 Recreational Vehicle See Battery - North America 323 Towing ...... 373 and Jump Starting - North America Appearance Care 0 370 and the back cover. Exterior Care ...... 376 Interior Care ...... 381 Floor Mats ...... 384 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 303 California Perchlorate Damage to suspension components Vehicle Checks caused by modifying vehicle height Materials Requirements outside of factory settings will not be Certain types of automotive covered by the vehicle warranty. Doing Your Own applications, such as airbag Damage to vehicle components Service Work initiators, seat belt pretensioners, resulting from modifications or the and lithium batteries contained in installation or use of non-GM { Warning electronic keys, may contain certified parts, including control perchlorate materials. Perchlorate module or software modifications, is It can be dangerous to work on Material – special handling may not covered under the terms of the your vehicle if you do not have apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/ vehicle warranty and may affect the proper knowledge, service hazardouswaste/perchlorate. remaining warranty coverage for manual, tools, or parts. Always affected parts. follow owner s manual procedures Accessories and ’ GM Accessories are designed to and consult the service manual Modifications complement and function with other for your vehicle before doing any Adding non-dealer accessories or systems on the vehicle. See your service work. making modifications to the vehicle dealer to accessorize the vehicle can affect vehicle performance and using genuine GM Accessories If doing some of your own service safety, including such things as installed by a dealer technician. work, use the proper service airbags, braking, stability, ride and Also, see Adding Equipment to the manual. It tells you much more handling, emissions systems, Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 71. about how to service the vehicle aerodynamics, durability, and than this manual can. To order the electronic systems like antilock proper service manual, see brakes, traction control, and stability Publication Ordering Information control. These accessories or 0 413. modifications could even cause This vehicle has an airbag system. malfunction or damage not covered Before attempting to do your own by the vehicle warranty. service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 71. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

304 Vehicle Care If equipped with remote vehicle start, open the hood before Warning (Continued) performing any service work to prevent remote starting the vehicle vehicle is on, the engine will start accidentally. See Remote Vehicle when the hood is opened. You or Start 0 15. others could be injured. Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed. See { Warning Maintenance Records 0 399. Components under the hood can Caution get hot from running the engine. To help avoid the risk of burning 1. Pull the hood release handle Even small amounts of unprotected skin, never touch inside the vehicle. It is located contamination can cause damage these components until they have on the lower left side of the to vehicle systems. Do not allow cooled, and always use a glove or instrument panel. contaminants to contact the fluids, towel to avoid direct skin contact. reservoir caps, or dipsticks. Clear any snow from the hood Hood before opening. To open the hood: { Warning For vehicles with auto engine stop/start, turn the vehicle off before opening the hood. If the (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 305 2. Go to the front of the vehicle 2. Lift the hood and remove the and move the secondary hood hood prop rod from the release lever toward the right underside of the hood. Return side of the vehicle. the prop rod to its retainer. The prop rod must click into place when returning it to the retainer to prevent hood damage. 3. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in) above the vehicle and release it so it fully latches. Check to make sure the hood is closed and repeat the process if necessary.

{ Warning Do not drive the vehicle if the 3. Lift the hood and release the hood is not latched completely. hood prop from its retainer, The hood could open fully, block above the radiator. Securely your vision, and cause a crash. place the hood prop into the You or others could be injured. slot on the underside of Always close the hood completely the hood. before driving. To close the hood: 1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler caps are on properly, and all tools are removed. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

306 Vehicle Care Engine Compartment Overview

1.2L L3 Engine (LIH) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 307 1. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See Washer Fluid 0 320. 2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. See Cooling System 0 315. 3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 309. 4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See Cooling System 0 315. 5. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil 0 309. 6. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 313. 7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brakes 0 321. 8. Positive (+) Battery Terminal. See Jump Starting - North America 0 370. 9. Battery - North America 0 323. 10. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 338. 11. Remote Negative (-) Battery Terminal. See Jump Starting - North America 0 370 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

308 Vehicle Care

1.3L L3 Engine (L3T) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 309 1. Windshield Washer Fluid Engine Oil dipstick handle is a loop. See Reservoir. See Washer Fluid Engine Compartment Overview 0 320. To ensure proper engine 0 306 for the location. performance and long life, careful 2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank attention must be paid to engine oil. and Pressure Cap. See Following these simple, but { Warning Cooling System 0 315. important steps will help protect The engine oil dipstick handle your investment: 3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See may be hot; it could burn you. 0 Engine Oil 309. . Use engine oil approved to the Use a towel or glove to touch the 4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See proper specification and of the dipstick handle. Engine Oil 0 309. proper viscosity grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” 5. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of in this section. If a low oil Driver Information Center View). See Cooling System (DIC) message displays, check the 0 315. . Check the engine oil level oil level. regularly and maintain the 6. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 313. proper oil level. See “Checking Follow these guidelines: 7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Engine Oil” and “When to Add . To get an accurate reading, park Brakes 0 321. Engine Oil” in this section. the vehicle on level ground. 8. Positive (+) Battery Terminal. . Change the engine oil at the Check the engine oil level after See Jump Starting - North appropriate time. See Engine Oil the engine has been off for at America 0 370. Life System 0 311. least two hours. Checking the engine oil level on steep grades 9. Battery - North America 0 323. . Always dispose of engine oil or too soon after engine shutoff 10. Engine Compartment Fuse properly. See “What to Do with can result in incorrect readings. Block 0 338. Used Oil” in this section. Accuracy improves when Checking Engine Oil checking a cold engine prior to 11. Remote Negative (-) Battery starting. Remove the dipstick Terminal. See Jump Starting - Check the engine oil level regularly, 0 and check the level. North America 370 every 650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long trip. The engine oil Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

310 Vehicle Care . If unable to wait two hours, the Selecting the Right Engine Oil engine must be off for at least Caution Selecting the right engine oil 15 minutes if the engine is depends on both the proper oil warm, or at least 30 minutes if Do not add too much oil. Oil specification and viscosity grade. the engine is not warm. Pull out levels above or below the See Recommended Fluids and the dipstick, wipe it with a clean acceptable operating range Lubricants 0 397. paper towel or cloth, then push it shown on the dipstick are harmful back in all the way. Remove it to the engine. If you find that you Specification again, keeping the tip down, and have an oil level above the Use full synthetic engine oils that check the level. operating range, i.e., the engine meet the dexos1 specification. has so much oil that the oil level When to Add Engine Oil gets above the MAX mark, the Engine oils that have been engine could be damaged. You approved by GM as meeting the should drain out the excess oil or dexos1 specification are marked limit driving of the vehicle and with the dexos1 approved logo. See seek a service professional to www.gmdexos.com. remove the excess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview If the oil is below the cross-hatched 0 306 for the location of the engine area at the tip of the dipstick and oil fill cap. the engine has been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the Add enough oil to put the level recommended oil and then recheck somewhere in the proper operating the level. See “Selecting the Right range between the MIN and MAX Engine Oil” later in this section for marks. Push the dipstick all the way an explanation of what kind of oil to back in when through. use. For engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities and Specifications 0 401. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 311 Engine Oil Additives/Engine Used oil can be a threat to the Caution Oil Flushes environment. If you change your own oil, be sure to drain all the oil Failure to use the recommended Do not add anything to the oil. The from the filter before disposal. Never engine oil or equivalent can result recommended oils meeting the dispose of oil by putting it in the in engine damage not covered by dexos1 specification are all that is trash or pouring it on the ground, the vehicle warranty. needed for good performance and into sewers, or into streams or engine protection. bodies of water. Recycle it by taking Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not it to a place that collects used oil. recommended and could cause Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine damage not covered by the Engine Oil Life System engine oil for 1.3L L3 engine. vehicle warranty. Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade When to Change Engine Oil What to Do with Used Oil engine oil for 1.2L L3 engine. Cold This vehicle has a computer system Temperature Operation: In an area Used engine oil contains certain that indicates when to change the of extreme cold, where the elements that can be unhealthy for engine oil and filter. This is based temperature falls below −29 °C your skin and could even cause on a combination of factors which (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be cancer. Do not let used oil stay on include engine revolutions, engine used for the 1.2L L3 engine. An oil your skin for very long. Clean your temperature, and miles driven. of this viscosity grade will provide skin and nails with soap and water, Based on driving conditions, the easier cold starting for the engine at or a good hand cleaner. Wash or mileage at which an oil change is extremely low temperatures. properly dispose of clothing or rags indicated can vary considerably. For When selecting an oil of the containing used engine oil. See the the oil life system to work properly, appropriate viscosity grade, it is manufacturer's warnings about the the system must be reset every time recommended to select an oil of the use and disposal of oil products. the oil is changed. correct specification. See “Specification” earlier in this section. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

312 Vehicle Care When the system has calculated How to Reset the Engine Oil Automatic Transmission that oil life has been diminished, it Life System indicates that an oil change is Fluid necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE Reset the system whenever the engine oil is changed so that the How to Check Automatic OIL SOON message comes on. Transmission Fluid Change the oil as soon as possible system can calculate the next within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). engine oil change. To reset the It is not necessary to check the It is possible that, if driving under system: transmission fluid level. the best conditions, the oil life 1. Display the REMAINING OIL A transmission fluid leak is the only system might indicate that an oil LIFE on the DIC. See Driver reason for fluid loss. If a leak change is not necessary for up to a Information Center (DIC) occurs, take the vehicle to your year. The engine oil and filter must (Uplevel) 0 124 or dealer and have it repaired as soon be changed at least once a year Driver Information Center (DIC) as possible. and, at this time, the system must (Base Level) 0 127. This There is a special procedure for be reset. Your dealer has trained display shows an estimate of checking and changing the service people who will perform this the oil’s remaining useful life. transmission fluid. Because this work and reset the system. It is also If 99% is displayed, that means procedure is difficult, you should important to check the oil regularly that 99% of the current oil life have this done at your dealer. over the course of an oil drain remains. interval and keep it at the proper Change the fluid at the intervals level. 2. Press and hold l or the listed in Maintenance Schedule thumbwheel while the Oil Life 0 388, and be sure to use the fluid If the system is ever reset display is active. The oil life will listed in Recommended Fluids and accidentally, the oil must be change to 100%. Lubricants 0 397. changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since the last oil change. If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Remember to reset the oil life message comes back on when the system whenever the oil is changed. vehicle is started, the engine oil life system has not been reset. Repeat the procedure. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 313 Engine Air Filter Life How to Reset Engine Air Filter Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Life System System The engine air cleaner/filter is in the Reset the system whenever the engine compartment on the When to Change Engine Air engine air filter is replaced so that passenger side of the vehicle. See Filter the system can calculate the next Engine Compartment Overview If equipped, this feature provides an engine air filter change. 0 306. indication of when to change the To reset: engine air filter. It is based on When to Inspect the Engine Air driving conditions, which can cause 1. Place the vehicle in P (Park). Cleaner/Filter when to change to vary greatly. It is 2. Select Engine Air Filter Life on For intervals on changing and possible an air filter change may not the DIC menu. See Driver inspecting the engine air cleaner/ be indicated for up to four years. Information Center (DIC) filter, see Maintenance Schedule 0 0 When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL (Uplevel) 124 or 388. CHANGE message displays, the Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 127. How to Inspect the Engine Air engine air filter should be replaced Cleaner/Filter at the time of the next engine oil 3. Press l or the thumbwheel to change. When the REPLACE move to the Reset/Disable Do not start the engine or have the ENGINE AIR FILTER NOW display area. Select Reset then engine running with the engine air cleaner/filter housing open. Before message displays, the engine air press l or press the filter should be replaced as soon as removing the engine air cleaner/ thumbwheel. Then press Yes to possible. Reset the engine air filter filter, make sure that the engine air confirm the reset. life system after the engine air filter cleaner/filter housing and nearby is replaced. See your dealer for 4. 100% AIR FILTER LIFE will be components are free of dirt and service and to reset the system. displayed when the Engine Air debris. Remove the engine air Filter Life System is cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake successfully reset. the engine air cleaner/filter (away from the vehicle), to release loose dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air cleaner/filter for damage, and Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

314 Vehicle Care replace if damaged. Do not clean the engine air cleaner/filter with water or compressed air. To inspect or replace the air cleaner/ filter:

2. Press a hook both sides and 4. Remove four screws, tilt the disassemble two hooks. cover, and slide it out of the assembly. 5. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/filter. 6. Lower the cover, slide it into 1. Remove the two push pins. the assembly, then secure with the screws. See Maintenance Schedule 0 388 for replacement intervals.

3. Disassemble the duct. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 315 1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank { Warning and Pressure Cap 2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out Operating the engine with the air of View) cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air; it { Warning helps to stop flames if the engine An underhood electric fan can backfires. Use caution when start up even when the engine is working on the engine and do not not running and can cause injury. drive with the air cleaner/filter off. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood 1.2L L3 Engine (LIH) electric fan. Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can easily get into the engine, { Warning which could damage it. Always Do not touch heater or radiator have the air cleaner/filter in place hoses, or other engine parts. when driving. They can be very hot and can burn you. Do not run the engine if Cooling System there is a leak; all coolant could leak out. That could cause an The cooling system allows the engine fire and can burn you. Fix engine to maintain the correct any leak before driving the working temperature. 1.3L L3 Engine (L3T) vehicle. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

316 Vehicle Care Engine Coolant Use a 50/50 mixture of clean Never dispose of engine coolant by drinkable water and DEX-COOL putting it in the trash, pouring it on The cooling system in the vehicle is coolant. This mixture: the ground, or into sewers, streams, filled with DEX-COOL engine or bodies of water. Have the coolant coolant. This coolant is designed to . Gives freezing protection down changed by an authorized service remain in the vehicle for five years to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside center, familiar with legal or 240 000 km (150,000 mi), temperature. requirements regarding used whichever occurs first. . Gives boiling protection up to coolant disposal. This will help The following explains the cooling 129 °C (265 °F), engine protect the environment and your system and how to check and add temperature. health. coolant when it is low. If there is a . Protects against rust and Checking Coolant problem with engine overheating, corrosion. see Engine Overheating 0 319. The vehicle must be on a level . Will not damage aluminum parts. What to Use surface when checking the coolant . Helps keep the proper engine level. temperature. It is normal to see coolant moving in { Warning the upper coolant hose return line Plain water, or other liquids such Caution when the engine is running. as alcohol, can boil before the Do not use anything other than a proper coolant mixture will. With mix of DEX-COOL coolant that plain water or the wrong mixture, meets GM Standard the engine could get too hot but GMW3420 and clean, drinkable there would not be an overheat water. Anything else can cause warning. The engine could catch damage to the engine cooling fire and you or others could be system and the vehicle, which burned. would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 317 How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank { Warning Spilling coolant on hot engine { Warning parts can burn you. Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will Steam and scalding liquids from a burn if the engine parts are hot hot cooling system are under enough. pressure. Turning the pressure cap, even a little, can cause them to come out at high speed and you could be burned. Never turn Caution the cap when the cooling system, Check to see if coolant is visible in including the pressure cap, is hot. Failure to follow the specific the coolant surge tank. If the coolant Wait for the cooling system and coolant fill procedure could cause inside the coolant surge tank is pressure cap to cool. the engine to overheat and could boiling, do not do anything else until cause system damage. If coolant it cools down. is not visible in the surge tank, If coolant is visible but the coolant contact your dealer. level is not at or above the mark { Warning pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture of Plain water, or other liquids such If no problem is found, check to see clean drinkable water and as alcohol, can boil before the if coolant is visible in the coolant DEX-COOL coolant. proper coolant mixture will. With surge tank. If coolant is visible but Be sure the cooling system is cool plain water or the wrong mixture, the coolant level is not at the before this is done. the engine could get too hot but indicated level mark, add a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable there would not be an overheat If no coolant is visible in the coolant water and DEX-COOL coolant at the surge tank, add coolant as follows: warning. The engine could catch coolant surge tank, but be sure the fire and you or others could be burned. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

318 Vehicle Care cooling system, including the 5. Replace the pressure cap coolant surge tank pressure cap, is tightly. cool before you do it. 6. Verify coolant level after the engine is shut off and the coolant is cold. If necessary, repeat coolant fill procedure Steps 1–6. If the coolant still is not at the proper level when the system 1. Remove the coolant surge tank cools down again, see your pressure cap when the cooling dealer. system, including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with Caution upper radiator hose, is no the proper mixture to the longer hot. indicated level mark. If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, coolant loss and engine Turn the pressure cap slowly 4. With the coolant surge tank damage may occur. Be sure the counterclockwise about pressure cap off, start the one-quarter of a turn. If you engine and let it run until you cap is properly and tightly hear a hiss, wait for that to can feel the upper radiator secured. stop. This will allow any hose getting hot. Watch out for the engine cooling fan. pressure still left to be vented Automatic Coolant Service Fill out the discharge hose. By this time, the coolant level Instruction inside the coolant surge tank 2. Keep turning the pressure cap If equipped, this feature assists in slowly and remove it. may be lower. If the level is lower, add more of the proper filling and removing air from the mixture to the coolant surge cooling system after service of tank until the level reaches the components or when coolant is indicated level mark. added after being too low. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 319 To activate the fill and air removal carefully remove the surge tank cap, process: refill to the COLD FILL mark, and Caution repeat Steps 4-7. The fill and air 1. With a cold system, open the Do not run the engine if there is a surge tank cap and add coolant removal process will run for approximately 10 minutes. leak in the engine cooling system. to the COLD FILL mark on the This can cause a loss of all surge tank. Engine Overheating coolant and can damage the 2. Connect the vehicle to a system and vehicle. Have any battery charger. The vehicle has an engine coolant leaks fixed right away. temperature gauge to warn of the 3. Turn the ignition to Service engine overheating. See Engine Mode. See Ignition Positions Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 112. If Steam Is Coming from the 0 237. If the decision is made not to lift the Engine Compartment 4. Turn off the air conditioning. hood when this warning appears, 5. Set the parking brake. get service help right away. See { Warning Roadside Assistance Program 6. At the same time, press the 0 408. Steam and scalding liquids from a accelerator and the brake for hot cooling system are under two seconds, then release. If the decision is made to lift the pressure. Turning the pressure hood, make sure the vehicle is At the end of the cycle, check the cap, even a little, can cause them parked on a level surface. coolant level in the surge tank and to come out at high speed and add coolant if it is low. Turn off the Then check to see if the engine you could be burned. Never turn vehicle, allow the Engine Control cooling fan is running. If the engine the cap when the cooling system, Module (ECM) to go to sleep, about is overheating, the fan should be including the pressure cap, is hot. two minutes, and repeat Steps 3-7. running. If it is not, do not continue Wait for the cooling system and to run the engine. Have the vehicle Listen for pump activation and pressure cap to cool. serviced. movement of the control valves while watching the level of the coolant in the surge tank. If the tank empties, turn the ignition off, Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

320 Vehicle Care If No Steam Is Coming from front. If the warning does not come Adding Washer Fluid the Engine Compartment back on, continue to drive normally and have the cooling system If an engine overheat warning is checked for proper fill and function. displayed but no steam can be seen or heard, the problem may not be If the warning continues, pull over, too serious. Sometimes the engine stop, and park the vehicle can get a little too hot when the right away. vehicle: If there is no sign of steam, idle the Open the cap with the washer . Climbs a long hill on a hot day engine for three minutes while parked. If the warning is still symbol on it. Add washer fluid until . Stops after high-speed driving displayed, turn off the engine until it the tank is full. See Engine 0 If the overheat warning is displayed cools down. Compartment Overview 306 for with no sign of steam: reservoir location. Washer Fluid 1. Turn the air conditioning off. Caution 2. Turn the heater on to the What to Use highest temperature and to the . Do not use washer fluid that When the vehicle needs windshield contains any type of water highest fan speed. Open the washer fluid, be sure to read the windows as necessary. repellent coating. This can manufacturer's instructions before cause the wiper blades to 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off use. If operating the vehicle in an chatter or skip. the road, shift to P (Park) or area where the temperature may fall N (Neutral), and let the below freezing, use a fluid that has . Do not use engine coolant engine idle. sufficient protection against (antifreeze) in the freezing. windshield washer. It can If the engine coolant temperature damage the windshield gauge is no longer in the overheat washer system and paint. zone, the vehicle can be driven. Continue to drive the vehicle slowly (Continued) for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe vehicle distance from the vehicle in Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 321 be heard all the time when the inspect brake pads for wear and Caution (Continued) vehicle is moving, except when evenly tighten wheel nuts in the applying the brake pedal firmly. proper sequence to torque . Do not mix water with specifications. See Capacities and ready-to-use washer fluid. Specifications 0 401. Water can cause the { Warning solution to freeze and Brake pads should be replaced as damage the washer fluid The brake wear warning sound complete sets. means that soon the brakes will tank and other parts of the Brake Pedal Travel washer system. not work well. That could lead to a crash. When the brake wear See your dealer if the brake pedal . When using concentrated warning sound is heard, have the does not return to normal height, washer fluid, follow the vehicle serviced. or if there is a rapid increase in manufacturer instructions for pedal travel. This could be a sign adding water. that brake service may be required. . Fill the washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when Caution Replacing Brake System Parts it is very cold. This allows Continuing to drive with worn-out Always replace brake system parts for fluid expansion if with new, approved replacement brake pads could result in costly freezing occurs, which could parts. If this is not done, the brakes damage the tank if it is brake repair. may not work properly. The braking completely full. performance expected can change Some driving conditions or climates in many other ways if the wrong Brakes can cause a brake squeal when the replacement brake parts are brakes are first applied or lightly installed or if parts are improperly Disc brake pads have built-in wear applied. This does not mean installed. indicators that make a high-pitched something is wrong with the brakes. warning sound when the brake pads Properly torqued wheel nuts are are worn and new pads are needed. necessary to help prevent brake The sound can come and go or can pulsation. When tires are rotated, Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

322 Vehicle Care Brake Pad Life System The brake pad life system can also To turn off the brake pad life system: be manually reset: 1. Display Brake Pad Life on the When to Change Brake Pads 1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See Driver Information If equipped, this system estimates DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 124 or the remaining life of the front and Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 124 or Driver Information Center (DIC) rear brake pads. Brake pad life is Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 127. 0 displayed in the Driver Information (Base Level) 127. 2. Select DISABLE Center (DIC), along with a percentage for each axle. The 2. Press and hold l or the To turn the brake pad life system system must be reset every time the thumbwheel. Select front or back on, follow the above steps but brake pads are changed. rear pads as appropriate. select ENABLE in Step 2. When the system has determined 3. Select YES on the confirmation that the brake pads need to be message. Repeat for pads on Brake Fluid replaced, a message will display. the other axle if they were also replaced. Brake pads should always be replaced as complete axle sets. How to Disable the Brake Pad Life System How to Reset the Brake Pad Life System The brake pad life system can be turned off. This may be necessary if When the ignition is turned on after aftermarket brake pads without wear The brake master cylinder reservoir new pads and wear sensors are sensors are installed. When the is filled with GM approved DOT 4 installed, a message will display. system is turned off, the front and brake fluid as indicated on the Follow the prompts to reset the rear brake pad life percentages will reservoir cap. See Engine system. not display. However, the built-in Compartment Overview 0 306 for wear indicators that make a the location of the reservoir. high-pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn can still determine when the pads should be replaced. See Brakes 0 321. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 323 Checking Brake Fluid With the vehicle in P (Park) on a { Warning { Warning level surface, the brake fluid level If too much brake fluid is added, it The wrong or contaminated brake should be between the minimum can spill on the engine and burn, fluid could result in damage to the and maximum marks on the brake if the engine is hot enough. You brake system. This could result in fluid reservoir. or others could be burned, and the loss of braking leading to a There are only two reasons why the the vehicle could be damaged. possible injury. Always use the brake fluid level in the reservoir may Add brake fluid only when work is proper GM approved brake fluid. go down: done on the brake hydraulic . Normal brake lining wear. When system. new linings are installed, the Caution fluid level goes back up. When the brake fluid falls to a low . A fluid leak in the brake level, the brake warning light comes If brake fluid is spilled on the hydraulic system. Have the on. See Brake System Warning vehicle's painted surfaces, the brake hydraulic system fixed. Light 0 117. paint finish can be damaged. With a leak, the brakes will not Brake fluid absorbs water over time Immediately wash off any painted work well. which degrades the effectiveness of surface. Always clean the brake fluid the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around at the specified intervals to prevent Battery - North America the cap before removing it. increased stopping distance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 388. The original equipment battery is Do not top off the brake fluid. maintenance free. Do not remove Adding fluid does not correct a leak. What to Add the cap and do not add fluid. If fluid is added when the linings are Use only GM approved DOT 4 Refer to the replacement number worn, there will be too much fluid brake fluid from a clean, sealed shown on the original battery label when new brake linings are container. See Recommended when a new battery is needed. See installed. Add or remove fluid, as Fluids and Lubricants 0 397. necessary, only when work is done Engine Compartment Overview on the brake hydraulic system. 0 306 for battery location. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

324 Vehicle Care

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Caution WARNING: Battery posts, not careful. See Jump Starting - If the battery is disconnected with terminals, and related North America 0 370 for tips on the ignition on or the vehicle in accessories contain lead and lead working around a battery without Retained Accessory Power compounds, chemicals known to getting hurt. (RAP), the OnStar back-up the State of California to cause battery will be permanently cancer and birth defects or other Infrequent Usage: Remove the discharged and will need to be reproductive harm. Batteries also black, negative (−) cable from the replaced. contain other chemicals known to battery to keep the battery from the State of California to cause running down. 1. Make sure the lamps, features, cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER Extended Storage: Remove the and accessories are turned off. HANDLING. For more information black, negative (−) cable from the go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ 2. Turn the ignition off and battery or use a battery trickle remove the key, if equipped. passenger-vehicle. charger.

See California Proposition Negative Battery Cable 65 Warning 0 302 and the back Disconnection cover. Vehicle Storage { Warning Before disconnecting the negative { Warning battery cable, turn off all features, turn the ignition off, and remove Batteries have acid that can burn the key, if equipped, from the you and gas that can explode. vehicle. If this is not done, you or You can be badly hurt if you are others could be injured, and the (Continued) vehicle could be damaged. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 325 3. Loosen the negative battery Starter Switch Check cable nut (1). Caution 4. Remove the negative battery Do not use paints, lubricants, { Warning cable (2) from the battery. or corrosion inhibitors on the nut that secures the negative battery When you are doing this Negative Battery Cable inspection, the vehicle could Reconnection cable to the vehicle. This could damage the vehicle. move suddenly. If the vehicle moves, you or others could be Caution injured. 1. Install the negative battery When reconnecting the battery: cable (2) to the battery. 1. Before starting this check, be . Use the original nut from the 2. Install the negative battery sure there is enough room vehicle to secure the cable nut (1) and tighten. around the vehicle. negative battery cable. Do 3. Turn the ignition on. not use a different nut. 2. Apply both the parking brake and the regular brake. If you need a replacement All-Wheel Drive nut, see your dealer. Do not use the accelerator . Tighten the nut with a hand Transfer Case pedal, and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it tool. Do not use an impact Under normal driving conditions, starts. wrench or power tools to transfer case fluid does not require tighten the nut. maintenance unless there is a fluid 3. Try to start the engine in each The vehicle could be damaged if leak or unusual noise. If required, gear. The vehicle should start these guidelines are not followed. have the transfer case serviced by only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). your dealer. If the vehicle starts in any other position, contact your dealer for service. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

326 Vehicle Care Automatic Transmission Park Brake and P (Park) . To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding ability: Shift Lock Control Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift to Function Check P (Park). Then release the { Warning parking brake followed by the regular brake. { Warning When you are doing this check, the vehicle could begin to move. Contact your dealer if service is When you are doing this required. inspection, the vehicle could You or others could be injured move suddenly. If the vehicle and property could be damaged. Wiper Blade Replacement moves, you or others could be Make sure there is room in front injured. of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should be roll. Be ready to apply the regular replaced periodically. See brake at once should the vehicle Maintenance Schedule 0 388. 1. Before starting this check, be begin to move. sure there is enough room Replacement blades come in around the vehicle. It should be different types and are removed in parked on a level surface. Park on a fairly steep hill, with the different ways. For proper type and vehicle facing downhill. Keeping length, see Maintenance 2. Apply the parking brake. Be your foot on the regular brake, set Replacement Parts 0 398. ready to apply the regular the parking brake. brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move. . To check the parking brake's Caution holding ability: With the engine 3. With the engine off, turn the Allowing the wiper arm to touch running and the transmission in ignition on, but do not start the the windshield when no wiper N (Neutral), slowly remove foot engine. Without applying the pressure from the regular brake blade is installed could damage regular brake, try to move the pedal. Do this until the vehicle is the windshield. Any damage that shift lever out of P (Park) with held by the parking brake only. occurs would not be covered by normal effort. If the shift lever (Continued) moves out of P (Park), contact your dealer for service. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 327 2. Press the release button on the To remove the cover: Caution (Continued) top side of the wiper and pull the wiper blade out of the end the vehicle warranty. Do not allow of the wiper arm. the wiper arm to touch the windshield. 3. Install the wiper blade connector by sliding into the end of the wiper arm until the Front Wiper Blade button on the wiper blade clicks Replacement into place with the wiper arm. 1. Slide a plastic tool under the cover and push upward to To replace the front wiper blades: 4. Place the wiper arm with the wiper blade in place back on unsnap. 1. Lift the wiper arm from the the windshield. 2. Slide the cover toward the windshield until no further wiper blade tip to unhook it movement is possible. Caution from the blade assembly. 3. Remove the cover. Damage may occur if the wiper blades are not in contact with the 4. After wiper blade replacement, windshield before turning on the ensure that the cover hook slides into the slot in the blade wiper system. assembly. 5. Snap the cover down to Rear Wiper Blade Replacement secure. The rear wiper blade and wiper arm To replace the wiper blade: have a cover for protection. The cover must be removed before the 1. Lift the wiper arm away from wiper blade can be replaced. the windshield. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

328 Vehicle Care is not, there may be unexpected behavior and/or messages from Caution these systems. Do not apply tape or hang any Gas Strut(s) objects from gas struts. Also do not push down or pull on gas This vehicle is equipped with gas struts. This may cause damage to strut(s) to provide assistance in the vehicle. lifting and holding open the hood/ trunk/liftgate system in full open 0 2. Push the release lever (2) to position. See Maintenance Schedule 388. disengage the hook and push the wiper arm (1) out of the blade assembly (3). { Warning 3. Push the new blade assembly If the gas struts that hold open securely on the wiper arm until the hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail, the release lever clicks into you or others could be seriously place. injured. Take the vehicle to your 4. Replace the wiper cover. dealer for service immediately. Visually inspect the gas struts for Windshield Replacement signs of wear, cracks, or other damage periodically. Check to Driver Assistance Systems make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate When a windshield replacement is is held open with enough force. Hood needed and the vehicle is equipped If struts are failing to hold the with a front-looking camera sensor hood/trunk/liftgate, do not for the Driver Assistance Systems, operate. Have the vehicle the windshield must be installed serviced. according to GM specifications for these systems to work properly. If it Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 329 Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement For the proper type of replacement Front Headlamp Aiming bulbs, or any bulb changing Headlamp aim has been preset and procedure not listed in this section, should need no further adjustment. contact your dealer. If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the headlamp aim may be affected. Caution If adjustment to the headlamps is Do not replace incandescent necessary, see your dealer. bulbs with aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This can Trunk cause damage to the vehicle electrical system.

This vehicle may be equipped with desiccant to reduce fogging inside the headlamp due to moisture. If fogging continues for a long time, see your dealer for service.

Liftgate Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

330 Vehicle Care Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb. You or others could be injured. Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package.

LED Lighting Driver Side Shown, Passenger 2. Remove the headlamp bulb Side Similar This vehicle has several LED lamps. access cover. For replacement of any LED lighting 1. Low-Beam Headlamp 3. Turn the bulb counterclockwise assembly, contact your dealer. 2. High-Beam Headlamp and pull straight back. Headlamps and High-Beam Headlamp/ Sidemarker Lamps Low-Beam Headlamp 1. Open the hood. See Hood Base Level Headlamp 0 304. Assembly The base model vehicle has halogen high-beam and low-beam headlamps, an LED turn signal lamp, and DRL and parking lamp on the headlamp assembly. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 331 Side Marker Front Turn Signal and Fog Lamps Front Turn Signal Lamp

4. Disconnect the wiring harness connector from the bulb. 5. Install the new bulb in the The vehicle has an LED headlamp assembly by turning sidemarker lamp. clockwise. Driver Side Shown, Passenger 6. Reconnect the wiring harness Side Similar connector. 1. Tilt the wheel and remove the 7. Install the headlamp bulb screws on the outside of the access cover. wheel liner. Uplevel Headlamp Assembly The uplevel model vehicle has LED high-beam and low-beam headlamps, DRL, parking lamp, and a DRL position lamp on the headlamp assembly. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

332 Vehicle Care 3. While holding the wheel liner 7. Reassemble the lower cover with one hand and disengage and front wheel liner. the bulb socket from the plug connector by pulling the Front Fog Lamp retaining rib. The vehicle has LED fog lamp 4. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it Taillamps, Turn Signal, from the reflector using the Sidemarker, and other hand. Stoplamps (Base Level)

Caution

2. Bend the wheel liner back to Improper lamp assembly removal make enough space for hand and installation can cause leaks access. and water intrusion which may cause damage to the taillamp. Do not remove the taillamp assembly to replace a bulb. Use the tailgate opening to access the bulb.

5. Remove the bulb from the bulb socket and replace with a new bulb. 6. Insert the bulb socket into the reflector by turning clockwise and attach the plug connector. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 333 Tailgate inboard TailLamp 3. Insert the bulb socket and attach the plug connector. 4. Reassemble the cover. Stop lamp/Taillamp, Turn Signal, and Sidemarker Lamp

2. Remove the bulb from the bulb Driver Side Shown, Passenger socket and replace with a Side Similar new bulb. 1. Taillamp 2. Taillamp 1. Remove the bulb access door Driver Side Shown, Passenger on tailgate. Side Similar 1. Stop lamp/Taillamp 2. Turn signal lamp 1. Remove and retain both screws attaching the taillamp assembly to the vehicle body. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

334 Vehicle Care Rear Back-Up Lamp

2. Pull the taillamp assembly 4. Remove the old bulb from the straight back to detach it from bulb socket by pulling it the vehicle body. Take care straight out. The Bulbs are accessible from the that the cable duct remains in 5. Insert a new bulb into the bulb underside of the vehicle. place. socket. 1. Turn the bulb holder 3. Remove the bulb socket from 6. Install the bulb socket into the anti-clockwise and remove it the taillamp assembly. taillamp assembly. from reflector. 7. Install the taillamp assembly to the vehicle body with the two screws. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 335 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Taillamps, Turn Signal, Sidemarker, and Sidemarker, Stoplamps, Stoplamps (Uplevel) and Back-Up Lamps (Base Level) Caution Caution Improper lamp assembly removal and installation can cause leaks Improper lamp assembly removal and water intrusion which may and installation can cause leaks cause damage to the taillamp. Do and water intrusion which may not remove the taillamp assembly cause damage to the taillamp. Do 2. Disengage the bulb socket to replace a bulb. Use the tailgate not remove the taillamp assembly from the plug connector by opening to access the bulb. to replace a bulb. Use the tailgate pressing the retaining lug. opening to access the bulb. 3. Remove and replace the bulb The stoplamp/taillamp/turn signal socket with bulb and attach the lamp/side marker lamp and tailgate plug connector. inboard taillamp are LEDs. To replace, see your dealer. 4. Insert the bulb socket into the reflector and turn clockwise to engage. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

336 Vehicle Care Tailgate inboard TailLamp Stop lamp/Taillamp, Turn Signal, Taillamps, Turn Signal, and Sidemarker Lamp Sidemarker, Stoplamps, and Back-Up Lamps (Uplevel)

Caution

Improper lamp assembly removal and installation can cause leaks and water intrusion which may cause damage to the taillamp. Do not remove the taillamp assembly to replace a bulb. Use the tailgate 1. Taillamp opening to access the bulb. 2. Taillamp 1. Stop lamp/Taillamp 2. Turn signal lamp The stoplamp/taillamp/turn signal lamp/side marker lamp and tailgate inboard taillamp are LEDs. To replace, see your dealer. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 337 Electrical System Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit An electrical overload may cause Breakers the lamps to go on and off, or in Electrical System The wiring circuits in the vehicle are some cases to remain off. Have the Overload protected from short circuits by a headlamp wiring checked right away The vehicle has fuses and circuit if the lamps go on and off or combination of fuses and circuit breakers. This greatly reduces the breakers to protect against an remain off. electrical system overload. chance of damage caused by Windshield Wipers electrical problems. When the current electrical load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If the wiper motor overheats due to and closes, protecting the circuit heavy snow or ice, the windshield { Danger until the current load returns to wipers will stop until the motor cools and will then restart. Fuses and circuit breakers are normal or the problem is fixed. This marked with their ampere rating. greatly reduces the chance of circuit Although the circuit is protected Do not exceed the overload and fire caused by from electrical overload, overload specified amperage rating when electrical problems. due to heavy snow or ice may replacing fuses and circuit Fuses and circuit breakers protect cause wiper linkage damage. breakers. Use of an oversized Always clear ice and heavy snow power devices in the vehicle. fuse or circuit breaker can result from the windshield before using the Replace a bad fuse with a new one windshield wipers. in a vehicle fire. You and others of the identical size and rating. could be seriously injured or If the overload is caused by an killed. If there is a problem on the road and electrical problem and not snow or a fuse needs to be replaced, the ice, be sure to get it fixed. same amperage fuse can be To check a fuse, look at the borrowed. Choose some feature of silver-colored band inside the fuse. the vehicle that is not needed to use If the band is broken or melted, and replace it as soon as possible. replace the fuse. Be sure to replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

338 Vehicle Care Fuses of the same amperage can be temporarily borrowed from Caution another fuse location, if a fuse goes out. Replace the fuse as soon as Spilling liquid on any electrical possible. component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the Engine Compartment covers on any electrical Fuse Block component.

To remove the fuse block cover, squeeze the clip and lift it up.

The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 339

Micro Micro Micro Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage F02 CLSTR TRLR ST/TRN LT F41 REAR WPR F22 - TRLR F03 N/A F42 HORN F24 ESCL F06 OSRVM DEFOG F44 REAR WPR PRK ECM TCM F07 L/GATE RELSE F25 F45 A/C CLTCH RUN/CRNK F08 AHL AFL MTR1 F46 N/A FRT/REAR F26 F09 VENT SEAT WSW PUMP ECM BATT-GAS F47 ECM BATT-DSL F10 N/A IGN COIL-GAS F27 ECM PT3-DSL F49 HDLP HI LH F11 AHL AFL MTR2 F28 AERO SH F50 N/A F12 N/A F29 AHL AFL MDL F51 HDLP HI RH ISRVM REAR VIEW F14 CAMERA F31 ECM PT2 NOX SOOT SNSR -DSL DEFC MDL F32 ENG COMP2 F52 F15 TRLR ST/TRN RT RUN/CRNK F33 RVC - TRLR F16 HDLP LVL F34 FRT FOG LP F53 N/A F17 N/A-DSL F35 ENG COMP1 F54 PEPS F18 FTZM F36 ECM PT1 CNSTR VENT F19 N/A F56 SOL-GAS TRLR PRK LAMP F38 DEFC MDL-DSL F20 N/A - TRLR F57 DEFC MDL F40 AUX WATER PUMP Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

340 Vehicle Care

Micro J-Case Mini Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Relays Usage F58 TCM BATT F23 STRTR PINION K06 STRTR PINION F59 N/A K08 PT RLY Spare Fuses Usage F62 FUEL HTR DSL K09 FUEL HTR DSL SF01 SPARE F63 N/A HC Micro SF02 SPARE Relays Usage M-case SF03 SPARE Fuses Usage K01 N/A SF04 SPARE F04 FRT WPR K02 N/A SF05 SPARE F30 STRTR SOL K05 STRTR SOL SF06 SPARE F37 AUX OIL PUMP K07 A/C CNTRL F39 N/A K10 N/A ET Fuses Usage F43 PWR WNDW RT F48 GLOW PLUG Ultra F55 PWR WNDW LT Micro J-Case F60 DEF HTR Relays Usage Fuses Usage F61 N/A K11 N/A F01 N/A F05 N/A Mini Relays Usage REAR WNDW F13 DEFOG K03 RUN/CRNK F21 E-BOOST PWR1 K04 REAR DEFOG Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 341

Instrument Panel Fuse Fuse Usage Block F03 VBAT_3 F04 VBAT_7 F05 VBAT_6 F06 AUTO HVAC F07 CGM F08 ST_WHL_HTR F09 DISPLAY F10 RADIO F11 ONSTAR F12 PARK_ASSIST The instrument panel fuse block is F13 MAN. HVAC on the underside of the driver side instrument panel. To access the F14 WL CHARGER fuses, remove the storage F15 VBAT_2 compartment. To remove the storage compartment, open the F16 VBAT_1 compartment and pull it out. F17 SWC BKLT F18 N/A F19 N/A Fuse Usage F20 CLOCK SPRING F01 LUMBAR F21 OCC SEN F02 SUNROOF Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

342 Vehicle Care

Fuse Usage Fuse Usage Rear Compartment Fuse F22 DLC F40 HVAC_BLOWER Block F23 SDM Circuit F24 IGN_SW/ESCL Breaker Usage F25 PWR L-GATE MDL CB1 N/A F26 SEC FUSE-2 CB2 APO F27 PWR SEAT CO-DR F28 VBAT_8 Relay Usage DC-DC AT K01 i-RAP_ACC F29 DC-DC MT K02 RUN F30 PWR L-GATE MDL K03 LOGISTICS F31 OSRVM K04 N/A The rear compartment fuse block is F32 FRT HS PWR-1 behind a cover on the driver side of K05 N/A the rear compartment. To access F33 VBAT_4 K06 N/A the fuses, remove the cover. F34 FRT HS PWR-2 F35 AMPLIFIER F36 SEC FUSE-1 F37 PWR SEAT DR DC-DC_400W F38 DC-DC_200W F39 N/A Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 343

Fuse Usage Fuse Usage F03 N/A F21 N/A F04 N/A Circuit F05 DC/AC INVERTER Breakers Usage F06 N/A CB1 N/A F07 RDCM RR SEAT Relays Usage F08 HEAT PWR1 K01 N/A F09 N/A K02 N/A RR SEAT F10 K03 N/A HEAT PWR2 K04 N/A F11 N/A K05 N/A F12 N/A F13 N/A F14 N/A F15 N/A F16 N/A F17 N/A Fuse Usage F18 N/A F01 N/A F19 N/A F02 RDCM ELEC F20 N/A Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

344 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Tires Check all tires frequently to . Do not spin the tires in maintain the recommended excess of 56 km/h (35 mph) Every new GM vehicle has pressure. Tire pressure on slippery surfaces such high-quality tires made by a leading should be checked when as snow, mud, ice, etc. tire manufacturer. See the warranty the tires are cold. Excessive spinning may manual for information regarding the cause the tires to explode. tire warranty and where to get . Overinflated tires are more service. For additional information likely to be cut, punctured, refer to the tire manufacturer. or broken by a sudden All-Season Tires impact — such as when hitting a pothole. Keep tires This vehicle may come with { Warning at the recommended all-season tires. These tires are . Poorly maintained and pressure. designed to provide good overall performance on most road surfaces improperly used tires are . Worn or old tires can cause dangerous. and weather conditions. Original a crash. If the tread is badly equipment tires designed to GM's . Overloading the tires can worn, replace them. specific tire performance criteria cause overheating as a . Replace any tires that have have a TPC specification code result of too much flexing. been damaged by impacts molded onto the sidewall. Original There could be a blowout with potholes, curbs, etc. equipment all-season tires can be and a serious crash. See identified by the last two characters . Improperly repaired tires Vehicle Load Limits 0 233. of this TPC code, which will can cause a crash. Only the be MS. . Underinflated tires pose the dealer or an authorized tire “ ” same danger as overloaded service center should repair, Consider installing winter tires on tires. The resulting crash replace, dismount, and the vehicle if frequent driving on could cause serious injury. mount the tires. snow or ice-covered roads is (Continued) (Continued) expected. All-season tires provide adequate performance for most Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 345 winter driving conditions, but they If using winter tires: may not offer the same level of . Use tires of the same brand and traction or performance as winter tread type on all four wheel tires on snow or ice-covered roads. positions. See Winter Tires 0 345. . Use only radial ply tires of the Winter Tires same size, load range, and speed rating as the original This vehicle was not originally equipment tires. equipped with winter tires. Winter tires are designed for increased Winter tires with the same speed traction on snow and ice-covered rating as the original equipment tires roads. Consider installing winter may not be available for H, V, W, Y, tires on the vehicle if frequent and ZR speed rated tires. If winter Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example driving on ice or snow covered tires with a lower speed rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a roads is expected. See your dealer combination of letters and for details regarding winter tire maximum speed capability. availability and proper tire selection. numbers used to define a Also, see Buying New Tires 0 358. Tire Sidewall Labeling particular tire's width, height, aspect ratio, construction type, Useful information about a tire is With winter tires, there may be and service description. See the decreased dry road traction, molded into its sidewall. The Tire Size illustration later in this increased road noise, and shorter examples show a typical “ ” section. tread life. After changing to winter passenger vehicle tire and a tires, be alert for changes in vehicle compact spare tire sidewall. (2) TPC Spec (Tire handling and braking. Performance Criteria Specification) : Original equipment tires designed to GM's specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

346 Vehicle Care code molded onto the sidewall. Tire Identification Number (TIN). GM's TPC specifications meet or The TIN shows the exceed all federal safety manufacturer and plant code, guidelines. tire size, and date the tire was (3) DOT (Department of manufactured. The TIN is Transportation) : The molded onto both sides of the Department of Transportation tire, although only one side may (DOT) code indicates that the have the date of manufacture. tire is in compliance with the (5) Tire Ply Material : The type U.S. Department of of cord and number of plies in Transportation Motor Vehicle the sidewall and under the tread. Compact Spare Tire Example Safety Standards. (6) Uniform Tire Quality DOT Tire Date of Grading (UTQG) : Tire (1) Tire Ply Material : The type Manufacture : The last four manufacturers are required to of cord and number of plies in digits of the TIN indicate the tire grade tires based on three the sidewall and under the tread. manufactured date. The first two performance factors: treadwear, (2) Temporary Use Only : The digits represent the week traction, and temperature compact spare tire or temporary (01–52) and the last two digits, resistance. For more information use tire should not be driven at the year. For example, the third see Uniform Tire Quality speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). week of the year 2010 would Grading 0 360. The compact spare tire is for have a four-digit DOT date (7) Maximum Cold Inflation emergency use when a regular of 0310. Load Limit : Maximum load that road tire has lost air and gone (4) Tire Identification Number can be carried and the flat. If the vehicle has a compact (TIN) : The letters and numbers maximum pressure needed to spare tire, see Compact Spare following the DOT (Department support that load. Tire 0 369 and of Transportation) code are the If a Tire Goes Flat 0 363. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 347 (3) Tire Identification Number (6) Tire Size : A combination of (TIN) : The letters and numbers letters and numbers define a following the DOT (Department tire's width, height, aspect ratio, of Transportation) code are the construction type, and service Tire Identification Number (TIN). description. The letter “T” as the The TIN shows the first character in the tire size manufacturer and plant code, means the tire is for temporary (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : tire size, and date the tire was use only. The United States version of a metric tire sizing system. The manufactured. The TIN is (7) TPC Spec (Tire molded onto both sides of the letter “P” as the first character in Performance Criteria the tire size means a passenger tire, although only one side may Specification) : Original have the date of manufacture. vehicle tire engineered to equipment tires designed to standards set by the U.S. Tire (4) Maximum Cold Inflation GM's specific tire performance and Rim Association. Load Limit : Maximum load that criteria have a TPC specification can be carried and the code molded onto the sidewall. (2) Tire Width : The three-digit maximum pressure needed to GM's TPC specifications meet or number indicates the tire section support that load. exceed all federal safety width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. (5) Tire Inflation : The guidelines. temporary use tire or compact (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit spare tire should be inflated to Tire Designations number that indicates the tire 420 kPa (60 psi). For more Tire Size height-to-width measurements. information on tire pressure and For example, if the tire size The example shows a typical inflation see Tire Pressure aspect ratio is 60, as shown in passenger vehicle tire size. 0 350. item (3) of the illustration, it would mean that the tire's sidewall is 60 percent as high as it is wide. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

348 Vehicle Care (4) Construction Code : A letter Accessory Weight : The combined maximum capacity of fuel, oil, and code is used to indicate the type weight of optional accessories. coolant, but without passengers and of ply construction in the tire. Some examples of optional cargo. The letter “R” means radial ply accessories are automatic DOT Markings : A code molded construction; the letter D transmission, power windows, into the sidewall of a tire signifying “ ” power seats, and air conditioning. means diagonal or bias ply that the tire is in compliance with the construction. Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a U.S. Department of Transportation tire's height to its width. (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of Belt : A rubber coated layer of Standards. The DOT code includes the wheel in inches. cords between the plies and the the Tire Identification Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which (6) Service Description : These tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials. can also identify the tire characters represent the load manufacturer, production plant, index and speed rating of the Bead : The tire bead contains steel brand, and date of production. tire. The load index represents wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim. GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight the load carrying capacity a tire Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits is certified to carry. The speed Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in 0 233. rating is the maximum speed a which the plies are laid at alternate tire is certified to carry a load. angles less than 90 degrees to the GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight centerline of the tread. Rating for the front axle. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 233. Tire Terminology and Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air pressure in a tire, measured GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Definitions Rating for the rear axle. See Vehicle in kPa (kilopascal) or psi (pounds 0 Air Pressure : The amount of air per square inch) before a tire has Load Limits 233. inside the tire pressing outward on built up heat from driving. See Tire Intended Outboard Sidewall : The each square inch of the tire. Air Pressure 0 350. side of an asymmetrical tire that pressure is expressed in kPa Curb Weight : The weight of a must always face outward when (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per mounted on a vehicle. square inch). motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 349 Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit Occupant Distribution : Rim : A metal support for a tire and for air pressure. Designated seating positions. upon which the tire beads are Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire Outward Facing Sidewall : The seated. used on light duty trucks and some side of an asymmetrical tire that has Sidewall : The portion of a tire multipurpose passenger vehicles. a particular side that faces outward between the tread and the bead. Load Index : An assigned number when mounted on a vehicle. The Speed Rating : An alphanumeric ranging from 1 to 279 that side of the tire that contains a code assigned to a tire indicating corresponds to the load carrying whitewall, bears white lettering, the maximum speed at which a tire capacity of a tire. or bears manufacturer, brand, can operate. and/or model name molding that is Maximum Inflation Pressure : The higher or deeper than the same Traction : The friction between the maximum air pressure to which a moldings on the other sidewall of tire and the road surface. The cold tire can be inflated. The the tire. amount of grip provided. maximum air pressure is molded Tread : The portion of a tire that onto the sidewall. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used on passenger cars and some comes into contact with the road. Maximum Load Rating : The load light duty trucks and multipurpose Treadwear Indicators : Narrow rating for a tire at the maximum vehicles. bands, sometimes called wear bars, permissible inflation pressure for that show across the tread of a tire that tire. Recommended Inflation Pressure : Vehicle manufacturer's when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread Maximum Loaded Vehicle recommended tire inflation pressure remains. See When It Is Time for Weight : The sum of curb weight, as shown on the tire placard. See New Tires 0 357. 0 accessory weight, vehicle capacity Tire Pressure 350 and UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality 0 weight, and production options Vehicle Load Limits 233. Grading Standards) : A tire weight. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in information system that provides Normal Occupant Weight : The which the ply cords that extend to consumers with ratings for a tire's number of occupants a vehicle is the beads are laid at 90 degrees to traction, temperature, and designed to seat multiplied by the centerline of the tread. treadwear. Ratings are determined 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load by tire manufacturers using Limits 0 233. government testing procedures. The Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

350 Vehicle Care ratings are molded into the sidewall The Tire and Loading of the tire. See Uniform Tire Quality { Warning Information label on the vehicle Grading 0 360. Neither tire underinflation nor indicates the original equipment Vehicle Capacity Weight : The overinflation is good. tires and the correct cold tire number of designated seating Underinflated tires, or tires inflation pressures. The positions multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) that do not have enough air, recommended pressure is the plus the rated cargo load. See minimum air pressure needed to 0 can result in: Vehicle Load Limits 233. support the vehicle's maximum Vehicle Maximum Load on the . Tire overloading and load carrying capacity. See Tire : Load on an individual tire due overheating, which could Vehicle Load Limits 0 233. to curb weight, accessory weight, lead to a blowout. occupant weight, and cargo weight. How the vehicle is loaded . Premature or affects vehicle handling and ride Vehicle Placard : A label irregular wear. permanently attached to a vehicle comfort. Never load the vehicle showing the vehicle capacity weight . Poor handling. with more weight than it was designed to carry. and the original equipment tire size . Reduced fuel economy. and recommended inflation When to Check pressure. See “Tire and Loading Overinflated tires, or tires that Information Label” under Vehicle have too much air, can Check the pressure of the tires Load Limits 0 233. result in: once a month or more. Do not . Unusual wear. forget the compact spare, if the Tire Pressure vehicle has one. The cold . Poor handling. Tires need the correct amount of compact spare tire pressure air pressure to operate . Rough ride. should be at 420 kPa (60 psi). See Compact Spare Tire 0 369. effectively. . Needless damage from road hazards. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 351 How to Check Recheck the tire pressure with tires of a different size than the size the tire gauge. indicated on the vehicle placard or Use a good quality pocket-type tire inflation pressure label, you gauge to check tire pressure. Put the valve caps back on the should determine the proper tire Proper tire inflation cannot be valve stems to keep out dirt and inflation pressure for those tires.) moisture and prevent leaks. Use determined by looking at the tire. As an added safety feature, your Check the tire inflation pressure only valve caps designed for the vehicle has been equipped with a when the tires are cold, meaning vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors tire pressure monitoring system the vehicle has not been driven could be damaged and would (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire for at least three hours or no not be covered by the vehicle pressure telltale when one or more more than 1.6 km (1 mi). warranty. of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire Tire Pressure Monitor Accordingly, when the low tire gauge firmly onto the valve to System pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as get a pressure measurement. The Tire Pressure Monitor System soon as possible, and inflate them If the cold tire inflation pressure (TPMS) uses radio and sensor to the proper pressure. Driving on a matches the recommended technology to check tire pressure significantly under-inflated tire pressure on the Tire and levels. The TPMS sensors monitor causes the tire to overheat and can Loading Information label, no the air pressure in your tires and lead to tire failure. Under-inflation further adjustment is necessary. transmit tire pressure readings to a also reduces fuel efficiency and tire If the inflation pressure is low, receiver located in the vehicle. tread life, and may affect the add air until the recommended Each tire, including the spare (if vehicle's handling and stopping pressure is reached. If the provided), should be checked ability. inflation pressure is high, press monthly when cold and inflated to Please note that the TPMS is not a the inflation pressure recommended substitute for proper tire on the metal stem in the center by the vehicle manufacturer on the of the tire valve to release air. maintenance, and it is the driver's vehicle placard or tire inflation responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure label. (If your vehicle has pressure, even if under-inflation has Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

352 Vehicle Care not reached the level to trigger alternate tires and wheels allow the illumination of the TPMS low tire TPMS to continue to function pressure telltale. properly. Your vehicle has also been See Tire Pressure Monitor equipped with a TPMS malfunction Operation 0 352. indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency Statement When a low tire pressure condition system is not operating properly. 0 414. The TPMS malfunction indicator is is detected, the TPMS illuminates combined with the low tire pressure the low tire pressure warning light telltale. When the system detects a Tire Pressure Monitor located on the instrument cluster. malfunction, the telltale will flash for Operation If the warning light comes on, stop as soon as possible and inflate the approximately one minute and then This vehicle may have a Tire tires to the recommended pressure remain continuously illuminated. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). shown on the Tire and Loading This sequence will continue upon The TPMS is designed to warn the Information label. See Vehicle Load subsequent vehicle start-ups as driver when a low tire pressure Limits 0 233. long as the malfunction exists. condition exists. TPMS sensors are When the malfunction indicator is mounted onto each tire and wheel A message to check the pressure in illuminated, the system may not be assembly, excluding the spare tire a specific tire may display in the able to detect or signal low tire and wheel assembly. The TPMS Driver Information Center (DIC). The pressure as intended. TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in low tire pressure warning light and malfunctions may occur for a variety the tires and transmit the tire the DIC warning message, of reasons, including the installation pressure readings to a receiver if equipped, come on at each of replacement or alternate tires or located in the vehicle. ignition cycle until the tires are wheels on the vehicle that prevent inflated to the correct inflation the TPMS from functioning properly. pressure. Using the DIC, it may be Always check the TPMS malfunction possible to view the tire pressure telltale after replacing one or more levels. For additional information tires or wheels on your vehicle to and details about the DIC operation ensure that the replacement or Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 353 and displays, see Driver Information the problem is corrected. Some of Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 124 or Caution the conditions that can cause these Driver Information Center (DIC) to come on are: (Base Level) 0 127. Tire sealant materials are not all the same. A non-approved tire . One of the road tires has been The low tire pressure warning light sealant could damage the TPMS replaced with the spare tire. The may come on in cool weather when sensors. TPMS sensor damage spare tire does not have a the vehicle is first started, and then caused by using an incorrect tire TPMS sensor. The malfunction turn off as the vehicle is driven. This light and the DIC message, sealant is not covered by the could be an early indicator that the if equipped, should go off after air pressure is getting low and vehicle warranty. Always use only the road tire is replaced and the needs to be inflated to the proper the GM approved tire sealant sensor matching process is pressure. available through your dealer or performed successfully. See included in the vehicle. A Tire and Loading Information label "TPMS Sensor Matching shows the size of the original Process" later in this section. equipment tires and the correct TPMS Malfunction Light and . The TPMS sensor matching inflation pressure for the tires when Message process was not done or not they are cold. See Vehicle Load completed successfully after The TPMS will not function properly Limits 0 233, for an example of the rotating the tires. The if one or more of the TPMS sensors Tire and Loading Information label malfunction light and the DIC are missing or inoperable. When the and its location. Also see Tire message, if equipped, should go system detects a malfunction, the Pressure 0 350. off after successfully completing low tire pressure warning light, the sensor matching process. The TPMS can warn about a low defined above, flashes for about See "TPMS Sensor Matching tire pressure condition, but it does one minute and then stays on for Process" later in this section. not replace normal tire the remainder of the ignition cycle. maintenance. See Tire Inspection A DIC warning message may also . One or more TPMS sensors are 0 356, Tire Rotation 0 356, and display. The malfunction light and missing or damaged. The Tires 0 344. DIC warning message, if equipped, malfunction light and the DIC come on at each ignition cycle until message, if equipped, should go off when the TPMS sensors are Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

354 Vehicle Care installed and the sensor When the low tire pressure warning matching process is performed light comes on: Warning (Continued) successfully. See your dealer for 1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level 0 service. See Tire Sidewall Labeling 345 place. and . Replacement tires or wheels do 2. Set the parking brake firmly. Vehicle Load Limits 0 233. not match the original equipment tires or wheels. Tires and wheels 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park). other than those recommended 4. Add air to the tire that is If the tire is overinflated by more could prevent the TPMS from underinflated. The turn signal than 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will functioning properly. See Buying lamp will flash. When the sound multiple times and the turn 0 New Tires 358. recommended pressure is signal lamp will continue to flash for several seconds after filling stops. . Operating electronic devices or reached, the horn sounds once being near facilities using radio and the turn signal lamp will To release and correct the pressure, wave frequencies similar to the stop flashing and briefly turn while the turn signal lamp is still TPMS could cause the TPMS solid. flashing, briefly press the center of sensors to malfunction. Repeat these steps for all the valve stem. When the underinflated tires that have recommended pressure is reached, If the TPMS is not functioning the horn sounds once. properly, it cannot detect or signal a illuminated the low tire pressure low tire pressure condition. See warning light. If the turn signal lamp does not flash your dealer for service if the TPMS within 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire, the tire fill alert has malfunction light and DIC message, { Warning if equipped, come on and stay on. not been activated or is not working. Overinflating a tire could cause Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped) If the hazard warning flashers are the tire to rupture and you or on, the tire fill alert visual feedback This feature provides visual and others could be injured. Do not will not work properly. audible alerts outside the vehicle to exceed the maximum pressure The TPMS will not activate the tire help when inflating an underinflated listed on the tire sidewall. fill alert properly under the following tire to the recommended cold tire (Continued) pressure. conditions: Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 355 . There is interference from an vehicle’s tires or replacing one or The TPMS sensor matching external device or transmitter. more of the TPMS sensors. Also, process is: . The air pressure from the the TPMS sensor matching process 1. Set the parking brake. should be performed after replacing inflation device is not sufficient 2. Turn the ignition on without to inflate the tire. a spare tire with a road tire containing the TPMS sensor. The starting the vehicle or place the . There is a malfunction in malfunction light and the DIC vehicle in Service Mode. See the TPMS. message, if equipped, should go off Ignition Positions 0 237. . There is a malfunction in the at the next ignition cycle. The 3. Use SELECT or / to select sensors are matched to the tire/ o p horn or turn signal lamps. the Vehicle in the Base Level wheel positions, using a TPMS Driver Information Center . The identification code of the relearn tool, in the following order: (DIC). Or Use SELECT TPMS sensor is not registered to driver side front tire, passenger side the system. front tire, passenger side rear tire, or o / p to select the Info page in the Uplevel Driver . The battery of the TPMS sensor and driver side rear. See your is low. dealer for service or to purchase a Information Center (DIC). relearn tool. A TPMS relearn tool 4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to If the tire fill alert does not operate can also be purchased. See Tire the Tire Pressure Learn Menu due to TPMS interference, move the Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation Item (Base DIC) or the Tire vehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back or Tool at Pressure Menu Item screen forward and try again. If the tire fill www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or (Uplevel DIC). alert feature is not working, use a call 1-800-GM TOOLS tire pressure gauge. (1-800-468-6657). 5. Press and hold l or the TPMS Sensor Matching thumbwheel to begin the There are two minutes to match the sensor matching process. Process first tire/wheel position, and A message requesting Each TPMS sensor has a unique five minutes overall to match all four acceptance of the process may identification code. The identification tire/wheel positions. If it takes display. code needs to be matched to a new longer, the matching process stops tire/wheel position after rotating the and must be restarted. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

356 Vehicle Care 6. If requested, press l or the identification code has been . The tread or sidewall is cracked, thumbwheel again to confirm matched to the driver side rear cut, or snagged deep enough to the selection. The horn sounds tire, and the TPMS sensor show cord or fabric. twice to signal the receiver is in matching process is no longer . The tire has a bump, bulge, relearn mode and the TIRE active. The TIRE LEARN or or split. LEARN or TIRE LEARNING TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE ACTIVE message displays on message on the DIC display . The tire has a puncture, cut, the DIC screen. screen goes off. or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size 7. Start with the driver side 12. Turn the vehicle off. or location of the damage. front tire. 13. Set all four tires to the 8. Place the relearn tool against recommended air pressure Tire Rotation the tire sidewall, near the valve level as indicated on the Tire stem. Then press the button to and Loading Information label. Tires should be rotated every activate the TPMS sensor. 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See A horn chirp confirms that the Tire Inspection Maintenance Schedule 0 388. sensor identification code has We recommend that the tires, Tires are rotated to achieve a been matched to this tire and including the spare tire, if the more uniform wear for all tires. wheel position. vehicle has one, be inspected for The first rotation is the most 9. Proceed to the passenger side signs of wear or damage at least important. front tire, and repeat the once a month. procedure in Step 8. Anytime unusual wear is Replace the tire if: noticed, rotate the tires as soon 10. Proceed to the passenger side . The indicators at three or more rear tire, and repeat the as possible, check for proper tire places around the tire can procedure in Step 8. inflation pressure, and check for be seen. damaged tires or wheels. If the 11. Proceed to the driver side rear . There is cord or fabric showing unusual wear continues after the tire, and repeat the procedure through the tire's rubber. in Step 8. The horn sounds two rotation, check the wheel times to indicate the sensor Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 357 alignment. See When It Is Time Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor Lightly coat the inner diameter of for New Tires 0 357 and System. See Tire Pressure the wheel hub opening with Wheel Replacement 0 361. Monitor Operation 0 352. wheel bearing grease after a Check that all wheel nuts are wheel change or tire rotation to prevent corrosion or rust properly tightened. See “Wheel buildup. Do not get grease on Nut Torque” under Capacities and Specifications 0 401, and the wheel mounting surface or on the wheel nuts or bolts. “Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire” under Tire Changing 0 364. When It Is Time for New Tires { Warning Factors such as maintenance, temperatures, driving speeds, Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on vehicle loading, and road conditions the parts to which it is affect the wear rate of the tires. Use this rotation pattern when fastened, can make wheel rotating the tires. nuts become loose after time. The wheel could come off and Do not include the compact cause a crash. When spare tire in the tire rotation. changing a wheel, remove any Adjust the front and rear tires to rust or dirt from places where the recommended inflation the wheel attaches to the pressure on the Tire and vehicle. In an emergency, a Loading Information label after cloth or a paper towel can be the tires have been rotated. See used; however, use a scraper Tire Pressure 0 350 and or wire brush later to remove Vehicle Load Limits 0 233. all rust or dirt. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

358 Vehicle Care Treadwear indicators are one way to Vehicle Storage GM strongly recommends tell when it is time for new tires. Tires age when stored normally buying tires with the same TPC Treadwear indicators appear when mounted on a parked vehicle. Park Spec rating. the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) a vehicle that will be stored for at or less of tread remaining. See Tire GM's exclusive TPC Spec least a month in a cool, dry, clean Inspection 0 356 and system considers over a dozen area away from direct sunlight to Tire Rotation 0 356. slow aging. This area should be free critical specifications that impact The rubber in tires ages over time. of grease, gasoline, or other the overall performance of the This also applies to the spare tire, substances that can deteriorate vehicle, including brake system if the vehicle has one, even if it is rubber. performance, ride and handling, never used. Multiple factors Parking for an extended period can traction control, and tire including temperatures, loading cause flat spots on the tires that pressure monitoring conditions, and inflation pressure may result in vibrations while performance. GM's TPC Spec maintenance affect how fast aging driving. When storing a vehicle for number is molded onto the tire's takes place. GM recommends that at least a month, remove the tires or sidewall near the tire size. If the tires, including the spare if raise the vehicle to reduce the equipped, be replaced after six tires have an all-season tread weight from the tires. years, regardless of tread wear. To design, the TPC Spec number identify the age of a tire, use the tire will be followed by MS for mud manufacture date which is the last Buying New Tires and snow. See Tire Sidewall four digits of the DOT Tire GM has developed and matched Labeling 0 345. Identification Number (TIN) which is specific tires for the vehicle. The GM recommends replacing worn molded into one side of the tire original equipment tires installed sidewall. The first two digits tires in complete sets of four. were designed to meet General represent the week (01–52) and the Uniform tread depth on all tires last two digits, the year. For Motors Tire Performance Criteria will help to maintain the example, the third week of the year Specification (TPC Spec) performance of the vehicle. 2010 would have a four-digit DOT system rating. When Braking and handling date of 0310. replacement tires are needed, performance may be adversely Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 359 affected if all the tires are not replaced at the same time. Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) If proper rotation and Only your dealer or authorized A tire and/or wheel could fail maintenance have been done, tire service center should suddenly and cause a crash. all four tires should wear out at mount or dismount the tires. Use only radial-ply tires with about the same time. See Tire the wheels on the vehicle. Rotation 0 356. However, if it is necessary to replace only one axle set of worn tires, place the { Warning If the vehicle tires must be new tires on the rear axle. replaced with a tire that does not Mixing tires of different sizes, have a TPC Spec number, make Winter tires with the same speed tread patterns, or types on the sure they are the same size, rating as the original equipment same axle may cause loss of load range, speed rating, and tires may not be available for H, control of the vehicle, resulting construction (radial) as the V, W, Y and ZR speed rated in a crash or other vehicle original tires. tires. Never exceed the winter damage. Use the same size, tires’ maximum speed capability load range, and type of tires Vehicles that have a tire when using winter tires with a as the original tires. pressure monitoring system lower speed rating. could give an inaccurate low-pressure warning if non-TPC Spec rated tires are installed. { Warning { Warning See Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 351. Tires could explode during Using bias-ply tires on the improper service. Attempting vehicle may cause the wheel The Tire and Loading to mount or dismount a tire rim flanges to develop cracks Information label indicates the could cause injury or death. after many miles of driving. original equipment tires on the (Continued) (Continued) vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 233. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

360 Vehicle Care Different Size Tires and nominal rim diameters of 10 to Warning (Continued) 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some Wheels limited-production tires. developed for the vehicle, and If wheels or tires are installed that While the tires available on General are a different size than the original have them properly installed by a GM certified technician. Motors passenger cars and light equipment wheels and tires, vehicle trucks may vary with respect to performance, including its braking, these grades, they must also ride and handling characteristics, See Buying New Tires 0 358 and conform to federal safety stability, and resistance to rollover Accessories and Modifications requirements and additional General may be affected. If the vehicle has 0 303. Motors Tire Performance Criteria electronic systems such as antilock (TPC) standards. brakes, rollover airbags, traction Uniform Tire Quality control, electronic stability control, Quality grades can be found where or All-Wheel Drive, the performance Grading applicable on the tire sidewall of these systems can also be The following information relates to between tread shoulder and affected. the system developed by the United maximum section width. For States National Highway Traffic example: { Warning Safety Administration (NHTSA), Treadwear 200 Traction AA which grades tires by treadwear, Temperature A If different sized wheels are used, traction, and temperature there may not be an acceptable performance. This applies only to All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to Federal Safety level of performance and safety if vehicles sold in the United States. Requirements In Addition To These tires not recommended for those The grades are molded on the Grades. wheels are selected. This sidewalls of most passenger car increases the chance of a crash tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Treadwear Grading (UTQG) system does not and serious injury. Only use GM The treadwear grade is a specific wheel and tire systems apply to deep tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, tires with comparative rating based on the (Continued) wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 361 specified government test course. Temperature Wheel Alignment and Tire For example, a tire graded 150 The temperature grades are A (the would wear one and one-half (1½) Balance highest), B, and C, representing the times as well on the government The tires and wheels were aligned tire's resistance to the generation of course as a tire graded 100. The and balanced at the factory to heat and its ability to dissipate heat relative performance of tires when tested under controlled provide the longest tire life and best depends upon the actual conditions overall performance. Adjustments to conditions on a specified indoor of their use, however, and may wheel alignment and tire balancing laboratory test wheel. Sustained depart significantly from the norm are not necessary on a regular high temperature can cause the due to variations in driving habits, basis. Consider an alignment check material of the tire to degenerate service practices and differences in if there is unusual tire wear or the and reduce tire life, and excessive road characteristics and climate. vehicle is significantly pulling to one temperature can lead to sudden tire side or the other. Some slight pull to failure. The grade C corresponds to Traction the left or right, depending on the a level of performance which all crown of the road and/or other road The traction grades, from highest to passenger car tires must meet surface variations such as troughs lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those under the Federal Motor Safety or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is grades represent the tire's ability to Standard No. 109. Grades B and A vibrating when driving on a smooth stop on wet pavement as measured represent higher levels of road, the tires and wheels may need under controlled conditions on performance on the laboratory test to be rebalanced. See your dealer specified government test surfaces wheel than the minimum required by for proper diagnosis. of asphalt and concrete. A tire law. Warning: The temperature marked C may have poor traction grade for this tire is established for a performance. Warning: The traction tire that is properly inflated and not Wheel Replacement grade assigned to this tire is based overloaded. Excessive speed, on straight-ahead braking traction Replace any wheel that is bent, underinflation, or excessive loading, cracked, or badly rusted or tests, and does not include either separately or in combination, acceleration, cornering, corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming can cause heat buildup and loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and hydroplaning, or peak traction possible tire failure. characteristics. wheel nuts should be replaced. If the wheel leaks air, replace it. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

362 Vehicle Care Some aluminum wheels can be Tire Chains repaired. See your dealer if any of Caution these conditions exist. The wrong wheel can also cause { Warning Your dealer will know the kind of problems with bearing life, brake wheel that is needed. cooling, speedometer or Do not use tire chains. There is Each new wheel should have the odometer calibration, headlamp not enough clearance. Tire chains same load-carrying capacity, aim, bumper height, vehicle used on a vehicle without the diameter, width, offset, and be ground clearance, and tire or tire proper amount of clearance can mounted the same way as the one it chain clearance to the body and cause damage to the brakes, replaces. chassis. suspension, or other vehicle parts. The area damaged by the Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel tire chains could cause loss of nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Used Replacement Wheels System (TPMS) sensors with new control and a crash. GM original equipment parts. Use another type of traction { Warning device only if its manufacturer { Warning Replacing a wheel with a used recommends it for the vehicle's one is dangerous. How it has tire size combination and road Using the wrong replacement been used or how far it has been conditions. Follow that wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel driven may be unknown. It could manufacturer's instructions. To nuts can be dangerous. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. avoid vehicle damage, drive slow affect the braking and handling of When replacing wheels, use a and readjust or remove the the vehicle. Tires can lose air, new GM original equipment traction device if it contacts the and cause loss of control, causing wheel. vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. a crash. Always use the correct If traction devices are used, install wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel them on the front tires. nuts for replacement. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 363 If a Tire Goes Flat { Warning Warning (Continued) It is unusual for a tire to blow out while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause anything else, you or others could are maintained properly. See Tires permanent damage to the tire. be badly injured or killed if the 0 344. If air goes out of a tire, it is Re-inflating a tire after it has been vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack much more likely to leak out slowly. driven on while severely is provided with the vehicle, only But if there ever is a blowout, here underinflated or flat may cause a use it for changing a flat tire. are a few tips about what to expect blowout and a serious crash. and what to do: Never attempt to re-inflate a tire If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire If a front tire fails, the flat tire that has been driven on while and wheel damage by driving slowly creates a drag that pulls the vehicle severely underinflated or flat. to a level place, well off the road, toward that side. Take your foot off Have your dealer or an authorized if possible. Turn on the hazard the accelerator pedal and grip the tire service center repair or warning flashers. See Hazard steering wheel firmly. Steer to replace the flat tire as soon as Warning Flashers 0 147. maintain lane position, and then possible. gently brake to a stop, well off the road, if possible. { Warning A rear blowout, particularly on a Changing a tire can be curve, acts much like a skid and { Warning dangerous. The vehicle can slip may require the same correction as Lifting a vehicle and getting under off the jack and roll over or fall used in a skid. Stop pressing the it to do maintenance or repairs is causing injury or death. Find a accelerator pedal and steer to dangerous without the level place to change the tire. To straighten the vehicle. It may be appropriate safety equipment and help prevent the vehicle from very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake moving: to a stop, well off the road, training. If a jack is provided with if possible. the vehicle, it is designed only for 1. Set the parking brake firmly. changing a flat tire. If it is used for (Continued) (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

364 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued) 2. Put an automatic transmission in P (Park) or a manual transmission in 1 (First) or R (Reverse). 3. Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised. 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) 4. Do not allow passengers to 2. Flat Tire remain in the vehicle. The following information explains 5. Place wheel blocks, how to repair or change a tire. Without Subwoofer if equipped, on both sides of 1. Tow Eye the tire at the opposite Tire Changing 2. Jack corner of the tire being changed. Removing the Spare Tire and 3. Wrench Tools 4. Strap When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), The spare tire and tools are located 5. Funnel use the following example as a in the storage compartment in the guide to assist in the placement of rear of the vehicle. the wheel blocks (1), if equipped. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 365 3. If the vehicle has a subwoofer on spare tire, remove it by turning the wing nut counterclockwise. 4. If the vehicle does not have a subwoofer, turn the wing nut counterclockwise to remove the spare tire. 5. Remove the spare tire, jack, and tools and place them near the tire being change.

With Subwoofer Removing the Flat Tire and 2. Turn the wheel wrench 1. Tow Eye Installing the Spare Tire counterclockwise to loosen the wheel nuts. Do not remove 2. Wrench 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes them yet. 3. Jack Flat 0 363. 4. Strap 5. Wing Nut 6. Funnel To access the spare tire and tools: 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate 0 21. 2. Remove the trim cover. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

366 Vehicle Care 3. Place the jack at the position marked with a half circle. { Warning { Warning Getting under a vehicle when it is Lifting a vehicle and getting under lifted on a jack is dangerous. it to do maintenance or repairs is If the vehicle slips off the jack, dangerous without the you could be badly injured or appropriate safety equipment and killed. Never get under a vehicle training. If a jack is provided with when it is supported only by the vehicle, it is designed only for a jack. changing a flat tire. If it is used for anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack { Warning is provided with the vehicle, only Raising the vehicle with the jack use it for changing a flat tire. 4. Place the hex tube end of the improperly positioned can wrench over the hex head of damage the vehicle and even 6. Turn the wheel wrench the jack to attach it. make the vehicle fall. To help clockwise to raise the vehicle 5. Turn the wheel wrench avoid personal injury and vehicle far enough off the ground so clockwise until the lift head is damage, be sure to fit the jack lift there is enough room for the firmly contacting the proper head into the proper location spare tire to fit underneath the lifting point nearest the flat tire. before raising the vehicle. wheel well. 7. Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise to remove them. 8. Remove the flat tire. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 367 11. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Turn { Warning each nut clockwise, by hand, until the wheel is held against Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the hub. the parts to which it is fastened, can make wheel 12. Lower the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench nuts become loose after time. counterclockwise. Lower the The wheel could come off and jack completely. cause a crash. When changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where { Warning the wheel attaches to the Wheel nuts that are improperly or vehicle. In an emergency, a 9. Remove any rust or dirt from incorrectly tightened can cause cloth or a paper towel can be the wheel bolts, mounting the wheels to become loose or used; however, use a scraper surfaces, and spare wheel. come off. The wheel nuts should or wire brush later to remove 10. Place the spare tire on the be tightened with a torque wrench all rust or dirt. wheel-mounting surface. to the proper torque specification after replacing. Follow the torque specification supplied by the { Warning aftermarket manufacturer when Never use oil or grease on bolts using accessory locking wheel or nuts because the nuts might nuts. See Capacities and come loose. The vehicle's wheel Specifications 0 401 for original could fall off, causing a crash. equipment wheel nut torque specifications. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

368 Vehicle Care 13. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly Storing the Flat Tire and Tools Caution with the wheel wrench in a 1. Return the jack and tools to crisscross sequence, as their original storage location. Improperly tightened wheel nuts shown. can lead to brake pulsation and 2. Replace the trim cover. rotor damage. To avoid expensive Caution 3. Place the flat tire, lying flat, in brake repairs, evenly tighten the the rear storage compartment. wheel nuts in the proper Wheel covers will not fit on the 4. Attach one end of the strap to sequence and to the proper vehicle's compact spare. If you try a cargo tie-down in the rear of torque specification. See to put a wheel cover on the the vehicle. Capacities and Specifications compact spare, the cover or the 0 401 for the wheel nut torque spare could be damaged. specification. Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools

{ Warning Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all these in 5. Route the strap through the the proper place. wheel, as shown. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 369 6. Attach the other end of the If this vehicle has a compact spare strap to the other cargo tire, it was fully inflated when new; Caution tie-down in the rear of the however, it can lose air over time. vehicle. Check the inflation pressure When the compact spare is installed, do not take the vehicle 7. Tighten the strap. regularly. It should be 420 kPa (60 psi). through an automatic car wash Storing the Compact Spare Tire with guide rails. The compact Stop as soon as possible and check spare can get caught on the rails and Tools that the spare tire is correctly which can damage the tire, wheel, Reverse the instructions for inflated after being installed on the removing the spare tire and tools to vehicle. The compact spare tire is and other parts of the vehicle. store the spare tire. designed for temporary use only. The compact spare tire is for The vehicle will perform differently Do not use the compact spare on temporary use only. Replace the with the spare tire installed and it is other vehicles. recommended that the vehicle compact spare tire with a full-size Do not mix the compact spare tire or speed be limited to 80 km/h tire as soon as you can. See wheel with other wheels or tires. (50 mph). To conserve the tread of Compact Spare Tire 0 369. They will not fit. Keep the spare tire the spare tire, have the standard tire and its wheel together. repaired or replaced as soon as Compact Spare Tire convenient and return the spare tire to the storage area. Caution { Warning When using a compact spare tire, Tire chains will not fit the compact Driving with more than one the AWD (if equipped), ABS, and spare. Using them can damage compact spare tire at a time could Traction Control systems may the vehicle and the chains. Do not engage until the spare tire is result in loss of braking and use tire chains on the compact recognized by the vehicle, spare. handling. This could lead to a especially on slippery roads. Adjust crash and you or others could be driving to reduce possible injured. Use only one compact wheel slip. spare tire at a time. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

370 Vehicle Care

Jump Starting Warning (Continued) Caution Jump Starting - North HANDLING. For more information Ignoring these steps could result America go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ in costly damage to the vehicle passenger-vehicle. that would not be covered by the For more information about the vehicle warranty. Trying to start vehicle battery, see Battery - North the vehicle by pushing or pulling it America 0 323. See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 302 and the back will not work, and it could damage If the battery has run down, try to cover. the vehicle. use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle. Be sure to use the following steps to { Warning do it safely. Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerous because: { Warning . They contain acid that can WARNING: Battery posts, burn you. terminals, and related . They contain gas that can accessories contain lead and lead explode or ignite. compounds, chemicals known to . They contain enough the State of California to cause electricity to burn you. cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Batteries also If you do not follow these steps contain other chemicals known to exactly, some or all of these things can hurt you. 1. Discharged Battery the State of California to cause Positive (+) Terminal cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER 2. Discharged Battery (Continued) Negative (-) Grounding Point Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 371 3. Good Battery Negative (-) 4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off all Terminal Caution lights and accessories in both 4. Good Battery Positive (+) vehicles, except the hazard Terminal If the other vehicle does not have warning flashers if needed. a 12-volt system with a negative The jump start negative grounding ground, both vehicles can be point (1) for the discharged battery damaged. Only use a vehicle that { Warning is the engine block or an engine has a 12-volt system with a mounting bolt. Connect to a spot as An electric fan can start up even negative ground for jump starting. far away from the discharged when the engine is not running battery as possible. and can injure you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any The jump start positive terminal (2) 2. Position the two vehicles so underhood electric fan. on the discharged battery is in the that they are not touching. engine compartment on the driver 3. Set the parking brake firmly side of the vehicle. and put the shift lever in P (Park) with an automatic The jump start negative terminal (3) { Warning and positive terminal (4) are on the transmission, or Neutral with a battery of the vehicle providing the manual transmission. Using a match near a battery can jump start. cause battery gas to explode. Caution People have been hurt doing this, The positive jump start connection and some have been blinded. for the discharged battery is under a If any accessories are left on or Use a flashlight if you need more trim cover. Open the cover to plugged in during the jump light. expose the terminal. starting procedure, they could be 1. Check the other vehicle. damaged. The repairs would not Battery fluid contains acid that It must have a 12-volt battery be covered by the vehicle can burn you. Do not get it on with a negative ground system. warranty. Whenever possible, turn you. If you accidentally get it in off or unplug all accessories on your eyes or on your skin, flush either vehicle when jump starting. the place with water and get medical help immediately. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

372 Vehicle Care 10. Try to start the vehicle that had Towing the Vehicle { Warning the dead battery. If it will not start after a few tries, it Fans or other moving engine probably needs service. Caution parts can injure you badly. Keep your hands away from moving Incorrectly towing a disabled Caution parts once the engine is running. vehicle may cause damage. The If the jumper cables are damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not lash 5. Connect one end of the red connected or removed in the positive (+) cable to the wrong order, electrical shorting or hook to suspension positive (+) terminal on the may occur and damage the components. Use the proper discharged battery. vehicle. The repairs would not be straps around the tires to secure the vehicle. Do not drag a locked 6. Connect the other end of the covered by the vehicle warranty. Always connect and remove the wheel/tire. Use tire skates or red positive (+) cable to the dollies under any locked wheel/ positive (+) terminal of the good jumper cables in the correct order, tire while loading the vehicle. Do battery. making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other not use a sling type lift to tow the 7. Connect one end of the black metal. vehicle. This could damage the negative (–) cable to the vehicle. negative (–) terminal of the good battery. Jumper Cable Removal GM recommends a flatbed tow truck 8. Connect the other end of the Reverse the sequence exactly when to transport a disabled vehicle. Use black negative (–) cable to the removing the jumper cables. ramps to help reduce approach negative ( ) grounding point for – After starting the disabled vehicle angles, if necessary. A towed the discharged battery. and removing the jumper cables, vehicle should have its drive wheels 9. Start the engine in the vehicle allow it to idle for several minutes. off the ground. Contact Roadside with the good battery and run Assistance or a professional towing the engine at idle speed for at service if the disabled vehicle must least four minutes. be towed. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 373 Front Attachment Point known as dinghy towing and dolly . Is the vehicle ready to be towing. Dinghy towing is towing the towed? Just as preparing the vehicle with all four wheels on the vehicle for a long trip, make sure ground. Dolly towing is towing the the vehicle is prepared to be vehicle with two wheels on the towed. ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly. Caution Here are some important things to consider before recreational vehicle Use of a shield mounted in front towing: of the vehicle grille could restrict airflow and cause damage to the What is the towing capacity of . transmission. The repairs would the towing vehicle? Be sure to not be covered by the vehicle read the tow vehicle manufacturer's warranty. If using a shield, only The vehicle is equipped with recommendations. use one that attaches to the towing vehicle. specific attachment points to be . What is the distance that will be used by the towing provider. These traveled? Some vehicles have holes may be used to pull the restrictions on how far and how vehicle from a flat road surface onto long they can tow. the flatbed tow truck. . Is the proper towing equipment Recreational Vehicle going to be used? See your dealer or trailering professional Towing for additional advice and Recreational vehicle towing means equipment recommendations. towing the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as behind a motor home. The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

374 Vehicle Care Dinghy Towing Dinghy Towing 4. Shift the transmission to (Front-Wheel-Drive Vehicles) (All-Wheel-Drive Vehicles Only) N (Neutral). The chime will ring continuously for 30 seconds. Leave the transmission in N (Neutral). 5. Release the parking brake. 6. Disconnect the negative battery cable at the battery. See “Negative Battery Cable Disconnection” under Battery - North America 0 323. 7. Cover the negative battery post with a non-conductive material to prevent any contact with the negative battery terminal. To dinghy tow the vehicle from the Caution front with all four wheels on the Caution If the vehicle is towed with all four ground: wheels on the ground, the 1. Position the vehicle to tow and If 113 km/h (70 mph) is exceeded drivetrain components could be then secure it to the tow while towing the vehicle, it could damaged. The repairs would not vehicle. be damaged. Never exceed be covered by the vehicle 2. Apply the parking brake. 113 km/h (70 mph) while towing warranty. Do not tow the vehicle the vehicle. 3. Put the vehicle into ACC/ with all four wheels on the ACCESSORY by pressing ground. ENGINE START/STOP one To disconnect the towed vehicle: time without the brake pedal 1. Park on a level surface. applied. 2. Apply the parking brake. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 375 3. Make sure that the ignition Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-Drive Dolly Towing is off. Vehicles) (Front-Wheel-Drive 4. Remove any tape, glue, Vehicles Only) or excess material from the negative battery post. 5. Connect the battery. See “Negative Battery Cable Reconnection” under Battery - North America 0 323. 6. Disconnect the vehicle from the tow vehicle. 7. Release the parking brake. The vehicle was not designed to be towed with all four wheels on the ground. All-wheel-drive vehicles must not be towed with two wheels on the To tow a front-wheel-drive vehicle ground. from the front with two wheels on the ground: 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly. 2. Move the shift lever to P (Park). 3. Set the parking brake. 4. Clamp the steering wheel in a straight-ahead position with a clamping device designed for towing. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

376 Vehicle Care 5. Turn the vehicle off. Appearance Care 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. 7. Release the parking brake. Exterior Care 8. Disconnect the negative Locks battery cable at the battery. Locks are lubricated at the factory. See “Negative Battery Cable Use a de-icing agent only when Disconnection” Battery - North America 0 323. absolutely necessary, and have the locks greased after using. See 9. Cover the negative battery post Recommended Fluids and with a non-conductive material Lubricants 0 397. to prevent any contact with the negative battery terminal. Washing the Vehicle Caution Towing the Vehicle from To preserve the vehicle's finish, the Rear Towing the vehicle from the rear wash it often and out of direct could damage it. Also, repairs sunlight. would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Never have the Caution vehicle towed from the rear. Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, or abrasive cleaning Do not tow the vehicle from the rear. agents as they can damage the vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Approved cleaning products can be obtained from (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 377 Finish Care Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) Application of aftermarket clearcoat your dealer. Follow all This could cause damage that sealant/wax materials is not manufacturer directions regarding would not be covered by the recommended. If painted surfaces correct product usage, necessary vehicle warranty. are damaged, see your dealer to safety precautions, and have the damage assessed and repaired. Foreign materials such as appropriate disposal of any If using an automatic car wash, vehicle care product. calcium chloride and other salts, ice follow the car wash instructions. The melting agents, road oil and tar, tree windshield wiper and rear window sap, bird droppings, chemicals from wiper, if equipped, must be off. industrial chimneys, etc., can Caution Remove any accessories that may damage the vehicle's finish if they be damaged or interfere with the car remain on painted surfaces. Wash Avoid using high-pressure wash equipment. the vehicle as soon as possible. washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) Rinse the vehicle well, before If necessary, use non-abrasive to the surface of the vehicle. Use washing and after, to remove all cleaners that are marked safe for of power washers exceeding cleaning agents completely. If they painted surfaces to remove foreign 8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result are allowed to dry on the surface, matter. in damage or removal of paint they could stain. Occasional hand waxing or mild and decals. Dry the finish with a soft, clean polishing should be done to remove chamois or an all-cotton towel to residue from the paint finish. See avoid surface scratches and water your dealer for approved cleaning spotting. products. Caution Do not apply waxes or polishes to Do not power wash any uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, component under the hood that decals, simulated wood, or flat paint as damage can occur. has this e symbol. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

378 Vehicle Care The bright metal moldings on the Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ Caution vehicle are aluminum, chrome, Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and or stainless steel. To prevent Stripes Machine compounding or damage always follow these aggressive polishing on a cleaning instructions: Use only lukewarm or cold water, a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish soft cloth, and a car washing soap may damage it. Use only . Be sure the molding is cool to to clean exterior lamps, lenses, non-abrasive waxes and polishes the touch before applying any emblems, decals, and stripes. cleaning solution. that are made for a basecoat/ Follow instructions under "Washing clearcoat paint finish on the . Use only approved cleaning the Vehicle" previously in this vehicle. solutions for aluminum, chrome, section. or stainless steel. Some Lamp covers are made of plastic, cleaners are highly acidic or To keep the paint finish looking new, and some have a UV protective contain alkaline substances and coating. Do not clean or wipe them keep the vehicle garaged or can damage the moldings. covered whenever possible. when dry. . Always dilute a concentrated Do not use any of the following on Protecting Exterior Bright Metal cleaner according to the lamp covers: Moldings manufacturer’s instructions. . Abrasive or caustic agents. . Do not use cleaners that are not Caution intended for automotive use. . Washer fluids and other cleaning agents in higher concentrations Failure to clean and protect the . Use a nonabrasive wax on the than suggested by the bright metal moldings can result vehicle after washing to protect manufacturer. in a hazy white finish or pitting. and extend the molding finish. . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, This damage would not be or other harsh cleaners. covered by the vehicle warranty. . Ice scrapers or other hard items. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 379 . Aftermarket appearance caps or Shutter System a buildup of vehicle wash/wax covers while the lamps are treatments may cause wiper illuminated, due to excessive streaking. heat generated. Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged. Damage can be Caution caused by extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, Failure to clean lamps properly snow, and ice. can cause damage to the lamp cover that would not be covered Weatherstrips by the vehicle warranty. Apply weatherstrip lubricant on weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at Caution The vehicle may have a shutter least once a year. Hot, dry climates Using wax on low gloss black system designed to help increase may require more frequent application. Black marks from finish stripes can increase the fuel economy. Keep the shutter system clean for proper operation. rubber material on painted surfaces gloss level and create a can be removed by rubbing with a non-uniform finish. Clean low Windshield and Wiper Blades clean cloth. See Recommended gloss stripes with soap and Fluids and Lubricants 0 397. water only. Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner. Tires Air Intakes Clean rubber blades using a lint-free Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to cloth or paper towel soaked with clean the tires. Clear debris from the air intakes, windshield washer fluid or a mild between the hood and windshield, detergent. Wash the windshield when washing the vehicle. thoroughly when cleaning the blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

380 Vehicle Care pads for wear and rotors for surface Caution Caution (Continued) condition. Inspect drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks. Using petroleum-based tire dust and ice. Always wash the Inspect all other brake parts. dressing products on the vehicle chrome with soap and water after may damage the paint finish and/ exposure. Steering, Suspension, and or tires. When applying a tire Chassis Components dressing, always wipe off any Visually inspect steering, overspray from all painted Caution suspension, and chassis surfaces on the vehicle. components for damaged, loose, To avoid surface damage on or missing parts or signs of wear at Wheels and Wheel Trim wheels and wheel trim, do not least once a year. use strong soaps, chemicals, Use a soft, clean cloth with mild Inspect power steering for proper abrasive polishes, cleaners, soap and water to clean the wheels. attachment, connections, binding, After rinsing thoroughly with clean or brushes. Use only GM leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. water, dry with a soft, clean towel. approved cleaners. Do not drive Visually check constant velocity joint A wax may then be applied. the vehicle through an automatic boots and axle seals for leaks. car wash that uses silicon carbide Body Component Lubrication Caution tire/wheel cleaning brushes. Damage could occur and the Lubricate all key lock cylinders, Chrome wheels and chrome repairs would not be covered by hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel wheel trim may be damaged if the the vehicle warranty. fuel door hinges, and power assist vehicle is not washed after driving step hinges, unless the components on roads that have been sprayed Brake System are plastic. Applying silicone grease with magnesium chloride or on weatherstrips with a clean cloth calcium chloride. These are used Visually inspect brake lines and will make them last longer, seal on roads for conditions such as hoses for proper attachment, better, and not stick or squeak. connections, binding, leaks, cracks, (Continued) chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 381 Underbody Maintenance Finish Damage hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect repellent from all interior surfaces or At least twice a year, spring and fall, Quickly repair minor chips and permanent damage may result. use plain water to flush any scratches with touch-up materials corrosive materials from the available from your dealer to avoid Use cleaners specifically designed underbody. Take care to thoroughly corrosion. Larger areas of finish for the surfaces being cleaned to clean any areas where mud and damage can be corrected in your prevent permanent damage. Apply other debris can collect. dealer's body and paint shop. all cleaners directly to the cleaning cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any Do not directly power wash the Chemical Paint Spotting switches or controls. Remove transfer case and/or front/rear axle cleaners quickly. output seals. High pressure water Airborne pollutants can fall upon can overcome the seals and and attack painted vehicle surfaces Before using cleaners, read and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated causing blotchy, ring-shaped follow all safety instructions on the fluid will decrease the life of the discolorations, and small, irregular label. While cleaning the interior, transfer case and/or axles and dark spots etched into the paint open the doors and windows to get should be replaced. surface. See “Finish Care” proper ventilation. previously in this section. Sheet Metal Damage To prevent damage, do not clean the interior using the following If the vehicle is damaged and Interior Care cleaners or techniques: requires sheet metal repair or To prevent dirt particle abrasions, . Never use a razor or any other replacement, make sure the body regularly clean the vehicle's interior. repair shop applies anti-corrosion sharp object to remove soil from Immediately remove any soils. any interior surface. material to parts repaired or Newspapers or dark garments can replaced to restore corrosion transfer color to the vehicle’s . Never use a brush with stiff protection. interior. bristles. Original manufacturer replacement Use a soft bristle brush to remove . Never rub any surface parts will provide the corrosion dust from knobs and crevices on the aggressively or with too much protection while maintaining the instrument cluster. Using a mild pressure. vehicle warranty. soap solution, immediately remove Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

382 Vehicle Care . Do not use laundry detergents or Fabric/Carpet/Suede dishwashing soaps with Caution Start by vacuuming the surface degreasers. For liquid cleaners, using a soft brush attachment. If a use approximately 20 drops per To prevent scratching, never use rotating vacuum brush attachment is 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. abrasive cleaners on automotive being used, only use it on the floor A concentrated soap solution will glass. Abrasive cleaners or carpet. Before cleaning, gently create streaks and attract dirt. aggressive cleaning may damage remove as much of the soil as Do not use solutions that contain the rear window defogger. possible: strong or caustic soap. . Gently blot liquids with a paper . Do not heavily saturate the Cleaning the windshield with water towel. Continue blotting until no upholstery when cleaning. during the first three to six months of ownership will reduce tendency more soil can be removed. . Do not use solvents or cleaners to fog. For solid soils, remove as much containing solvents. . as possible prior to vacuuming. Speaker Covers Interior Glass To clean: Vacuum around a speaker cover To clean, use a terry cloth fabric gently, so that the speaker will not 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free dampened with water. Wipe droplets be damaged. Clean spots with water colorfast cloth with water. left behind with a clean dry cloth. and mild soap. Microfiber cloth is If necessary, use a commercial recommended to prevent lint glass cleaner after cleaning with Coated Moldings transfer to the fabric or carpet. plain water. Coated moldings should be cleaned. 2. Remove excess moisture by . When lightly soiled, wipe with a gently wringing until water does sponge or soft, lint-free cloth not drip from the cleaning cloth. dampened with water. 3. Start on the outside edge of the . When heavily soiled, use warm soil and gently rub toward the soapy water. center. Fold the cleaning cloth Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 383 to a clean area frequently to Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather, prevent forcing the soil in to the and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, fabric. Radio Displays Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and 4. Continue gently rubbing the Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss Natural Open Pore Wood soiled area until there is no surfaces or vehicle displays. First, Surfaces longer any color transfer from use a soft bristle brush to remove the soil to the cleaning cloth. Use a soft microfiber cloth dirt that can scratch the surface. dampened with water to remove 5. If the soil is not completely Then gently clean by rubbing with a dust and loose dirt. For a more removed, use a mild soap microfiber cloth. Never use window thorough cleaning, use a soft solution followed only by plain cleaners or solvents. Periodically microfiber cloth dampened with a water. hand wash the microfiber cloth mild soap solution. separately, using mild soap. Do not If the soil is not completely use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse removed, it may be necessary to Caution thoroughly and air dry before use a commercial upholstery next use. cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small Soaking or saturating leather, hidden area for colorfastness before especially perforated leather, as using a commercial upholstery Caution well as other interior surfaces, cleaner or spot lifter. If ring may cause permanent damage. Do not attach a device with a formation occurs, clean the entire Wipe excess moisture from these suction cup to the display. This fabric or carpet. surfaces after cleaning and allow may cause damage and would them to dry naturally. Never use After cleaning, use a paper towel to not be covered by the vehicle heat, steam, or spot removers. Do blot excess moisture. warranty. not use cleaners that contain silicone or wax-based products. Cleaners containing these solvents can permanently change (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

384 Vehicle Care Cargo Cover and Floor Mats Caution (Continued) Convenience Net the appearance and feel of If equipped, wash with warm water { Warning leather or soft trim, and are not and mild detergent. Do not use recommended. chlorine bleach. Rinse with cold If a floor mat is the wrong size or water, and then dry completely. is not properly installed, it can interfere with the pedals. Do not use cleaners that increase Care of Seat Belts Interference with the pedals can gloss, especially on the instrument Keep belts clean and dry. cause unintended acceleration panel. Reflected glare can decrease and/or increased stopping visibility through the windshield distance which can cause a crash under certain conditions. { Warning and injury. Make sure the floor Do not bleach or dye seat belt mat does not interfere with the Caution webbing. It may severely weaken pedals. Use of air fresheners may cause the webbing. In a crash, they permanent damage to plastics might not be able to provide Use the following guidelines for and painted surfaces. If an air adequate protection. Clean and proper floor mat usage. rinse seat belt webbing only with freshener comes in contact with . The original equipment floor any plastic or painted surface in mild soap and lukewarm water. Allow the webbing to dry. mats were designed for your the vehicle, blot immediately and vehicle. If the floor mats need clean with a soft cloth dampened replacing, it is recommended with a mild soap solution. that GM certified floor mats be Damage caused by air fresheners purchased. Non-GM floor mats would not be covered by the may not fit properly and may vehicle warranty. interfere with the accelerator or brake pedal. Always check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Vehicle Care 385 . Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is not equipped with a floor mat retainer on the driver side floor. . Use the floor mat with the correct side up. Do not turn it over. . Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat. . Use only a single floor mat on the driver side. . Do not place one floor mat on Removing and Replacing the top of another. Floor Mats The driver side floor mat is held in 1. Pull up on the rear of the floor place by a button-type retainer. mat to unlock the retainers and remove. 2. Reinstall by lining up the floor mat retainer openings over the carpet retainers and snap into position. 3. Make sure the floor mat is properly secured in place. Verify the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

386 Service and Maintenance General Information for routine maintenance such as oil Service and changes and tire rotations and Maintenance Your vehicle is an important additional maintenance items like investment. This section describes tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper the required maintenance for the blades. General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help General Information ...... 386 protect against major repair Caution expenses resulting from neglect or Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may Damage caused by improper Maintenance Schedule ...... 388 also help to maintain the value of maintenance can lead to costly the vehicle if it is sold. It is the Special Application Services repairs and may not be covered responsibility of the owner to have by the vehicle warranty. Special Application all required maintenance performed. Services ...... 393 Maintenance intervals, checks, Your dealer has trained technicians inspections, recommended fluids, Additional Maintenance who can perform required and lubricants are important to and Care maintenance using genuine keep the vehicle in good working Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have condition. and Care ...... 394 up-to-date tools and equipment for fast and accurate diagnostics. Many Do not have chemical flushes that Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and are not approved by GM Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy performed on the vehicle. The Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online use of flushes, solvents, cleaners, Lubricants ...... 397 scheduling to assist with service or lubricants that are not Maintenance Replacement needs. approved by GM could damage Parts ...... 398 Your dealer recognizes the the vehicle, requiring expensive Maintenance Records importance of providing repairs that are not covered by Maintenance Records ...... 399 competitively priced maintenance the vehicle warranty. and repair services. With trained technicians, the dealer is the place Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Service and Maintenance 387 The Tire Rotation and Required Refer to the information in the Services are the responsibility of the Maintenance Schedule Additional { Warning vehicle owner. It is recommended to Required Services - Normal chart. have your dealer perform these Performing maintenance work can The Additional Required Services - be dangerous and can cause services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Severe are for vehicles that are: Proper vehicle maintenance helps to serious injury. Perform keep the vehicle in good working . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic maintenance work only if the condition, improves fuel economy, in hot weather. required information, proper tools, and reduces vehicle emissions. . Mainly driven in hilly or and equipment are available. Because of the way people use mountainous terrain. If they are not, see your dealer to have a trained technician do the vehicles, maintenance needs vary. . Frequently towing a trailer. There may need to be more work. See Doing Your Own frequent checks and services. The . Used for high speed or Service Work 0 303. Additional Required Services - competitive driving. Normal are for vehicles that: . Used for taxi, police, or delivery . Carry passengers and cargo service. within recommended limits on Refer to the information in the the Tire and Loading Information Maintenance Schedule Additional label. See Vehicle Load Limits Required Services - Severe chart. 0 233. . Are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits. . Use the recommended fuel. See Recommended Fuel 0 287. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

388 Service and Maintenance Maintenance be reset. Your trained dealer the engine air filter life system after technician can perform this work. the engine air filter is replaced. See Schedule If the engine oil life system is reset Engine Air Filter Life System 0 313. accidentally, service the vehicle Owner Checks and Services within 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since the Tire Rotation and Required Check the engine oil level. See last service. Reset the oil life Services Every 12 000 km Engine Oil 0 309. system when the oil is changed. (7,500 mi) See Engine Oil Life System 0 311. Once a Month Rotate the tires, if recommended for Air Conditioning Desiccant the vehicle, and perform the . Check the tire inflation (Replace Every Seven Years) following services. See Tire pressures. See Tire Pressure Rotation 0 356. 0 350. The air conditioning system requires Check engine oil level and oil maintenance every seven years. . . Inspect the tires for wear. See life percentage. If needed, This service requires replacement of Tire Inspection 0 356. change engine oil and filter, and the desiccant to help the longevity reset oil life system. See Engine . Check the windshield washer and efficient operation of the air Oil 0 309 and fluid level. See Washer Fluid conditioning system. This service Engine Oil Life System 0 311. 0 320. can be complex. See your dealer. Engine Oil Change . If equipped with the engine air Engine Air Filter Change filter life system, check the air When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL filter life percentage. SOON DIC message displays, have CHANGE message displays, the If necessary, replace the engine the engine oil and filter changed engine air filter should be replaced air filter and reset the engine air within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). at the next engine oil change. When filter life system. See Engine Air If driven under the best conditions, the REPLACE ENGINE AIR FILTER Filter Life System. If the vehicle the engine oil life system may not SOON message displays, the is not equipped with the engine indicate the need for vehicle service engine air filter should be replaced air filter life system, inspect the for up to a year. The engine oil and at the earliest convenience. Reset engine air cleaner filter. See filter must be changed at least once Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 313. a year and the oil life system must Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Service and Maintenance 389 . Check engine coolant level. See . Visually inspect halfshafts and . Check automatic transmission Cooling System 0 315. driveshafts for excessive wear, shift lock control function. See . Check windshield washer fluid lubricant leaks, and/or damage Automatic Transmission Shift level. See Washer Fluid 0 320. including: tube dents or cracks, Lock Control Function Check constant velocity joint or 0 326. . Check tire inflation pressures. universal joint looseness, See Tire Pressure 0 350. . Check parking brake and cracked or missing boots, loose automatic transmission park . Inspect tire wear. See Tire or missing boot clamps, center mechanism. See Park Brake and Inspection 0 356. bearing excessive looseness, P (Park) Mechanism Check loose or missing fasteners, and 0 326. . Visually check for fluid leaks. axle seal leaks. . Check accelerator pedal for . Inspect brake system. See . Check restraint system Exterior Care 0 376. damage, high effort, or binding. components. See Safety System Replace if needed. . Visually inspect steering, Check 0 59. suspension, and chassis . Visually inspect gas strut for . Visually inspect fuel system for signs of wear, cracks, or other components for damage, damage or leaks. including cracks or tears in the damage. Check the hold open rubber boots, loose or missing . Visually inspect exhaust system ability of the strut. If the hold parts, or signs of wear at least and nearby heat shields for open is low, service the gas 0 once a year. See Exterior Care loose or damaged parts. strut. See Gas Strut(s) 328. 0 376. . Lubricate body components. See . Inspect sunroof track and seal, 0 0 . Inspect power steering for Exterior Care 376. if equipped. See Sunroof 37. proper attachment, connections, . Check starter switch. See Starter binding, leaks, cracks, Switch Check 0 325. chafing, etc. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

390 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Schedule

Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Normal 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Check @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ engine air filter life percentage and status. Change engine air filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine air filter life system, replace engine air cleaner @ @ @ filter. (3) Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires @ @ and/or boots. Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. (4) @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood and/or body lift support gas @ @ struts. (9) Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) Replace oil pump drive belt and timing belt. (LIH @ 1.2L L3 Engine Only). (11) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Service and Maintenance 391 Footnotes — Maintenance (4) Do not directly power wash the (11) The oil pump drive belt and the Schedule Additional Required transfer case and/or front/rear axle timing belt on the LIH engine must Services - Normal output seals. High pressure water be replaced at 150,000 miles (1) Or every two years, whichever can overcome the seals and (240,000 km) or 15 years, comes first. More frequent contaminate the transfer case fluid. whichever comes first. passenger compartment air filter Contaminated fluid will decrease the replacement may be needed if life of the transfer case and/or axles driving in areas with heavy traffic, and should be replaced. poor air quality, high dust levels, (5) Or every five years, whichever or environmental allergens. comes first. See Cooling System Passenger compartment air filter 0 315. replacement may also be needed if (6) Or every 10 years, whichever there is reduced airflow, window comes first. Inspect for fraying, fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer excessive cracking, or damage; can help determine when to replace replace, if needed. the filter. (7) Replace brake fluid every five (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor years. See Brake Fluid 0 322. lines and hoses for proper attachment, connection, routing, and (8) Or every 12 months, whichever condition. comes first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 326. (3) Or every four years, whichever comes first. If driving in dusty (9) Or every 10 years, whichever conditions, inspect the filter at each comes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 328. oil change or more often as needed. (10) Replace air conditioning 0 See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 313. desiccant every seven years. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

392 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Schedule

Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Severe 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Check @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ engine air filter life percentage and status. Change engine air filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine air filter life system, replace engine air cleaner @ @ @ filter. (3) Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires @ @ and/or boots. Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. (4) @ @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood and/or body lift support gas @ @ struts. (9) Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) Replace oil pump drive belt and timing belt. (LIH @ 1.2L L3 Engine Only). (11) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Service and Maintenance 393 Footnotes — Maintenance contaminate the transfer case fluid. Special Application Schedule Additional Required Contaminated fluid will decrease the Services - Severe life of the transfer case and/or axles Services and should be replaced. (1) Or every two years, whichever . Severe Commercial Use comes first. More frequent (5) Or every five years, whichever Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis passenger compartment air filter comes first. See Cooling System components every oil change. replacement may be needed if 0 315. . Have underbody flushing service driving in areas with heavy traffic, (6) Or every 10 years, whichever performed. See "Underbody poor air quality, high dust levels, comes first. Inspect for fraying, Maintenance" in Exterior Care or environmental allergens. excessive cracking, or damage; 0 376. Passenger compartment air filter replace, if needed. replacement may also be needed if there is reduced airflow, window (7) Replace brake fluid every five fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer years. See Brake Fluid 0 322. can help determine when to replace (8) Or every 12 months, whichever the filter. comes first. See Wiper Blade (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor Replacement 0 326. lines and hoses for proper (9) Or every 10 years, whichever attachment, connection, routing, and comes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 328. condition. (10) Replace air conditioning (3) Or every four years, whichever desiccant every seven years. comes first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect the filter at each (11) The oil pump drive belt and the oil change or more often as needed. timing belt on the LIH engine must See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 313. be replaced at 150,000 miles (240,000 km) or 15 years, (4) Do not directly power wash the whichever comes first. transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

394 Service and Maintenance Additional . To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment Maintenance and Care battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and recommend quality parts Your vehicle is an important . Trained dealer technicians have engineered for the vehicle. investment and caring for it properly the diagnostic equipment to test may help to avoid future costly the battery and ensure that the Fluids repairs. To maintain vehicle connections and cables are Proper fluid levels and approved performance, additional corrosion-free. fluids protect the vehicle s systems maintenance services may be ’ Belts and components. See required. . Belts may need replacing if they Recommended Fluids and It is recommended that your dealer 0 squeak or show signs of Lubricants 397 for GM approved perform these services their — cracking or splitting. fluids. trained dealer technicians know . Engine oil and windshield your vehicle best. Your dealer can . Trained dealer technicians have washer fluid levels should be also perform a thorough access to tools and equipment checked at every fuel fill. assessment with a multi-point to inspect the belts and inspection to recommend when your recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may vehicle may need attention. replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids may be low and need to be The following list is intended to Brakes filled. explain the services and conditions Brakes stop the vehicle and are to look for that may indicate crucial to safe driving. Hoses services are required. . Signs of brake wear may include Hoses transport fluids and should Battery chirping, grinding, or squealing be regularly inspected to ensure that there are no cracks or leaks. The 12-volt battery supplies power noises, or difficulty stopping. With a multi-point inspection, your to start the engine and operate any dealer can inspect the hoses and additional electrical accessories. advise if replacement is needed. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Service and Maintenance 395 Lamps of leaking, blown seals, Vehicle Care Properly working headlamps, or damage, and can advise To help keep the vehicle looking like taillamps, and brake lamps are when service is needed. new, vehicle care products are important to see and be seen on Tires available from your dealer. For the road. information on how to clean and Tires need to be properly inflated, protect the vehicle’s interior and . Signs that the headlamps need rotated, and balanced. Maintaining 0 attention include dimming, failure exterior, see Interior Care 381 and the tires can save money and fuel, Exterior Care 0 376. to light, cracking, or damage. and can reduce the risk of tire The brake lamps need to be failure. Wheel Alignment checked periodically to ensure that they light when braking. . Signs that the tires need to be Wheel alignment is critical for replaced include three or more ensuring that the tires deliver . With a multi-point inspection, visible treadwear indicators; cord optimal wear and performance. your dealer can check the lamps or fabric showing through the and note any concerns. . Signs that the alignment may rubber; cracks or cuts in the need to be adjusted include Shocks and Struts tread or sidewall; or a bulge or pulling, improper vehicle split in the tire. Shocks and struts help aid in control handling, or unusual tire wear. for a smoother ride. . Trained dealer technicians can . Your dealer has the required inspect and recommend the right . Signs of wear may include equipment to ensure proper tires. Your dealer can also wheel alignment. steering wheel vibration, bounce/ provide tire/wheel balancing sway while braking, longer services to ensure smooth Windshield stopping distance, or uneven vehicle operation at all speeds. tire wear. For safety, appearance, and the Your dealer sells and services best viewing, keep the windshield . As part of the multi-point name brand tires. clean and clear. inspection, trained dealer technicians can visually inspect . Signs of damage include the shocks and struts for signs scratches, cracks, and chips. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

396 Service and Maintenance . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the windshield and recommend proper replacement if needed. Wiper Blades Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in good condition to provide a clear view. . Signs of wear include streaking, skipping across the windshield, and worn or split rubber. . Trained dealer technicians can check the wiper blades and replace them when needed. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Service and Maintenance 397 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Usage Fluid/Lubricant Automatic Transmission (CVT) Continuously Variable Ratio Transmission (CVT) Fluid. (GM Part No. 19355873. In Canada 19355874). Automatic Transmission (9 Speed) DEXRON VI for Automatic Transmission Fluid. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Cooling System 0 315. Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 309. Hood and Door Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant. See your dealer. Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Release Pawl Hydraulic Brake System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid. Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Transfer Case Fluid. See your dealer. Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant. See your dealer. Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

398 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 42712666 A3251C Engine Oil Filter 1.2L L3 Gas Engine 12696048 PF64 1.3L L3 Gas Engine 55495105 PF66 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185 Spark Plugs 1.2L L3 Gas Engine 12683541 41-156 1.3L L3 Gas Engine 12688094 41-106-IP Wiper Blades Driver Side – 65.0 cm (25.6 in) 42709497 — Passenger Side – 40.0 cm (15.7 in) 42709499 — Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in) 42709516 — Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Service and Maintenance 399 Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

400 Technical Data Vehicle Identification parts. See “Engine Specifications” Technical Data under Capacities and Specifications 0 Vehicle Identification 401 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Vehicle Identification Service Parts Number (VIN) ...... 400 Identification Service Parts Identification . . . 400 There may be a large barcode on Vehicle Data the certification label on the center Capacities and pillar that you can scan for the Specifications ...... 401 following information: Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 403 . Vehicle Identification This legal identifier is in the front Number (VIN) corner of the instrument panel, on . Model designation the driver side of the vehicle. It can . Paint information be seen through the windshield from outside. The Vehicle Identification . Production options Number (VIN) also appears on the If there is not a large barcode on Vehicle Certification and Service this label, then you will find this Parts labels and certificates of title same information on a label in the and registration. rear storage area. Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code. This code identifies the vehicle's engine, specifications, and replacement Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Technical Data 401 Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System* 1.2L L3 Gas Engine 6.3 L 6.7 qt 1.3L L3 Gas Engine 7.4 L 7.8 qt Engine Oil with Filter 1.2L L3 Gas Engine FWD 4.0 L 4.2 qt 1.3L L3 Gas Engine FWD 4.5 L 4.8 qt 1.3L L3 Gas Engine AWD 4.5 L 4.8 qt Fuel Tank 50 L 13.2 gal Transfer Case Fluid 0.25 L 0.26 qt Wheel Nut Torque 140 Y 100 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. *Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

402 Technical Data Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 1.2L L3 Gas Engine (LIH) 2 Automatic 0.6 - 0.7 mm 1.3L L3 Gas Engine (L3T) L Automatic 0.65 - 0.75 mm Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Technical Data 403 Engine Drive Belt Routing

1.2L L3 Gas Engine

1.3L L3 Gas Engine Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

404 Customer Information Reporting Safety Defects Customer Information Customer Reporting Safety Defects to Information the United States Government ...... 414 Customer Satisfaction Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Satisfaction Government ...... 415 important to your dealer and to Procedure ...... 404 Reporting Safety Defects to Buick. Normally, any concerns with Customer Assistance General Motors ...... 415 the sales transaction or the Offices ...... 406 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 407 Privacy Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes, Online Owner Center ...... 407 however, despite the best intentions GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy ...... 416 Cybersecurity ...... 416 of all concerned, misunderstandings Program ...... 408 can occur. If your concern has not Roadside Assistance Event Data Recorders ...... 416 OnStar ...... 417 been resolved to your satisfaction, Program ...... 408 the following steps should be taken: Scheduling Service Infotainment System ...... 417 Appointments ...... 410 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership Program ...... 410 management. Normally, concerns Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 411 can be quickly resolved at that level. Publication Ordering If the matter has already been Information ...... 413 reviewed with the sales, service, Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner Statement ...... 414 of your dealership or the general manager. STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of dealership management, it appears your concern cannot be Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Customer Information 405 resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line further help, in the U.S., call Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free 1-800-521-7300. In Canada, contact dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at General Motors of Canada sure you are completely satisfied the following address: Customer Care Centre at with the new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program 1-800-263-3777 (English) or if you continue to remain unsatisfied BBB National Programs, Inc. 1-800-263-7854 (French). after following the procedure 3033 Wilson Boulevard We encourage you to call the outlined in Steps One and Two, you Suite 600 can file with the Better Business toll-free number in order to give the ® Arlington, VA 22201 inquiry prompt attention. Have the Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program to enforce your rights. Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 following information available to http://www.bbb.org/council/ give the Customer Assistance The BBB Auto Line Program is an programs-services/ representative: out-of-court program administered dispute-handling-and-resolution/ . Vehicle Identification by BBB National Programs, Inc. to bbb-auto-line Number (VIN). This is available settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation This program is available in all from the vehicle registration or 50 states and the District of title, or the plate at the top left of of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Although you may be Columbia. Eligibility is limited by the instrument panel and visible vehicle age, mileage, and other through the windshield. required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to factors. General Motors reserves . Dealership name and location. filing a court action, use of the the right to change eligibility . Vehicle delivery date and program is free of charge and your limitations and/or discontinue its present mileage. case will generally be heard within participation in this program. 40 days. If you do not agree with the When contacting Buick, remember decision given in your case, you that your concern will likely be may reject it and proceed with any resolved at a dealer's facility. That is other venue for relief available why we suggest following Step One to you. first. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

406 Customer Information STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance Owners : In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Offices addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Buick encourages customers to call procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care the toll-free number for assistance. and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), However, if a customer wishes to Company wants you to be aware of 1-800-263-7854 (French), write or e-mail Buick, the letter its participation in a no-charge or write to: should be addressed to: Mediation/Arbitration program. Mediation/Arbitration Program United States and Puerto Rico General Motors of Canada c/o Customer Care Centre Company has committed to binding General Motors of Canada Buick Customer Assistance Center arbitration of owner disputes Company P.O. Box 33136 involving factory-related vehicle Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Detroit, MI 48232-5136 service claims. The program 1908 Colonel Sam Drive www.Buick.com provides for the review of the facts Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 involved by an impartial third party 1-800-521-7300 arbiter, and may include an informal The inquiry should be accompanied 1-800-832-8425 (For Text hearing before the arbiter. The by the Vehicle Identification Telephone devices (TTYs)) program is designed so that the Number (VIN). Roadside Assistance: entire dispute settlement process, 1-800-252-1112 from the time you file your complaint From U.S. Virgin Islands: to the final decision, should be 1-800-496-9994 completed in about 70 days. We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal, quick, and free of charge. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Customer Information 407 Canada communicate with Buick by dialing: r : Track your vehicle’s warranty 1-800-832-8425. TTY users in General Motors of Canada information. Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. Company J : View active recalls by Vehicle Customer Care Centre, Online Owner Center Identification Number (VIN). See Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Online Owner Experience 0 400. Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 (U.S.) my.buick.com www.gm.ca H : Compare and shop for Buick The Buick online owner experience and OnStar plans and services. 1-800-263-3777 (English) allows access to videos, articles, View GM Card and SiriusXM 1-800-263-7854 (French) and vehicle health specific to your information (if equipped). 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Buick as well as your OnStar Telephone devices (TTYs)) F : Chat with online help Account information all in one place. Roadside Assistance: representatives. 1-800-268-6800 Membership Benefits See my.buick.com to register your All Overseas Locations E : Download owner’s manuals vehicle. Please contact the local General and view vehicle-specific how-to Buick Owner Centre (Canada) Motors Business Unit. videos. mybuick.ca G : View maintenance schedules, Visit the Buick Owner Centre at Customer Assistance for alerts, and Vehicle Diagnostic mybuick.ca (English) or my.buick.ca Text Telephone (TTY) Information. Schedule service (French) to access similar benefits Users appointments. to the U.S. site. I : View and print dealer-recorded To assist customers who are deaf, service records and self-recorded hard of hearing, or speech-impaired service records. and who use Text Telephones (TTYs), Buick has TTY equipment D : Select a dealer and view available at its Customer Assistance locations, maps, phone numbers, Center. Any TTY user can and hours. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

408 Customer Information GM Mobility Roadside Assistance Coverage Reimbursement Program Program Services are provided for the duration of the vehicle s powertrain For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call ’ warranty. 1-800-252-1112; (Text Telephone (TTY): 1-888-889-2438). In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is covered. In Canada, a For Canadian-purchased vehicles, person driving the vehicle without call 1-800-268-6800. permission from the owner is not Service is available 24 hours a day, covered. 365 days a year. This program is available to Roadside Assistance is not a part of qualified applicants for cost Calling for Assistance the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. reimbursement, up to certain limits, General Motors North America and of eligible aftermarket adaptive When calling Roadside Assistance, Buick reserve the right to make any equipment required for the vehicle, have the following information changes or discontinue the such as hand controls or a ready: Roadside Assistance program at wheelchair/scooter lift for the . Your name, home address, and any time without notification. vehicle. home telephone number General Motors North America and To learn about the GM Mobility . Telephone number of your Buick reserve the right to limit program, see www.gmmobility.com location services or payment to an owner or or call the GM Mobility Assistance driver if they decide the claims are . Location of the vehicle Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text made too often, or the same type of Telephone (TTY) users, call . Model, year, color, and license claim is made many times. 1-800-833-9935. plate number of the vehicle Services Provided General Motors of Canada also has . Odometer reading, Vehicle a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca Identification Number (VIN), and . Emergency Fuel Delivery: or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE delivery date of the vehicle Delivery of enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the nearest (800-463-7483) for details. TTY . Description of the problem users call 1-800-263-3830. service station. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Customer Information 409 . Lock-Out Service: Service to . Trip Interruption Benefits and Services Specific to unlock the vehicle if you are Assistance: If your trip is Canadian-Purchased Vehicles locked out. A remote unlock may interrupted due to a warranty be available if you have OnStar. event, incidental expenses may . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement For security reasons, the driver be reimbursed within the is up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel must present identification Powertrain warranty period. delivery may be restricted. before this service is given. Items considered are reasonable Propane and other fuels are not provided through this service. . Emergency Tow from a Public and customary hotel, meals, Road or Highway: Tow to the rental car, or a vehicle being . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle nearest Buick dealer for delivered back to the customer, registration is required. up to 500 miles. warranty service, or if the vehicle . Trip Interruption Benefits and was in a crash and cannot be Services Not Included in Assistance: Must be over driven. Assistance is not given Roadside Assistance 150 km from where your trip was when the vehicle is stuck in started to qualify. sand, mud, or snow. . Impound towing caused by Pre-authorization, original violation of any laws. . Flat Tire Change: Service to detailed receipts, and a copy of change a flat tire with the spare . Legal fines. the repair orders are required. Once authorization has been tire. The spare tire, if equipped, . Mounting, dismounting, must be in good condition and received, the Roadside or changing of snow tires, Assistance advisor will help you properly inflated. It is the owner's chains, or other traction devices. responsibility for the repair or make arrangements and explain replacement of the tire if it is not Service is not provided if a vehicle how to receive payment. covered by the warranty. is in an area that is not accessible . Alternative Service: If to the service vehicle or is not a assistance cannot be provided . Battery Jump Start: Service to regularly traveled or maintained jump start a dead battery. right away, the Roadside public road, which includes ice and Assistance advisor may give winter roads. Off-road use is not permission to get local covered. emergency road service. You will receive payment, up to $100, Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

410 Customer Information after sending the original receipt If your dealer requests you to bring furnished with each new vehicle to Roadside Assistance. the vehicle for service, you are provides detailed warranty coverage Mechanical failures may be urged to do so as early in the work information. covered, however any cost for day as possible to allow for parts and labor for repairs not same-day repair. Transportation Options covered by the warranty are the Warranty service can generally be owner responsibility. Courtesy Transportation completed while you wait. However, Program if you are unable to do so, your Scheduling Service dealer may offer the following To enhance your ownership transportation options: Appointments experience, we and our participating When the vehicle requires warranty dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Shuttle Service service, contact your dealer and Transportation, a customer support This includes one-way or round-trip request an appointment. By program for vehicles with the shuttle service within reasonable scheduling a service appointment Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty time and distance parameters of and advising the service consultant Coverage period in Canada), your dealer's area. of your transportation needs, your extended powertrain, and/or dealer can help minimize your hybrid-specific warranties in both Public Transportation or Fuel inconvenience. the U.S. and Canada. Reimbursement If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Several Courtesy Transportation If overnight warranty repairs are into the service department options are available to assist in needed, and public transportation is immediately, keep driving it until it reducing inconvenience when used, the expense must be can be scheduled for service, warranty repairs are required. supported by original receipts and within the maximum amount allowed unless, of course, the problem is Courtesy Transportation is not a safety related. If it is, please call by GM. If U.S. customers arrange part of the New Vehicle Limited their own transportation, limited your dealership, let them know this, Warranty. A separate manual and ask for instructions. reimbursement for reasonable fuel entitled “Limited Warranty and expenses may be available. Claim Owner Assistance Information” amounts should reflect actual costs Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Customer Information 411 and be supported by original Additional Program Collision Parts receipts. See your dealer for Information Genuine GM Collision parts are new information. All program options, such as shuttle parts made with the same materials Courtesy Rental Vehicle service, may not be available at and construction methods as the parts with which the vehicle was For an overnight warranty repair, the every dealer. Contact your dealer originally built. Genuine GM dealer may provide an available for specific availability. Collision parts are the best choice to courtesy rental vehicle or provide for General Motors reserves the right to ensure that the vehicle's designed reimbursement of a rental vehicle. unilaterally modify, change, appearance, durability, and safety Reimbursement is limited and must or discontinue Courtesy are preserved. The use of Genuine be supported by original receipts as Transportation at any time and to GM parts can help maintain the GM well as a signed and completed resolve all questions of claim New Vehicle Limited Warranty. rental agreement and meet state/ eligibility pursuant to the terms and provincial, local, and rental vehicle conditions described herein at its Recycled original equipment parts provider requirements. sole discretion. may also be used for repair. These Requirements vary and may include parts are typically removed from minimum age requirements, Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in insurance coverage, credit card, etc. prior crashes. In most cases, the Additional fees such as fuel, rental If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from vehicle insurance, taxes, levies, collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle. usage fees, excessive mileage, damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM or rental usage beyond the technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to completion of the repair are also equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally your responsibility. parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of It may not be possible to provide a value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts like vehicle as a courtesy rental. be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any related failures are not covered by that warranty. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

412 Customer Information Aftermarket collision parts are also Insuring the Vehicle parts. Read the lease carefully, as available. These are made by you may be charged at the end of Protect your investment in the GM companies other than GM and may the lease for poor quality repairs. vehicle with comprehensive and not have been tested for the vehicle. collision insurance coverage. There As a result, these parts may fit If a Crash Occurs are significant differences in the poorly, exhibit premature durability/ quality of coverage afforded by If there has been an injury, call corrosion problems, and may not various insurance policy terms. emergency services for help. Do not perform properly in subsequent Many insurance policies provide leave the scene of a crash until all collisions. Aftermarket parts are not reduced protection to the GM matters have been taken care of. covered by the GM New Vehicle vehicle by limiting compensation for Move the vehicle only if its position Limited Warranty, and any vehicle damage repairs through the use of puts you in danger, or you are failure related to such parts is not aftermarket collision parts. Some instructed to move it by a police covered by that warranty. insurance companies will not officer. Repair Facility specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved GM also recommends that you recommend that you ensure that the in the crash. choose a collision repair facility that vehicle will be repaired with GM For emergency towing see meets your needs before you ever original equipment collision parts. need collision repairs. Your dealer Roadside Assistance Program If such insurance coverage is not 0 408. may have a collision repair center available from your current with GM-trained technicians and insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information: state-of-the-art equipment, or be to another insurance carrier. able to recommend a collision repair . Driver name, address, and center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver license number equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Customer Information 413 . Vehicle make, model, and original GM parts. Remember, Publication Ordering model year recycled parts will not be covered by Information . Vehicle Identification the GM vehicle warranty. Number (VIN) Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals . Insurance company and policy but you must live with the repair. Service manuals have the diagnosis number Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the your insurance company may engine, transmission, axle, General description of the . initially value the repair using suspension, brakes, electrical damage to the other vehicle aftermarket parts. Discuss this with system, steering system, body, etc. Choose a reputable repair facility the repair professional, and insist on that uses quality replacement parts. Genuine GM parts. Remember, Customer Literature if the vehicle is leased, you may be See “Collision Parts” earlier in this Owner’s manuals are written section. obligated to have the vehicle specifically for owners and are repaired with Genuine GM parts, If the airbag has inflated, see What intended to provide basic even if your insurance coverage operational information about the Will You See after an Airbag does not pay the full cost. Inflates? 0 65. vehicle. The owner’s manual If another party's insurance includes the Maintenance Schedule Managing the Vehicle Damage company is paying for the repairs, for all models. Repair Process you are not obligated to accept a Customer literature publications repair valuation based on that In the event that the vehicle requires available for purchase include insurance company's collision policy damage repairs, GM recommends owner s manuals, warranty repair limits, as you have no ’ that you take an active role in its manuals, infotainment manuals, and contractual limits with that company. repair. If you have a pre-determined portfolios. Portfolios include an In such cases, you can have control repair facility of choice, take the owner s manual, warranty manual, of the repair and parts choices as ’ vehicle there, or have it towed there. infotainment manual, if applicable, long as the cost stays within Specify to the facility that any and zip lock bag or pouch. reasonable limits. required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts, either new Genuine GM parts or recycled Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

414 Customer Information Current and Past Models Radio Frequency Reporting Safety Service manuals and customer Statement Defects literature are available for many This vehicle has systems that current and past model year GM operate on a radio frequency that vehicles. Reporting Safety Defects complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Federal Communications to the United States Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. Commission (FCC) rules and with Government eastern time Innovation, Science and Economic If you believe that your vehicle For credit card orders only (VISA, Development (ISED) Canada's RSP-100 / ICES-GEN. has a defect which could cause MasterCard, or Discover), see a crash or could cause injury or Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. Operation is subject to the following death, you should immediately To order by mail, write to: two conditions: inform the National Highway Helm, Incorporated 1. The device may not cause Traffic Safety Administration Attention: Customer Service harmful interference. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying 47911 Halyard Drive 2. The device must accept any General Motors. Plymouth, MI 48170 interference received, including If NHTSA receives similar Make checks payable in U.S. funds. interference that may cause undesired operation of the complaints, it may open an device. investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group Changes or modifications to any of of vehicles, it may order a recall these systems by other than an authorized service facility could void and remedy campaign. authorization to use this equipment. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Customer Information 415 To contact NHTSA, you may call www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English) In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 the Vehicle Safety Hotline www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) (English) or 1-800-263-7854 toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (French), or write: or write to: (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to General Motors of Canada http://www.safercar.gov; or Transport Canada Company write to: Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: Defect Investigations and CA1-163-005 Administrator, NHTSA Recalls Division 1908 Colonel Sam Drive 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. 80 Noel Street Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Washington, D.C. 20590 Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 In Mexico, call 01-800-200-28425 or You can also obtain other 01-800-466-0818. information about motor vehicle Reporting Safety Defects In other Central America and safety from http:// to General Motors Caribbean Countries, call www.safercar.gov. 52-555-901-2369. In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) in a situation like Reporting Safety Defects this, notify General Motors. to the Canadian In the U.S., call 1-800-521-7300, Government or write: If you live in Canada, and you Buick Customer Assistance Center believe that the vehicle has a P.O. Box 33136 safety defect, notify Transport Detroit, MI 48232–5136 Canada immediately, and notify General Motors of Canada Company. Call Transport Canada at 1-800-333-0510; go to: Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

416 Customer Information Vehicle Data Cybersecurity untrusted networks (such as Bluetooth, WIFI or similar Recording and GM collects information about the technology). In the event you use of your vehicle including suspect any security incident Privacy operational and safety related impacting your data or the safe The vehicle has a number of information. We collect this operation of your vehicle, please computers that record information information to provide, evaluate, stop operating your vehicle and about the vehicle’s performance and improve, and troubleshoot our contact your dealer. how it is driven or used. For products and services and to example, the vehicle uses computer develop new products and services. Event Data Recorders modules to monitor and control The protection of vehicle electronics engine and transmission systems and customer data from This vehicle is equipped with an performance, to monitor the unauthorized outside electronic event data recorder (EDR). The conditions for airbag deployment access or control is important to main purpose of an EDR is to and deploy them in a crash, and, GM. GM maintains appropriate record, in certain crash or near if equipped, to provide antilock security standards, practices, crash-like situations, such as an air braking to help the driver control the guidelines and controls aimed at bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle. These modules may store defending the vehicle and the obstacle, data that will assist in data to help the dealer technician vehicle service ecosystem against understanding how a vehicle’s service the vehicle or to help GM unauthorized electronic access, systems performed. The EDR is improve safety or features. Some detecting possible malicious activity designed to record data related to modules may also store data about in related networks, and responding vehicle dynamics and safety how the vehicle is operated, such as to suspected cybersecurity incidents systems for a short period of time, rate of fuel consumption or average in a timely, coordinated and effective typically 30 seconds or less. The speed. These modules may retain manner. Security incidents could EDR in this vehicle is designed to personal preferences, such as radio impact your safety or compromise record such data as: presets, seat positions, and your private data. To minimize . How various systems in your temperature settings. security risks, please do not connect vehicle were operating; your vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized devices or connect your vehicle to any unknown or Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Customer Information 417 . Whether or not the driver and To read data recorded by an EDR, OnStar passenger safety belts were special equipment is required, and buckled/fastened; access to the vehicle or the EDR is If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and has an active service . How far (if at all) the driver was needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as plan, additional data may be depressing the accelerator and/ collected and transmitted through or brake pedal; and, law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the the OnStar system. This includes . How fast the vehicle was information if they have access to information about the vehicle’s traveling. the vehicle or the EDR. operation; collisions involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle and These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or its features, including infotainment; better understanding of the share it with others except: with the and the location and approximate circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or, GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the the OnStar Terms and Conditions Note consent of the lessee; in response and Privacy Statement on the EDR data are recorded by your to an official request by police or OnStar website. vehicle only if a non-trivial crash similar government office; as part of GM's defense of litigation through See OnStar Additional Information situation occurs; no data are 0 420. recorded by the EDR under normal the discovery process; or, as required by law. Data that GM driving conditions and no personal Infotainment System data (e.g., name, gender, age, and collects or receives may also be crash location) are recorded. used for GM research needs or may If the vehicle is equipped with a However, other parties, such as law be made available to others for navigation system as part of the enforcement, could combine the research purposes, where a need is infotainment system, use of the EDR data with the type of shown and the data is not tied to a system may result in the storage of personally identifying data routinely specific vehicle or vehicle owner. destinations, addresses, telephone acquired during a crash numbers, and other trip information. investigation. See the infotainment manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

418 OnStar OnStar Overview information. See OnStar User OnStar Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software Terms for more details including system limitations at OnStar Overview www.onstar.com (U.S.) or OnStar Overview ...... 418 www.onstar.ca (Canada). OnStar Services The OnStar system status light is Emergency ...... 419 next to the OnStar buttons. If the Security ...... 420 status light is: = Voice Command Button OnStar Additional Information . Solid Green: System is ready. OnStar Additional Q Blue OnStar Button . Flashing Green: On a call. Information ...... 420 > Red Emergency Button . Red: Indicates a problem. This vehicle may be equipped with a . Off: System is off. Press Q twice comprehensive, in-vehicle system to speak with an OnStar Advisor. that can connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, Security, Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR Navigation, Connections, and (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Diagnostics Services. OnStar Advisor. services may require a paid service Functionality of the Voice Command plan and data plan. OnStar requires button may vary by vehicle and the vehicle battery and electrical region. system, cellular service, and GPS satellite signals to be available and operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing emergency service providers. OnStar may collect information about you and your vehicle, including location Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

OnStar 419 Press = to: Press > to get a priority connection OnStar Services . Open the OnStar app on the to an OnStar Advisor available 24/ infotainment display. See the 7 to: Emergency infotainment manual for . Get help for an emergency. Emergency Services require an information on how to use the . Be a Good Samaritan or OnStar app. active safety and security plan. With respond to an AMBER Alert. Automatic Crash Response, built-in Or . Get assistance in severe sensors can automatically alert a . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn weather or other crisis situations specially trained OnStar Advisor Navigation voice commands. and find evacuation routes. who is immediately connected in to the vehicle to help. . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot name or SSID and Press > for a priority connection to password, if equipped. an OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency service providers, direct Press Q to connect to an them to your exact location, and Advisor to: relay important information. . Verify account information or With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially update contact information. trained Advisors are available . Get driving directions. 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to provide a central point of contact, . Receive a Diagnostic check of assistance, and information during a the vehicle's key operating crisis. systems. With Roadside Assistance, Advisors . Receive Roadside Assistance. can locate a nearby service provider . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, to help with a flat tire, a battery if equipped. jump, or an empty gas tank. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

420 OnStar Security OnStar Additional Reactivation for Subsequent Owners If equipped, OnStar provides these Information services: Press Q and follow the prompts to . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, In-Vehicle Audio Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as OnStar Advisors can use GPS to Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update pinpoint the vehicle and help information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar authorities quickly recover it. or connected service options. . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press . With Remote Ignition Block, Q to set up an account. How OnStar Service Works if equipped, OnStar can block Automatic Crash Response, the engine from being restarted. . After change in ownership and at 90 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote if equipped, OnStar can work Transferring Service Services, Roadside Assistance are with law enforcement to Q available on most vehicles. Not all gradually slow the vehicle down. Press to request account transfer OnStar services are available eligibility information. The Advisor everywhere or on all vehicles. For Theft Alarm Notification can cancel or change account more information, a full description information. If equipped, if the doors are locked of OnStar services, system and the vehicle alarm sounds, a Selling/Transferring the limitations, and OnStar User Terms, notification by text, e-mail, or phone Vehicle Privacy Statement, and Software call will be sent. If the vehicle is Terms: Call 1-888-4ONSTAR stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) immediately to with authorities to recover the (1-888-466-7827). vehicle. terminate your OnStar or connected services if the vehicle is disposed . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). of, sold, transferred, or if the . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). lease ends. . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

OnStar 421 . Press Q to speak with an to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, Advisor. phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar jamming — may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation. OnStar or connected services cannot work unless the vehicle is in See Radio Frequency Statement If equipped, TTY mode can be a place where OnStar has an 0 414. turned on or off by touching Settings, then Apps, and then agreement with a wireless service Services for People with provider for service in that area. The Phone. When TTY mode is on, wireless service provider must also Disabilities phone calls can be made or have coverage, network capacity, Advisors provide services to help received with OnStar using the reception, and technology with physical disabilities and infotainment display. compatible with OnStar or medical conditions. OnStar Personal Identification connected services. Service Q involving location information about Press to help: Number (PIN) the vehicle cannot work unless GPS . Locate a gas station with an A PIN is needed to access some signals are available, unobstructed, attendant to pump gas. OnStar services. The PIN will need and compatible with the OnStar to be changed the first time when . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., hardware. OnStar or connected speaking with an Advisor. To that meets accessibility needs. services may not work if the OnStar change the OnStar PIN, contact an equipment is not properly installed . Provide directions to the closest OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or or it has not been properly hospital or pharmacy in urgent calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. maintained. If equipment or software situations. is added, connected, or modified, Warranty TTY Users OnStar or connected services may OnStar equipment may be not work. Other problems beyond OnStar has the ability to warranted as part of the vehicle the control of OnStar — such as communicate to deaf, warranty. hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired electrical system design and customers while in the vehicle. The architecture of the vehicle, damage available dealer-installed TTY system can provide in-vehicle Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

422 OnStar Languages call OnStar. However, OnStar may come on. Press Q to try the could have difficulty identifying The vehicle can be programmed to call again or try again after driving a the exact location. respond in multiple languages. few miles into another cellular area. Press Q and ask for an Advisor. . In emergency situations, OnStar Vehicle and Power Issues Advisors are available in English, can use the last stored GPS Spanish, and French. Available location to send to emergency OnStar services require a vehicle languages may vary by country. responders. electrical system, wireless service, and GPS satellite technologies to be A temporary loss of GPS can cause available and operating for features Potential Issues loss of the ability to send a to function properly. These systems OnStar cannot perform Remote Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The may not operate if the battery is Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Advisor may give a verbal route or discharged or disconnected. Assistance after the vehicle has may ask for a call back after the been off continuously for 10 days vehicle is driven into an open area. Add-on Electrical Equipment without an ignition cycle. If the vehicle has not been started for Cellular and GPS Antennas The OnStar system is integrated 10 days, OnStar can contact into the electrical architecture of the Cellular reception is required for vehicle. Do not add any electrical Roadside Assistance or a locksmith OnStar to send remote signals to equipment. See Add-On Electrical to help gain access to the vehicle. the vehicle. Do not place items over Equipment 0 300. Added electrical or near the antenna to prevent equipment may interfere with the Global Positioning blocking cellular and GPS signal operation of the OnStar system and System (GPS) reception. cause it to not operate. . Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar Vehicle Software Updates buildings; in parking garages; Message OnStar or GM may remotely deliver around airports; in tunnels and If there is limited cellular coverage software updates or changes to the underpasses; or in an area with or the cellular network has reached vehicle without further notice or very dense trees. If GPS signals maximum capacity, this message consent. These updates or changes are not available, the OnStar may enhance or maintain safety, system should still operate to security, or the operation of the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

OnStar 423 vehicle or the vehicle systems. Privacy libcurl: Software updates or changes may The complete OnStar Privacy COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION affect or erase data or settings that Statement may be found at NOTICE are stored in the vehicle, such as www.onstar.com (U.S.), saved navigation destinations, Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We or pre-set radio stations. Neither Stenberg, . recommend that you review it. If you OnStar nor GM is responsible for have any questions, call All rights reserved. any affected or erased data or 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) settings. These updates or changes Permission to use, copy, modify, may also collect personal or press Q to speak with an and distribute this software for any information. Such collection is Advisor. Users of wireless purpose with or without fee is described in the OnStar privacy communications are cautioned that hereby granted, provided that the statement or separately disclosed at the privacy of any information sent above copyright notice and this the time of installation. These via wireless cellular communications permission notice appear in all updates or changes may also cause cannot be assured. Third parties copies. a system to automatically may unlawfully intercept or access THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED transmissions and private communicate with GM servers to “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF collect information about vehicle communications without consent. ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR system status, identify whether OnStar - Software IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT updates or changes are available, Acknowledgements LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES or deliver updates or changes. An OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS active OnStar agreement constitutes Certain OnStar components include FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE consent to these software updates libcurl and unzip software and other AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF or changes and agreement that third party software. Below are the THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO either OnStar or GM may remotely notices and licenses associated with EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR deliver them to the vehicle. libcurl and unzip and for other third COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE party software please see http:// LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, opensource.lge.com/index DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, www.onstar.com/us/en/ WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

424 OnStar OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, For the purposes of this copyright Permission is granted to anyone to OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as use this software for any purpose, WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE the following set of individuals: including commercial applications, USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, and to alter it and redistribute it THE SOFTWARE. Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, freely, subject to the following Except as contained in this notice, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed restrictions: the name of a copyright holder shall Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris 1. Redistributions of source code not be used in advertising or Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, must retain the above copyright otherwise to promote the sale, use Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, notice, definition, disclaimer, or other dealings in this Software Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, and this list of conditions. without prior written authorization of Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, 2. Redistributions in binary form the copyright holder. Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, (compiled executables) must Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, unzip: reproduce the above copyright George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai notice, definition, disclaimer, This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, and this list of conditions in Info-ZIP copyright and license. The Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, documentation and/or other definitive version of this document Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, materials provided with the should be available at ftp:// Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, distribution. The sole exception ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ Rich Wales, Mike White. to this condition is redistribution license.html indefinitely. This software is provided “as is,” of a standard UnZipSFX binary Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All without warranty of any kind, (including SFXWiz) as part of a rights reserved. express or implied. In no event shall self-extracting archive; that is Info-ZIP or its contributors be held permitted without inclusion of liable for any direct, indirect, this license, as long as the incidental, special or consequential normal SFX banner has not damages arising out of the use of or been removed from the binary inability to use this software. or disabled. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

OnStar 425 3. Altered versions–including, but 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use not limited to, ports to new the names “Info-ZIP,”“Zip,” operating systems, existing “UnZip,”“UnZipSFX,”“WiZ,” ports with new graphical “Pocket UnZip,”“Pocket Zip,” interfaces, and dynamic, and “MacZip” for its own shared, or static library source and binary releases. versions–must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original source. Such altered versions also must not be misrepresented as being Info-ZIP releases–including, but not limited to, labeling of the altered versions with the names “Info-ZIP” (or any variation thereof, including, but not limited to, different capitalizations), “Pocket UnZip,”“WiZ” or “MacZip” without the explicit permission of Info-ZIP. Such altered versions are further prohibited from misrepresentative use of the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail addresses or of the Info-ZIP URL(s). Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

426 Connected Services Connected Connected Services Cancel Route 1. Press =. System responds: Services Navigation “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Navigation requires a specific 2. Say “Cancel route.” System Connected Services OnStar or connected service plan. responds: “Do you want to cancel directions?” Navigation ...... 426 Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn Connections ...... 427 directions or have them sent to the 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: Diagnostics ...... 428 vehicle’s navigation screen, “OK, request completed, thank if equipped. you, goodbye.” Turn-by-Turn Navigation Route Preview = 1. Press Q to connect to an 1. Press . System responds: Advisor. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. 2. Request directions to be 2. Say “Route preview.” System downloaded to the vehicle. responds with the next three maneuvers. 3. Follow the voice-guided commands. Repeat Using Voice Commands 1. Press =. System responds: During a Planned Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone. 2. Say Repeat. System Functionality of the Voice Command “ ” responds with the last direction button, if equipped, may vary by given, then responds with vehicle and region. For some “OnStar ready,” then a tone. vehicles, press = to open the OnStar app on the infotainment display. For other vehicles press = as follows. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Connected Services 427 Get My Destination Connections devices can be connected. A data = plan is required. Use the in-vehicle 1. Press . System responds: The following services help with controls only when it is safe to “OnStar ready,” then a tone. staying connected. do so. 2. Say “Get my destination.” For coverage maps, see 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot System responds with the www.onstar.com (U.S.) or information, press = to open address and distance to the www.onstar.ca (Canada). destination, then responds with the OnStar app on the infotainment display, then “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Ensuring Security select Wi-Fi Hotspot. On some Change the default passwords Send Destination to Vehicle . vehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi for the Wi-Fi hotspot and Settings on the screen. Directions can be sent to the myBuick mobile application. vehicle’s navigation screen, Make these passwords different 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display if equipped. from each other and use a the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), combination of letters and password, and on some Press Q, then ask the Advisor to numbers to increase the vehicles, the connection type download directions to the vehicle s ’ security. (no Internet connection, 3G, navigation system, if equipped. After 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality Change the default name of the the call ends, the navigation screen . (poor, good, excellent). will provide prompts to begin driving SSID (Service Set Identifier). directions. Routes that are sent to This is your network’s name that 3. To change the SSID or the navigation screen can only be is visible to other wireless password, press Q or call canceled through the navigation devices. Choose a unique name 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect system. and avoid family names or with an Advisor. On some vehicle descriptions. See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or vehicles, the SSID and password can be changed in www.onstar.ca (Canada). Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. The vehicle may have a built-in After initial set-up, your vehicle s Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access ’ Wi-Fi hotspot will connect to the Internet and web content at automatically to your mobile 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

428 Connected Services devices. Manage data usage by . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot Marketplace turning Wi-Fi on or off on your on/off, manage settings, and OnStar Advisors can provide offers mobile device, by using the myBuick monitor data consumption, from restaurants and retailers on mobile app, or by contacting an if equipped. your route, help locate hotels, OnStar Advisor. On some vehicles, . Locate a dealer and schedule or book a room. These services Wi-Fi can also be managed from the service. vary by market. Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. . Request roadside assistance. MyBuick Mobile App (If Available) Diagnostics . Set a parking reminder with pin Download the myBuick mobile app drop, take a photo, make a note, By monitoring and reporting on the to compatible Apple and Android and set a timer. vehicle’s key systems, OnStar smartphones. Buick users can Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped, . Connect with Buick on social access the following services from a provides a way to keep up on media. smartphone: maintenance. Capabilities vary by . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, Features are subject to change. For model. See www.onstar.com for if factory-equipped. myBuick mobile app information and details and system limitations. compatibility, see my.buick.com. Features are subject to change. For . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped updates on feature capabilities, see with automatic locks. An active OnStar or connected service plan may be required. my.buick.com. Message and data . Activate the horn and lamps. A compatible device, rates may apply. . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil factory-installed remote start, and life, or tire pressure, power locks are required. Data rates if factory-equipped with the Tire apply. See www.onstar.com for Pressure Monitor System. details and system limitations. . Send destinations to the vehicle. Remote Services . Locate the vehicle on a map Contact an OnStar Advisor to (U.S. market only). unlock the doors or sound the horn and flash the lamps. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Index 429 Index A Airbag System (cont'd) About Driving the Vehicle ...... 2 What Makes an Airbag Accessories and Inflate? ...... 65 Modifications ...... 303 What Will You See after an Accessory Power ...... 243 Airbag Inflates? ...... 65 Adaptive Cruise Control ...... 257 When Should an Airbag Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 300 Inflate? ...... 64 Additional Information Where Are the Airbags? ...... 62 OnStar ...... 420 Airbags Additional Maintenance Adding Equipment to the and Care ...... 394 Vehicle ...... 71 Adjustments Passenger Status Indicator . . . .114 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 43 Readiness Light ...... 114 Agreements Servicing Airbag-Equipped Trademarks and License . . . . . 206 Vehicles ...... 71 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 313 System Check ...... 60 Air Conditioning ...... 216, 218 Alarm Air Filter Vehicle Security ...... 28 Life System ...... 313 Alert Air Filter, Passenger Lane Change ...... 282 Compartment ...... 222 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) ...... 282 Air Vents ...... 222 All-Season Tires ...... 344 Airbag System All-Wheel Drive ...... 249, 325 Check ...... 72 AM-FM Radio ...... 158 How Does an Airbag Antenna Restrain? ...... 65 Multi-band ...... 162 Passenger Sensing System . . . .67 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 250 Warning Light ...... 119 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

430 Index Appearance Care Avoiding Untrusted Media Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 237 Exterior ...... 376 Devices ...... 162 Bulb Replacement Interior ...... 381 B Front Turn Signal and Fog Apple CarPlay and Lamps ...... 331 Battery Android Auto ...... 194 Halogen Bulbs ...... 330 Exterior Lighting Battery Armrest Headlamp Aiming ...... 329 Saver ...... 151 Rear Seat ...... 52 Headlamps ...... 329 Load Management ...... 151 Assistance Program, Headlamps and Power Protection ...... 151 Roadside ...... 408 Sidemarker Lamps ...... 330 Battery - North America . . . .323, 370 Assistance Systems for Taillamps, Turn Signal, Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 326 Driving ...... 275 Sidemarker, and Bluetooth Assistance Systems for Stoplamps ...... 332, 335 Overview ...... 189, 190 Parking and Backing ...... 269 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Bluetooth Audio ...... 166 Audio Sidemarker, Brake Bluetooth ...... 166 Stoplamps, and Parking, Electric ...... 250 Auto Stop Backup Lamps ...... 335, 336 System Warning Light ...... 117 Stop/Start System ...... 240 Buying New Tires ...... 358 Brake Pad Life System ...... 322 Automatic Brakes ...... 321 C Door Locks ...... 19 Antilock ...... 250 Calibration ...... 101 Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . . 278 Assist ...... 252 California Headlamp System ...... 147 Fluid ...... 322 Perchlorate Materials Transmission ...... 246 Pad Life System ...... 322 Requirements ...... 303 Transmission Fluid ...... 312 Braking ...... 227 California Automatic Transmission Automatic Proposition Manual Mode ...... 248 Emergency (AEB) ...... 278 65 Warning ...... 302,323, 370, Shift Lock Control Function Braking System Back Cover Check ...... 326 Front Pedestrian (FPB) ...... 280 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... 2 Auxiliary Jack ...... 165 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Index 431 Capacities and Cleaning Coolant Specifications ...... 401 Exterior Care ...... 376 Engine Temperature Gauge . . .112 Carbon Monoxide Interior Care ...... 381 Cooling ...... 216, 218 Engine Exhaust ...... 245 Climate Control Systems ...... 216 Cooling System ...... 315 Liftgate ...... 21 Air Conditioning ...... 216 Courtesy Lamps ...... 149 Winter Driving ...... 231 Dual Automatic ...... 218 Courtesy Transportation Cargo Heating ...... 216 Program ...... 410 Cover ...... 94 Clock ...... 102 Cover Management System ...... 95 Cluster, Instrument ...... 107 Cargo ...... 94 Tie-Downs ...... 94 Collision Damage Repair ...... 411 Coverage Explanations ...... 182 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3 Compact Spare Tire ...... 369 Covers Center Console Storage ...... 93 Compartments Rear Compartment/Storage Chains, Tire ...... 362 Storage ...... 92 Panel ...... 93 Charging Compass ...... 101 Cruise Control ...... 255 Wireless ...... 104 Connected Services Light ...... 123 Charging System Light ...... 115 Connections ...... 427 Cruise Control, Adaptive ...... 257 Check Diagnostics ...... 428 Cupholders ...... 92 Engine Light (Malfunction Navigation ...... 426 Customer Assistance ...... 407 Indicator) ...... 115 Connections Offices ...... 406 Child Restraints Connected Services ...... 427 Text Telephone (TTY) Infants and Young Children . . . . .75 Control Users ...... 407 Lower Anchors and Tethers Traction and Electronic Customer Information for Children ...... 80 Stability ...... 253 Publications Ordering Older Children ...... 73 Control of a Vehicle ...... 227 Information ...... 413 Securing ...... 86, 88 Controls Customer Satisfaction Systems ...... 77 Steering Wheel ...... 155 Procedure ...... 404 Circuit Breakers ...... 337 Convenience Net ...... 95 Cybersecurity ...... 416 Convex Mirrors ...... 30 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

432 Index D Driver Behavior ...... 225 Electrical System Damage Repair, Collision ...... 411 Driver Information Engine Compartment Fuse Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3 Center (DIC) ...... 124, 127 Block ...... 338 Data Collection Driving Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 337 Infotainment System ...... 417 Assistance Systems ...... 275 Instrument Panel Fuse OnStar ...... 417 Better Fuel Economy ...... 226 Block ...... 341 Data Recorders, Event ...... 416 Characteristics and Overload ...... 337 Database Coverage Towing Tips ...... 290 Rear Compartment Fuse Explanations ...... 182 Defensive ...... 227 Block ...... 342 Daytime Running Drunk ...... 227 Emergency Lamps (DRL) ...... 146 Environment ...... 225 OnStar ...... 419 Defensive Driving ...... 227 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 231 Engine Delayed Locking ...... 19 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 233 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 313 Destination ...... 173 Loss of Control ...... 229 Check Light (Malfunction Diagnostics Off-Road Recovery ...... 229 Indicator) ...... 115 Connected Services ...... 428 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 233 Compartment Overview ...... 306 Distracted Driving ...... 226 Wet Roads ...... 230 Coolant Temperature Dome Lamps ...... 149 Winter ...... 231 Gauge ...... 112 Door Driving the Vehicle ...... 2 Cooling System ...... 315 Delayed Locking ...... 19 Dual Automatic Climate Drive Belt Routing ...... 403 Locks ...... 17 Control System ...... 218 Exhaust ...... 245 Power Locks ...... 19 E Heater ...... 241 Oil Life System ...... 311 Drive Belt Routing, Engine ...... 403 Electric Parking Brake ...... 250 Oil Pressure Light ...... 121 Drive Systems Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 118 Overheating ...... 319 All-Wheel Drive ...... 249, 325 Electrical Equipment, Power Messages ...... 135 Driver Add-On ...... 300 Teen ...... 202 Running While Parked ...... 246 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 267 Starting ...... 239 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Index 433 Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . 313 Frequency Statement Fuses (cont'd) Entry Lighting ...... 150 Radio ...... 414 Rear Compartment Fuse Equipment, Towing ...... 298 Front Fog Lamp Block ...... 342 Event Data Recorders ...... 416 Light ...... 123 G Exit Lighting ...... 150 Front Pedestrian Braking Garage Door Opener ...... 140 Extended Parking ...... 244 (FPB) System ...... 280 Programming ...... 140 Extender, Seat Belt ...... 58 Front Seats Gas Strut(s) ...... 328 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 144 Adjustment ...... 42 Gauges Exterior Lighting Battery Heated ...... 48 Engine Coolant Saver ...... 151 Fuel Temperature ...... 112 Additives ...... 287 F Fuel ...... 111 Economy, Driving for Better . . . 226 Filter, Odometer ...... 111 Filling a Portable Fuel Engine Air Cleaner ...... 313 Speedometer ...... 111 Container ...... 289 Flash-to-Pass ...... 146 Tachometer ...... 111 Filling the Tank ...... 288 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 147 Trip Odometer ...... 111 Foreign Countries ...... 287 Flat Tire ...... 363 Warning Lights and Gauge ...... 111 Changing ...... 364 Indicators ...... 106 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 122 Floor Mats ...... 384 General Information Prohibited Fuels ...... 287 Fluid Service and Maintenance . . . . . 386 Recommended ...... 287 Automatic Transmission ...... 312 Towing ...... 290 Top Tier ...... 286 Brakes ...... 322 Vehicle Care ...... 302 Fuses Washer ...... 320 Global Positioning Engine Compartment Fuse Fog Lamps ...... 148 System (GPS) ...... 180 Block ...... 338 Folding Mirrors ...... 31 Glove Box ...... 92 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 337 Folding Seatback ...... 49 GM Mobility Reimbursement Instrument Panel Fuse Forward Collision Alert Program ...... 408 Block ...... 341 (FCA) System ...... 275 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

434 Index Guidance High-Beam On Light ...... 122 J Problems with the Route ...... 181 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 231 Jack H Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 252 Auxiliary ...... 165 Hood ...... 304 Halogen Bulbs ...... 330 Jump Starting - North Horn ...... 98 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 147 America ...... 370 How to Wear Seat Belts HD Radio Technology ...... 160 K Properly ...... 53 Head Restraints ...... 40 Keyless Entry HVAC ...... 216, 218 Head-up Display ...... 130 Remote (RKE) System ...... 8 Headlamps I Keys ...... 7 Aiming ...... 329 If the System Needs Service . . . . 182 L Automatic ...... 147 Ignition Positions ...... 237 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 345 Bulb Replacement ...... 329 Immobilizer ...... 29 Lamps Daytime Running Indicator Courtesy ...... 149 Lamps (DRL) ...... 146 Pedestrian Ahead ...... 120 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 146 Flash-to-Pass ...... 146 Vehicle Ahead ...... 119 Dome ...... 149 Front Turn Signal and Fog Infants and Young Children, Exterior Controls ...... 144 Lamps ...... 331 Restraints ...... 75 Exterior Lighting Battery High-Beam On Light ...... 122 Information Saver ...... 151 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 146 Publication Ordering ...... 413 Headlamps and Lamps On Reminder ...... 123 Infotainment System ...... 417 Sidemarker ...... 330 Heated Instrument Cluster ...... 107 Malfunction Indicator Steering Wheel ...... 98 Instrument Panel Overview ...... 5 (Check Engine) ...... 115 Heated Front Seats ...... 48 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 31 On Reminder ...... 123 Heated Mirrors ...... 31 Introduction ...... 2, 153 Reading ...... 149 Heater Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 282 Engine ...... 241 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 284 Heating ...... 216, 218 Lane Keep Assist Light ...... 119 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Index 435 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 55 Lights (cont'd) M LATCH System Lane Keep Assist ...... 119 Maintenance Replacing Parts after a Low Fuel Warning ...... 122 Records ...... 399 Crash ...... 86 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 113 Maintenance and Care LATCH, Lower Anchors and Security ...... 122 Additional ...... 394 Tethers for Children ...... 80 Service Electric Parking Maintenance Schedule ...... 388 LED Lighting ...... 330 Brake ...... 118 Recommended Fluids and Liftgate ...... 21 StabiliTrak OFF ...... 120 Lubricants ...... 397 Lighting Tire Pressure ...... 121 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 115 Entry ...... 150 Traction Control System Manual Mode ...... 248 Exit ...... 150 (TCS)/StabiliTrak ...... 121 Map Data Updates ...... 182 Illumination Control ...... 149 Traction Off ...... 120 Maps ...... 172 LED ...... 330 Locks Media Lights Automatic Door ...... 19 Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . 162 Airbag Readiness ...... 114 Delayed Locking ...... 19 Memory Seats ...... 45 Antilock Brake System Door ...... 17 Messages (ABS) Warning ...... 119 Lockout Protection ...... 20 Engine Power ...... 135 Brake System Warning ...... 117 Power Door ...... 19 Vehicle ...... 135 Charging System ...... 115 Safety ...... 20 Vehicle Speed ...... 135 Check Engine (Malfunction Loss of Control ...... 229 Mirror Indicator) ...... 115 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 122 Rear Camera ...... 32 Cruise Control ...... 123 Lower Anchors and Tethers Mirrors Electric Parking Brake ...... 118 for Children (LATCH Automatic Dimming Engine Oil Pressure ...... 121 System) ...... 80 Rearview ...... 31 Flash-to-Pass ...... 146 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 43 Convex ...... 30 Front Fog Lamp ...... 123 Front Seats ...... 43 Folding ...... 31 High-Beam On ...... 122 Heated ...... 31 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 146 Manual Rearview ...... 31 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

436 Index Mirrors (cont'd) OnStar Additional Passenger Compartment Air Power ...... 30 Information ...... 420 Filter ...... 222 Tilt in Reverse ...... 31 OnStar Emergency ...... 419 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 67 Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 31 OnStar Overview ...... 418 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . 120 Monitor System, Tire OnStar Security ...... 420 Perchlorate Materials Pressure ...... 351 OnStar System ...... 167, 179 Requirements, California ...... 303 Multi-band Antenna ...... 162 Operation Personalization N Fog Lamps ...... 148 Vehicle ...... 136 Outlets Phone Navigation Power ...... 102 Apple CarPlay and Connected Services ...... 426 Overheating, Engine ...... 319 Android Auto ...... 194 Destination ...... 173 Overview ...... 154 Bluetooth ...... 189, 190 Using the System ...... 168 Instrument Panel ...... 5 Port Navigation Symbols ...... 172 USB ...... 162 Net, Convenience ...... 95 P Positioning New Vehicle Break-In ...... 237 Park Vehicle ...... 181 Shifting Out of ...... 244 O Power Park Assist ...... 269 Odometer ...... 111 Door Locks ...... 19 Parking Trip ...... 111 Mirrors ...... 30 Brake and P (Park) Off-Road Outlets ...... 102 Mechanism Check ...... 326 Recovery ...... 229 Protection, Battery ...... 151 Extended ...... 244 Oil Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 243 Over Things That Burn ...... 244 Engine ...... 309 Seat Adjustment ...... 42 Parking or Backing Engine Oil Life System ...... 311 Windows ...... 35 Assistance Systems ...... 269 Pressure Light ...... 121 Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 58 Passenger Airbag Status Older Children, Restraints ...... 73 Privacy Indicator ...... 114 Online Owner Center ...... 407 Vehicle Data Recording ...... 416 OnStar ...... 417 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Index 437 Problems with Route Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 101 Reporting Safety Defects (cont'd) Guidance ...... 181 Rearview Mirrors ...... 31 General Motors ...... 415 Program Automatic Dimming ...... 31 U.S. Government ...... 414 Courtesy Transportation ...... 410 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 43 Restraints Prohibited Fuels ...... 287 Recognition Where to Put ...... 79 Proposition Voice ...... 183 Retained Accessory 65 Warning, Recommended Power (RAP) ...... 243 California ...... 302,323, 370, Fuel ...... 287 Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 31 Back Cover Recommended Fluids and Roads Publication Ordering Lubricants ...... 397 Driving, Wet ...... 230 Information ...... 413 Records Roadside Assistance Program ...... 408 R Maintenance ...... 399 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 373 Roof Radio Reimbursement Program, Sunroof ...... 37 HD Radio Technology ...... 160 GM Mobility ...... 408 Roof Rack System ...... 96 Radio Data System (RDS) ...... 160 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Rotation, Tires ...... 356 Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 414 System ...... 8 Routing, Engine Drive Belt ...... 403 Radio Reception ...... 161 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 15 Running the Vehicle While Radios Replacement Parts Parked ...... 246 AM-FM Radio ...... 158 Airbags ...... 73 Satellite ...... 161 S Maintenance ...... 398 Reading Lamps ...... 149 Safety Defects Reporting Replacing Airbag System ...... 73 Rear Camera Mirror ...... 32 Canadian Government ...... 415 Replacing LATCH System Rear Compartment/Storage General Motors ...... 415 Parts after a Crash ...... 86 Panel Cover ...... 93 U.S. Government ...... 414 Replacing Seat Belt System Rear Seat Armrest ...... 52 Safety Locks ...... 20 Parts after a Crash ...... 59 Rear Seats ...... 50 Safety System Check ...... 59 Reporting Safety Defects Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 269 Satellite Radio ...... 161 Canadian Government ...... 415 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

438 Index Scheduling Appointments ...... 410 Service (cont'd) Signals, Turn and Seat Belts ...... 52 Accessories and Lane-Change ...... 148 Care ...... 59 Modifications ...... 303 Software Updates ...... 157 Extender ...... 58 Climate Control System ...... 216 Spare Tire How to Wear Seat Belts Doing Your Own Work ...... 303 Compact ...... 369 Properly ...... 53 Maintenance Records ...... 399 Special Application Services . . . . 393 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 55 Maintenance, General Specifications and Reminders ...... 113 Information ...... 386 Capacities ...... 401 Replacing after a Crash ...... 59 Parts Identification ...... 400 Speedometer ...... 111 Use During Pregnancy ...... 58 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 410 StabiliTrak Seats Service Electric Parking OFF Light ...... 120 Adjustment, Front ...... 42 Brake Light ...... 118 Start Assist, Hill ...... 252 Folding Seatback ...... 49 Services Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 15 Head Restraints ...... 40 Special Application ...... 393 Starter Switch Check ...... 325 Heated Front ...... 48 Servicing System ...... 182 Starting the Engine ...... 239 Lumbar Adjustment, Front ...... 43 Servicing the Airbag ...... 71 Steering ...... 228 Memory ...... 45 Settings ...... 196 Heated Wheel ...... 98 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 42 Shift Lock Control Function Wheel Adjustment ...... 98 Rear ...... 50 Check, Automatic Wheel Controls ...... 98 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 43 Transmission ...... 326 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 155 Securing Child Restraints . . . . 86, 88 Shifting Stop/Start System ...... 240 Security Into Park ...... 243 Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps Light ...... 122 Out of Park ...... 244 Bulb Replacement ...... 335, 336 OnStar ...... 420 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 282 Storage Areas Vehicle ...... 28 Sidemarker Cargo Cover ...... 94 Vehicle Alarm ...... 28 Bulb Replacement ...... 335, 336 Cargo Management System . . . .95 Service ...... 222 Sidemarker and Stoplamps Center Console ...... 93 Bulb Replacement ...... 332, 335 Convenience Net ...... 95 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

Index 439 Storage Areas (cont'd) T Tires (cont'd) Glove Box ...... 92 Tachometer ...... 111 Uniform Tire Quality Rear Compartment/Storage Taillamps Grading ...... 360 Panel Cover ...... 93 Bulb Wheel Alignment and Tire Roof Rack System ...... 96 Replacement ...... 332, 335, 336 Balance ...... 361 Storage Compartments ...... 92 Teen Driver ...... 202 Wheel Replacement ...... 361 Struts Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 407 When It Is Time for New Gas ...... 328 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 29 Tires ...... 357 Stuck Vehicle ...... 233 Immobilizer ...... 29 Winter ...... 345 Sun Visors ...... 37 Time ...... 102 Top Tier Fuel ...... 286 Sunroof ...... 37 Tires ...... 344 Towing Symbols ...... 3 All-Season ...... 344 Driving Characteristics ...... 290 Navigation ...... 172 Buying New Tires ...... 358 Equipment ...... 298 System Chains ...... 362 General Information ...... 290 Brake Pad Life ...... 322 Changing ...... 364 Recreational Vehicle ...... 373 Engine Air Filter Life ...... 313 Compact Spare ...... 369 Trailer ...... 294 Forward Collision Designations ...... 347 Vehicle ...... 372 Alert (FCA) ...... 275 Different Size ...... 360 Traction Global Positioning ...... 180 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 363 Control System Infotainment ...... 417 Inspection ...... 356 (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light ...... 121 OnStar ...... 179 Pressure ...... 350 Off Light ...... 120 Roof Rack ...... 96 Pressure Light ...... 121 Traction Control/Electronic Systems Pressure Monitor Operation . . 352 Stability Control ...... 253 Driver Assistance ...... 267 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 351 Trademarks and License Rotation ...... 356 Agreements ...... 206 Sidewall Labeling ...... 345 Trailer Terminology and Definitions . . 348 Towing ...... 294 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 9/30/19

440 Index Transmission Vehicle (cont'd) Warnings Automatic ...... 246 Canadian Owners ...... 2 Hazard Flashers ...... 147 Fluid, Automatic ...... 312 Control ...... 227 Washer Fluid ...... 320 Transportation Program, Design ...... 225 Wheels Courtesy ...... 410 Identification Number (VIN) . . . 400 Alignment and Tire Balance . . 361 Trip Odometer ...... 111 Load Limits ...... 233 Different Size ...... 360 Turn and Lane-Change Messages ...... 135 Replacement ...... 361 Signals ...... 148 Personalization ...... 136 When It Is Time for New Turn Signal Remote Start ...... 15 Tires ...... 357 Bulb Replacement ...... 335, 336 Security ...... 28 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 79 Turn Signal, Speed Messages ...... 135 Windows ...... 34 Bulb Replacement ...... 332, 335 Towing ...... 372 Power ...... 35 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 119 U Windshield Vehicle Care Replacement ...... 328 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 360 Tire Pressure ...... 350 Wiper/Washer ...... 98 Universal Remote System ...... 140 Vehicle Data Recording and Winter Operation ...... 142 Privacy ...... 416 Driving ...... 231 Programming ...... 140 Vehicle Positioning ...... 181 Winter Tires ...... 345 Updates Ventilation, Air ...... 222 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 326 Map Data ...... 182 Visors ...... 37 Wipers Software ...... 157 Voice Recognition ...... 183 Rear Washer ...... 101 USB Port ...... 162 Wireless Charging ...... 104 Using the Navigation System . . . 168 W Using the System ...... 155 Warning Using This Manual ...... 2 Brake System Light ...... 117 Caution and Danger ...... 3 V Warning Lights, Gauges, and Vehicle Indicators ...... 106 Alarm System ...... 28 20_BUI_Encore_GX_COV_en_US_84394118A_2019SEP30.ai 1 8/22/2019 3:10:11 PM 2020 Encore GX

Y CM Encore GX MY

CMY Owner’s Manual

84394118 A